The life, adventures, and pyracies, of the famous Captain Singleton ...

Vertical Tabs

Reader
<TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" n="orig-63407-1410799569" version="5.0">
    <teiHeader>
        <fileDesc>
            <titleStmt>
                <title> The life, adventures, and pyracies, of the famous Captain Singleton: ...
                </title>
            </titleStmt>
            <extent>362 300dpi TIFF page images</extent>
            <publicationStmt>
                <publisher>18thConnect</publisher>
                <pubPlace>IDHMC, 4227 TAMU, College Station, TX 77843-4227</pubPlace>
                <date>2010</date>
                <idno type="ESTC">T069688</idno>
                <idno type="bookID">0258300800</idno>
                <availability>
                    <p> These documents are available only to 18thConnect under the terms and
                        conditions specified in the contract with Gale Cengage Learning dated June
                        22-23, 2010. For more information, contact Laura Mandell at mandell@tamu.edu
                    </p>
                </availability>
            </publicationStmt>
            <sourceDesc>
                <biblFull>
                    <titleStmt>
                        <title> The life, adventures, and pyracies, of the famous Captain Singleton:
                            ... </title>
                        <author>Defoe, Daniel</author>
                        <editor xml:id="JEJ">J. Ereck Jarvis</editor>
                    </titleStmt>
                    <extent>362 p.</extent>
                    <publicationStmt>
                        <pubPlace>London</pubPlace>
                        <publisher> printed for J. Brotherton, J. Graves, A. Dodd, and T. Warner </publisher>
                        <date>1720</date>
                    </publicationStmt>
                </biblFull>
            </sourceDesc>
        </fileDesc>
        <encodingDesc>
            <projectDesc>
                <p> 18thConnect (http://www.18thConnect.org) is a scholarly community and online
                    finding aid designed to make searchable all primary texts and peer-reviewed
                    resources in the field of eighteenth-century studies. It is supported by the
                    University of Virginia, NINES.org, the Initiative for Digital Humanities, Media,
                    and Culture (IDHMC) at Texas A&amp;M University (http://idhmc.tamu.edu), and by the
                    Advanced Research Constortium (ARC) (http://ar-c.org). </p>
            </projectDesc>
            <editorialDecl>
                <p> These documents have been generated from 18thConnect's TypeWright tool and are
                    based on the OCR output created by Gale/Cengage Learning for the Eighteenth
                    Century Collections Online (ECCO) proprietary database product. The XSLT that
                    converts the documents from Gale's OCR output XML format to TEI-A was written by
                    Matthew Christy at the IDHMC, Texas A&amp;M University. The code is open source.
                </p>
            </editorialDecl>
        </encodingDesc>
        <revisionDesc>
            <change n="1" when="2010-10" who="#BPZ">
                <label>Changed by</label>
                <name xml:id="BPZ">Brian Pytlik Zillig</name>
                <list>
                    <item>TEI-A Encoding, first pass, all ECCO documents</item>
                </list>
            </change>
            <change n="2" when="2012-03" who="#MJC">
                <label>Changed by</label>
                <name xml:id="MJC">Matthew J. Christy</name>
                <list>
                    <item> Revise XSLT to transform XMLs of corrected Gale OCR documents </item>
                </list>
            </change>
            <change n="3" when="2013-12" who="#MJC">
                <label>Changed by</label>
                <name>Matthew J. Christy</name>
                <list>
                    <item> Revise XSLT to change TEI tags used and update Header info </item>
                </list>
            </change>
        </revisionDesc>
    </teiHeader>
    <text>
        <body>
            <div type="page" n="00010">
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00020">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>THE</ab>
                    <ab>LIFE,</ab>
                    <ab>ADVENTURES,</ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>AND</ab>
                    <ab>PYRACIES,</ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>Of the Famous</ab>
                    <ab><hi rend="italic">Captain SINGLETON:</hi></ab>
                    <ab> Containing an A<hi rend="smcaps">ccount</hi> of his </ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>being set on Shore in the Island of</ab>
                    <ab>
                        <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, his Settlement there, with a De- </ab>
                    <ab>scription of the Place and Inhabitants: Of his</ab>
                    <ab>Passage from thence, in a Paraguay, to the</ab>
                    <ab> main Land of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, with an Account of the </ab>
                    <ab>Customs and Manners of the People: His</ab>
                    <ab>great Deliverances from the barbarous Na-</ab>
                    <ab>tives and wild Beasts: Of his meeting with</ab>
                    <ab> an <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi>, a Citizen of <hi rend="italic"
                        >London</hi>, among the </ab>
                    <ab>
                        <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi>, the great Riches he acquired, and his </ab>
                    <ab> Voyage Home to <hi rend="italic">England</hi>: As also Captain </ab>
                    <ab>
                        <hi rend="italic">Singleton</hi>'s Return to Sea, with an Account of </ab>
                    <ab>his many Adventures and Pyracies with the</ab>
                    <ab> famous Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> and others. </ab>
                    <ab> LONDON: Printed for <hi rend="italic">J. Brotherton</hi>, at the <hi
                        rend="italic">Black Bull</hi>
                    </ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab> in <hi rend="italic">Cornhill</hi>, <hi rend="italic">J. Graves</hi> in <hi
                        rend="italic">St. James's Street</hi>, <hi rend="italic">A. Dodd</hi>,
                        at </ab>
                    <ab> the <hi rend="italic">Peacock</hi> without <hi rend="italic">Temple
                        bar</hi>, and <hi rend="italic">T. Warner</hi>, at the </ab>
                    <ab>
                        <hi rend="italic">Black Boy</hi> in <hi rend="italic">Pater-Noster-Row</hi>.
                        1720. </ab>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00030">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(1)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>THE</ab>
                    <ab>ADVENTURES</ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <ab>AND</ab>
                    <ab>PYRACIES, &amp;c.</ab>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    AS it is usual for great Persons
                    whose Lives have been remarkable, and whose Actions deserve Recording to Posterity,
                    to insist much upon their Originals<note type="gloss"
                        resp="#JEJ">Originals - origins, including but not limited to "Pedigree," which Singleton goes on to mention.</note>, give full Accounts of
                    their Families, and the Histories of their Ancestors: So, that
                    I may be methodical, I shall do the same, tho'
                    I can look but a very little Way into my Pedigree as you will see presently.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    If I may believe the Woman, whom I was
                    taught to call Mother, I was a little Boy, of
                    about two Years old, very well dress'd, had a
                    Nursery Maid to tend me, who took me out
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00040">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(2)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    on a fine Summer's Evening into the Fields to
                    wards <hi rend="italic">Islington</hi><note type="gloss"
                        resp="#JEJ">Islington - A borough of North London.</note>, as she pretended, to give the 
                    Child some Air, a little Girl being with her of
                    Twelve or Fourteen Years old, that lived in the
                    Neighbourhood. The Maid, whether by Appointment or otherwise, meets with a Fellow,
                    her Sweet-heart, as I suppose; he carries her
                    into a Publick-House, to give her a Pot<note type="gloss"
                        resp="#JEJ">Pot - a glass or tankard, likely one of beer</note> and a
                    Cake; and while they were toying in the House,
                    the Girl plays about with me in her Hand in
                    the Garden, and at the Door, sometimes in Sight,
                    sometimes out of Sight, thinking no Harm.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At this Juncture comes by one of those Sort
                    of People, who, it seems, made it their Business
                    to Spirit away little Children. This was a Hellish Trade in those Days, and chiefly practised
                    where they found little Children very well drest,
                    or for bigger Children, to sell them to the
                    Plantations.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Woman pretending to take me up in her
                    Arms and kiss me, and play with me, draws
                    the Girl a good Way from the House, till at
                    last She makes a fine Story to the Girl, and
                    bids her go back to the Maid, and tell her where
                    she was with the Child; that a Gentlewoman
                    had taken a Fancy to the Child, and was kissing
                    of it, but she should not be frighted, or to that
                    Purpose; for they were but just there; and so
                    while the Girl went, she carries me quite away.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    From this time it seems I was disposed of to
                    a Beggar-Woman that wanted a pretty little
                    Child to set out her Case, and after that to
                    a Gypsey, under whose Government I continued
                    till I was about Six Years old; and this Woman,
                    tho' I was continually dragged about with her,
                    from one Part of the Country to another, yet
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="paragraph">
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00050">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(3)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    never let me want for any thing, and I called
                    her Mother; tho' she told me at last, she was
                    not my Mother, but that she bought me for
                    Twelve Shillings of another Woman, who told
                    her how she came by me, and told her that my
                     Name was <hi rend="italic">Bob Singleton</hi>, not <hi rend="italic"
                            >Robert</hi>, but plain <hi rend="italic">Bob,</hi>; 
                    for it seems they never knew by what Name I
                    was Christen'd.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It is in vain to reflect here, what a terrible
                    Fright the careless Hussy was in, that lost me;
                    what Treatment she received from my justly
                    enraged Father and Mother, and the Horror
                    these must be in at the Thoughts of their Child
                    being thus carry'd away; for as I never knew
                    any thing of the Matter, but just what I have
                    related, nor who my Father and Mother were;
                    so it would make but a needless Digresion to talk
                    of it here.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     My good <hi rend="italic">Gypsey Mother</hi>, for some of her worthy Actions <hi rend="italic">no doubt</hi>, happened in Process of Time 
                    to be hang'd; and as this fell out something too
                    soon for me to be perfected in the Strolling
                    Trade, the Parish where I was left, which for my
                    Life I can't remember, took some Care of me to
                    be sure; for the first thing I can remember of my
                    self afterwards, was, that I went to a Parish-School, and the Minister of the Parish used to
                    talk to me to be a good Boy; and that tho' I was
                    but a poor Boy, if I minded my Book, and served God, I might make a good Man.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I believe I was frequently removed from one
                    Town to another, perhaps as the Parishes disputed my supposed Mother's last Settlement. Whether I was so shifted by Passes, or otherwise, I
                    know not; but the Town where I last was kept,
                    whatever its Name was, must be not far off from
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00060">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(4)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the Sea Side; for a Master of a Ship who took
                    a Fancy to me, was the first that brought me
                     to a Place not far from <hi rend="italic">Southampton</hi>, which I afterwards knew to be <hi rend="italic">Busselton</hi>, and there I tended 
                    the Carpenters, and such People as were employ'd in Building a Ship for him; and when it
                    was done, tho' I was not above Twelve Years
                    old, he carried me to Sea with him, on a Voyage
                    to <hi rend="italic">Newfoundland</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I lived well enough, and pleased my Master
                    so well, that he called me his own Boy; and I
                    would have called him Father, but he would not
                    allow it, for he had Children of his own. I went
                    three or four Voyages with him, and grew a great
                    sturdy Boy, when coming Home again from the
                     Banks of <hi rend="italic">Newfoundland</hi>, we were taken by an <hi
                            rend="italic">Algerine</hi> Rover, or Man of War; which, if my Account stands right, was about the Year 1695,
                    for you may be sure I kept no Journal.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        I was not much concerned at the Disaster, tho'
                    I saw my Master, after having been wounded by a
                    Splinter in the Head during the Engagement, very barbarously used by the <hi rend="italic">Turks</hi>; <hi rend="italic"
                            >I say</hi>, I was 
                    not much concerned, till upon some unlucky
                    thing I said, which, as I remember, was about
                    abusing my Master, they took me and beat me
                    most unmercifully with a flat Stick on the Soles
                    of my Feet, so that I could neither go or stand
                    for several Days together.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But my good Fortune was my Friend upon
                    this Occasion; for as they were sailing away
                    with our Ship in Tow as a Prize, steering
                    for the Streights, and in Sight of the Bay of
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Cadiz</hi>, the <hi rend="italic">Turkish</hi> Rover was
                        attack'd by two 
                     great <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Men of War, and taken and carried into <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00070">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(5)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As I was not much concerned at my Captivity,
                    not indeed understanding the Consequences of it,
                     if it had continued; so I was not suitably sensible 
                    of my Deliverance: Nor indeed was it so much
                    a Deliverance to me, as it would otherwise ha'
                    been; for my Master, who was the only Friend I
                     had in the World, died at <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi> of his Wounds; 
                    and I being then almost reduced to my primitive
                     State, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. of Starving, had this Addition to it, 
                    that it was in a foreign Country too, where I
                    knew no body, and could not speak a Word of
                    their Language. However, I fared better here
                    than I had Reason to expect; for when all the rest
                    of our Men had their Liberty to go where they
                    would, I that knew not whither to go, staid in
                    the Ship for several Days, till at length one of
                    the Lieutenants seeing me, enquired what that
                     young <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Dog did there, and why they did 
                    not turn him on Shore?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        I heard him, and partly understood what he
                    meant, tho' not what he said, and began then to
                    be in a terrible Fright; for I knew not where to
                    get a Bit of Bread; when the Pilot of the Ship,
                    an old Seaman, seeing me look very dull, came to
                     me, and speaking broken <hi rend="italic">English</hi> to me, told me, 
                    I must be gone. Whither must I go (said I?)
                    Where you will, (said he), Home to your own
                    Country, if you will. How must I go thither
                    (said I?) Why have you no Friend (said he?)
                    No, (said I) not in the World, but that Dog,
                    pointing to the Ship's Dog, (who having stole
                    a Piece of Meat just before, had brought it close
                    by me, and I had taken it from him, and eat
                    it) for he has been a good Friend, and brought
                    me may Dinner,
                    </p>
                </div>
   
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00080">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(6)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Well, well</hi>, says he, <hi rend="italic">you must have
                            your Dinner</hi>; 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Will you go with me? Yes</hi>, says I, <hi rend="italic"
                            >with all my Heart</hi>. 
                    In short, the old Pilot took me Home with him,
                    and used me tolerably well, tho' I fared hard
                    enough, and I lived with him about two Years,
                    during which time he was solliciting his Business,
                    and at length got to be Master or Pilot under
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Don Garcia de Pimentesia de Carravallas</hi>, Captain of 
                     a <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Gallion, or Carrack, which was bound 
                     to <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi> in the <hi rend="italic">East-Indies</hi>;
                        and immediately having gotten his Commission, put me on Board
                        to look after his Cabbin, in which he had stored himself with Abundance of Liquors, Succades<note type="gloss"
                            resp="#JEJ">Succades - Candied fruit or sweetmeats.</note>, Sugar, Spices, and other things for his
                    Accommodation in the Voyage, and laid in afterwards a considerabe Quantity of <hi rend="italic">European</hi>
                    
                    Goods, fine Lace, and Linnen; and also Bays,
                     Woollen, Cloath, Stuffs, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. under the Pretence 
                    of his Clothes.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">   
                    I was too young in the Trade to keep any
                    Journal of this Voyage, tho' my Master, who
                     was for a <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> a pretty good Artist, prompted 
                    me to it: But my not understanding the Language, was one Hindrance; at least, it served
                    me for an Excuse. However, after some time
                    I began to look into his Charts and Books; and
                    as I could write a tolerable Hand, understood
                     some <hi rend="italic">Latin</hi>, and began to have a Smattering of 
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Tongue; so I began to get a little 
                    superficial Knowledge of Navigation, but not
                    such as was likely to be sufficient to carry me
                    thro' a Life of Adventure, as mine was to be.
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">In short</hi>, I learnt several material Things in this 
                     Voyage among the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>: I learnt particularly to be an errant Thief and a bad Sailor;
                    and I think I may say they are the best Ma-
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00090">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(7)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    sters for Teaching both these, of any Nation in
                    the World.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        We made our Way for the <hi rend="italic">East-Indies</hi>, by the 
                     Coast of <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>; not that it is in the Course of 
                    Sailing the Way thither; but our Captain, either on his own Account, or by the Direction of the 
                     Merchants, went thither first, where at <hi rend="italic">All Saints</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Bay</hi>, or as they call it in <hi rend="italic"
                            >Portugal</hi>, the <hi rend="italic">Rio de Todos</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">los Santos</hi>, we delivered near an Hundred Ton of 
                    Goods, and took in a considerable Quantity of
                    Gold, with some Chests of Sugar, and Seventy
                    or Eighty great Rolls of Tobacco, every Roll
                    weighing at least 100 Weight.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here being lodged on Shore by my Master's
                    Order, I had the Charge of the Captain's Business, he having seen me very diligent for my
                    own Master; and in Requital for his mistaken
                    Confidence, I found Means to secure, that is to
                    say, to steal about twenty Moydores out of the
                    Gold that was Shipt on Board by the Merchants,
                    and this was my first Adventure.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        We had a tolerable Voyage from hence to
                     the Cape <hi rend="italic">de bona Speranza</hi>; and I was reputed 
                    as a mighty diligent Servant to my Master,
                    and very faithful (I was diligent indeed,
                    but I was very far from honest; however,
                    they thought me honest, which by the Way,
                    was their very great Mistake) upon this very
                    Mistake, the Captain took a particular Liking to me, and employ'd me frequently on
                    his own Occasions; and on the other Hand, in
                    Recompence for my Officious Diligence, I received several particular Favours from him;
                    particularly, I was by the Captain's Command,
                    made a kind of a Steward under the Ship's
                    Steward, for such Provisions as the Captain de-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00100">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(8)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    manded for his own Table. He had another
                    Steward for his private Stores besides, but my
                    Office concerned only what the Captain called
                    for of the Ship's Stores, for his private
                    Use.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, by this Means I had Opportunity
                    particularly to take Care of my Master's Man,
                    and to furnish my self with sufficient Provisions
                    to makee me live much better than the other
                    People in the Ship; for the Captain seldom ordered any thing out of the Ship's Stores, as
                    above, but I snipt some of it for my own Share,
                     We arrived at <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi> in the <hi rend="italic"
                            >East-Indies</hi>, in about seven Months, from <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>, and remained there 
                    eight more; during which Time I had indeed
                    nothing to do, my Master being generally on
                    Shore, but to learn every thing that is wicked
                     among the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, a Nation the most perfidious and the most debauch'd, the most insolent
                    and cruel, of any that pretend to call themselves Christians, in the World.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        Thieving, Lying, Swearing, Forswearing,
                    joined to the most abominable Lewdness, was
                     the stated Practice of the Ship's Crew; <hi rend="italic">adding</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">to it</hi>, that with the most unsufferable Boasts of 
                    their new Courage, they were generally speaking
                    the most compleat Cowards that I ever met with;
                    and the Consequence of their Cowardice was
                     evident upon many <choice>
                            <corr>Occasions</corr>
                            <sic>Cccasions</sic>
                        </choice>. However, there 
                    was here and there one among them that
                    was not so bad as the rest; and as my Lot fell
                    among them, it made me have the most contemptible Thoughts of the rest, as indeed they
                    deserved.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was exactly fitted for their Society indeed;
                    for I had no Sense of Virtue or Religion upon
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00110">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(9)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    me. I had never heard much of either, except
                    what a good old Parson had said to me when I
                    was a Child of about Eight or Nine Years old;
                    nay, I was preparing, and growing up apace,
                    to be as wicked as any Body could be, or perhaps ever was. Fate certainly thus directed my
                    Beginning, knowing that I had Work which I
                    had to do in the World, which nothing but one
                    hardened against all Sense of Honesty or Religion, could go thro'; and yet even in this State
                    of Original Wickedness, I entertained such a
                    settled Abhorrence of the abandon'd Vileness of
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, that I could not but hate them 
                    most heartily from the Beginning, and all my Life
                    afterwards. They were so brutishly wicked, so
                    base and perfidious, not only to Strangers, but
                    to one another; so meanly submissive when subjected; so insolent, or barbarous and tyrannical
                    when superiour, that I thought there was something in them that shock'd my very Nature.
                     Add to this, that 'tis natural to an <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi>
                    
                    to hate a Coward, it all joined together to make
                     the Devil and a <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> equally my Aversion.
                    
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     However, according to the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Proverb, 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">He that is Shipp'd with the Devil mut sail with the</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Devil</hi>; I was among them, and I manag'd my 
                    self as well as I could. My Master had consented that I should assist the Captain in the
                    Office as above; but as I understood afterwards,
                    that the Captain allowed my Master Half a
                    Moydore a Month for my Service, and that.
                    he had my Name upon the Ship's Books also,
                    I expected that when the Ship came to be paid
                     four Months Wages at the <hi rend="italic">Indies</hi>, as they it seems 
                    always do, my Maser would let me have some<choice><corr>thing</corr>
                            <sic>ting</sic>
                        </choice> for my self. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00120">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(10)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                    But I was wrong in my Man, for he was
                    none of that Kind: He had taken me up as in
                    Distress, and his Business was to keep me so,
                    and make his Market of me as well as he could;
                    which I began to think of after a different
                    Manner than I did at first; for at first I thought
                    he had entertained me in meer Charity, upon
                    seeing my distrest Circumstances, but did not
                    doubt, but when he put me on Board the Ship,
                    I should have some Wages for my Service.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But he thought, it seems, quite otherwise; and
                    when I procured one to speak to him about it
                     when the Ship was paid at <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>, he flew into the 
                     greatest Rage imaginable, and called me <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    
                    Dog, young Heretick, and threaten'd to put
                    me into the Inquisition. Indeed of all the Names
                    the Four and Twenty Letters could make up,
                    he should not have called me Heretick; for as
                     I knew nothing about Religion, neither <hi rend="italic">Protestant</hi>
                    
                     from <hi rend="italic">Papist</hi>, or either of them from a <hi
                            rend="italic">Mahometan</hi>, I could never be a Heretick. However, it 
                    pass'd but a little, but as young as I was, I had
                    been carried into the Inquisition; and there, if
                     they had ask'd me, if I was a <hi rend="italic">Protestant</hi> or a <hi
                            rend="italic">Catholick</hi>, I should have said Yes to that which came 
                     first. If it had been the <hi rend="italic">Protestant</hi> they had ask'd 
                    first, it had certainly made a Martyr of me for
                    I did not know what.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        But the very Priest they carried with them, or
                    Chaplain of the Ship, as we call him, saved me;
                    for seeing me a Boy entirely ignorant of Religion,
                    and ready to do or say any thing they bid me,
                    he ask'd me some Questions about it, which he
                    found I answered so very simply, that he took it
                    upon him to tell them, he would answer for my
                    being a good Catholick; and he hoped he should
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00130">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(11)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    be the Means of saving my Soul; and he pleased
                    himself, that it was to be a Work of Merit to
                     him; so he made me as good a <hi rend="italic">Papist</hi> as any of 
                    them in about a Week's Time.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I then told him my Case about my Master
                     how, it is true, he had taken me up in a miserable Case, on Board a Man of War at <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>; 
                    and I was indebted to him for bringing me on Board this Ship; that if I had been left at
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>, I might have starv'd, and the like: And 
                    therefore I was willing to serve him; but that I
                    hop'd he would give me some little Consideration for my Service, or let me know how long
                    he expected I Should serve him for nothing.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        It was all one; neither the Priest or any one
                    else could prevail with him, but that I was not
                    his Servant but his Slave; that he took me in
                     the <hi rend="italic">Algerine</hi>; and that I was a <hi rend="italic"
                            >Turk</hi>, only pretended to be an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Boy, to get my Liberty, and 
                     he would carry me to the Inquisition as a <hi rend="italic">Turk</hi>.
                    </p> 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This frighted me out of my Wits; for I had no
                    body to vouch for me what I was, or from whence
                     I came; but the good <hi rend="italic">Padre Antonio</hi>, for that was 
                    his Name, cleared me of that Part by a Way I
                    did not understand: For he came to me one
                    Morning with two Sailors, and told me they
                    must search me, to bear Witness that I was not
                     a <hi rend="italic">Turk</hi>. I was amazed at them, and frighted; and 
                    did not understand them; nor could I imagine
                    what they intended to do to me. However,
                    stripping me, they were soon satisfy'd; and Father <hi rend="italic">Anthony</hi> bad me be easy, for they could all 
                     Witness that I was no <hi rend="italic">Turk</hi>. So I escaped that 
                    Part of my Master's Cruelty.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    And now I resolved from that time to run
                    away from him if I could; but there was no
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00140">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(12)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    doing of it there; for there were not Ships of
                    any Nation in the World in that Port, except
                     two or three <hi rend="italic">Persian</hi> Vessels from <hi rend="italic"
                            >Ormus</hi>; so that 
                    if I had offer'd to go away from him, he would
                    have had me seized on Shore, and brought on
                    Board by Force. So that I had no Remedy but
                    Patience, and this he brought to an End too
                    as soon as he could; for after this he began to
                    use me ill, and not only to straiten my Provisions, but to beat and torture me in a barbarous
                    Manner for every Trifle; so that in a Word my
                    Life began to be very miserable.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Violence of this Usage of me, and the
                    Impossibility of my Escape from his Hands, set
                    my Head a-working upon all Sorts of Mischief;
                    and in particular, I resolved, after studying all
                    other Ways to deliver my self, and finding all
                    ineffectual; I say, I resolved to murther him.
                    With this Hellish Resolution in my Head, I spent
                    whole Nights and Days contriving how to put it
                    in Execution, the Devil prompting me very
                    warmly to the Fact. I was indeed entirely at a
                    Loss for the Means; for I had neither Gun or
                    Sword, nor any Weapon to assault him with.
                    Poison I had my Thoughts much upon, but knew
                    not where to get any; or if I might have got
                    it, I did not know the Country Word for it, or
                    by what Name to ask for it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In this Manner I quitted the Fact intentionally a Hundred and a Hundred Times; but
                    Providence, either for his sake, or for mine, always frustrated my Designs, and I could never
                    bring it to pass; so I was obliged to continue
                    in his Chains till the Ship, having taken in her
                     Loading, set Sail for <hi rend="italic">Portugal</hi>. 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00150">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(13)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I can say nothing here to the Manner of our
                    Voyage; for as I said, I kept no Journfal; but
                    this I can give an Account of, that having been
                     once as high as the <hi rend="italic">Cape of Good Hope</hi>, as we call 
                     it; or <hi rend="italic">Cabo de bona Speranza</hi>, as they call it, we 
                    were driven back again by a violent Storm from
                    the W. S. W. which held us six Days and
                    Nights, a great Way to the Eastward; and after
                    that standing afore the Wind for several Days
                    more, we at last came to an Anchor on the
                    Coast of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Storm had been so violent, that the Ship
                    had received a great deal of Damage, and it
                    required some time to repair her; so standing
                     in nearer the Shore, the Pilot, <hi rend="italic">My Master</hi>, 
                    brought the Ship into a very good Harbour,
                    where we rid in Twenty six Fathom Water,
                    about Half a Mile from the Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    While the Ship rode here, there happen'd a
                    most desperate Mutiny among the Men, upon
                    Account of some Deficiency in their Allowance,
                    which came to that Height, that they threaten'd
                    the Captain to set him on Shore, and go back
                     with the Ship to <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>. I wish'd they would, with 
                    all my Heart, for I was full of Mischief in my
                    Head, and ready enough to do any. So, tho'
                    I was but a Boy, as they called me, yet I prompted the Mischief all I could, and embarked in
                    it so openly, that I escap'd very little being
                    hang'd in the first and most early Part of my
                    Life; for the Captain had some Notice, that
                    there was a Design laid by some of the Company to murther him; and having partly by
                     Money and Promises, and partly by <choice>
                            <corr>Threatening</corr>
                            <sic>Threatning</sic>
                        </choice>
                    
                    and Torture, brought two Fellows to confess the
                    Particulars, and the Names of the Persons con-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00160">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(14)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    cerned, they were presently apprehended, till one
                    accusing another, no less than sixteen Men were
                    seized, and put into Irons, whereof I was one.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Captain, who was made desperate by his
                    Danger, resolving to clear the Ship of his Enemies, try'd us all, and we were all condemned
                    to die. The Manner of his Process I was too
                    young to take Notice of; but the Purser and
                    one of the Gunners were hang'd immediately,
                    and I expected it with the rest. I do not remember any great Concern I was under about it, only that I cry'd very much; for I knew little
                    then of this World, and nothing at all of the
                    next.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, the Captain contented himself with
                    executing these two; and some of the rest, upon their <choice>
                            <corr>humble</corr>
                            <sic>hmble</sic>
                        </choice> Submission, and Promise of future good Behaviour, were pardoned; but five
                    were ordered to be set on Shore on the Island,
                    and left there, of which I was one. My Master
                    used all his Interest with the Captain to have
                    me excused, but could not obtain it; for somebody having told him that I was one of them,
                    who was singled out to have killed him, when
                    my Master desired I might not be set on Shore,
                    the Captain told him, I should stay on Board
                    if he desired it, but then I should be hang'd;
                    so he might chuse for me which he thought
                    best: The Captain, it seems, was particularly provok'd at my being concerned in the Treachery, because of his having been so kind to me,
                    and of his having singled me me out to serve him,
                    as I have said above; and this perhaps obliged
                    him to give my Master such a rough Choice,
                    either to set me on Shore, or to have me hang'd
                    on Board: And had my Master indeed known
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00170">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(15)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    what good Will I had for him, he would not
                    ha' been long in chusing for me; for I had certainly determined to do him a Mischief the
                    first Opportunity I had had for it. This was
                    therefore a good Providence for me, to keep
                    me from dipping my Hands in Blood, and it
                    made me more tender afterwards in Matters of
                    Blood, than I believe I should otherwise have
                    been. But as to my being one of them that was
                    to kill the Captain, that I was wrong'd in, for I
                    was not the Person; but it was really one of them
                    that were pardoned, he having the good Luck
                    not to have that Part discovered.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was now to enter upon a Part of independent Life, a thing I was indeed very ill prepared
                     to manage ; for I was perfectly loose and dissolute 
                    in my Behaviour, bold and wicked while I was
                    under Government, and now perfectly unfit to be
                    trusted with Liberty; for I was as ripe for any
                    Villainy, as a young Fellow that had no solid
                    Thought ever placed in his Mind could be supposed to be. Education, as you have heard, I had
                    none; and all the little Scenes of Life I had
                    pass'd thro', had been full of Dangers and desperate Circumstances; but I was either so
                    young, or so stupid, that I escaped the Grief and
                    Anxiety of them, for want of having a Sense of
                    their Tendency and Consequences.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This thoughtless, unconcern'd Temper had
                    one Felicity indeed in it; that it made me daring
                    and ready for doing any Mischief, and kept off
                    the Sorrow which otherwise ought to have attended me when I fell into any Mischief; that this
                    Stupidity was instead of a Happiness to me, for
                    it left my Thoughts free to act upon Means of
                    Escape and Deliverance in my Distress, how-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00180">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(16)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ever great it might be; whereas my Companions in the Misery, were so sunk by their Fear
                    and Grief, that they abandoned themselves to
                    the Misery of their Condition, and gave over all
                    Thought but of their perishing and starving,
                    being devoured by wild Beasts, murthered, and
                     perhaps eaten by <hi rend="italic">Cannibals</hi>, <hi rend="italic">and
                            the like</hi>. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was but a young Fellow about 17 or 18;
                    but hearing what was to be my Fate, I received it
                    with no Appearance of Discouragement; but I
                    asked what my Master said to it, and being told
                    that he had used his utmost Interest to save me,
                    but the Captain had answered I should either
                    go on Shore or be hanged on Board, which he
                    pleased; I then gave over all Hope of being received again: I was not very thankful in my
                    Thoughts to my Master for his solliciting the
                    Captain for me, because I knew that what he did
                    was not in Kindness to me, so much as in Kindness to himself; I mean to preserve the Wages
                    which he got for me, which amounted to above
                    six Dollars a Month, including what the Captain allowed him for my particular Service
                    to him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When I understood that my Master was so
                    apparently kind, I asked if I might not be admitted to speak with him, and they told
                    me I might, if my Master would come down to
                    me, but I could not be allowed to come up to
                    him; so then I desired my Master might be
                    spoke to to come to me, and he accordingly
                    came to me; I fell on my Knees to him, and
                    begg'd he would forgive me what I had done to
                    displease him; and indeed the Resolution I had
                    taken to murther him, lay with some Horrour
                    upon my Mind just at that Time, so that I was
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00190">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(17)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    once just a-going to confess it, and beg him to
                    forgive me, but I kept it in: He told me he had
                    done all he could to obtain my Pardon of the
                    Captain, but could not; and he knew no Way
                    for me but to have Patience, and submit to my
                    Fate; and if they came to speak with any Ship
                    of their Nation at the Cape, he would endeavour to have them stand in, and fetch us off
                    again if we might be found.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Then I begg'd I might have my Clothes on
                    Shore with me. He told me he was afraid I
                    should have little Need of Clothes, for he did
                    not see how we could long subsist on the Island,
                    and that he had been told that the Inhabitants
                     were <hi rend="italic">Cannibals</hi> or <hi rend="italic">Men-eaters</hi>
                        (tho' he had no Reason for that Suggestion) and we should not be
                    able to live among them. I told him I was not
                    so afraid of that, as I was of starving for want
                    of Victuals; and as for the Inhabitants being
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Cannibals</hi>, I believed we should be more likely 
                    to eat them, than they us, if we could but get
                    at them: But I was mightily concerned, I said,
                    we should have no Weapons with us to defend
                    our selves, and I begg'd nothing now, but that he
                    would give me a Gun and a Sword, with a little
                    Powder and Shot.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He smiled and said, they would signify nothing to us, for it was impossiible for us to pretend 
                    to preserve our Lives among such a populous
                    and desperate Nation as the People of the Island
                    were. I told him, that however it would do
                    us this Good, for we should not be devoured or
                    destroy'd immediately; so I begged hard for the
                    Gun. At last he told me, he did not know whether the Captain would give him Leave to give
                    me a Gun, and if not, he durst not do it; but
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00200">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(18)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     he promised to use his Interest to obtain it for me, 
                    which he did, and the next Day he sent me a Gun,
                    with some Ammunition, but told me, the Captain would not suffer the Ammunition to be given
                     us, till we were set all on Shore, and till he was just 
                    going to set Sail. He also sent me the few
                    Clothes I had in the Ship, which indeed were
                    not many.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Two Days after this we were all carried on
                    Shore together; the rest of my Fellow-Criminals
                    hearing I had a Gun, and some Powder and Shot,
                     sollicited for Liberty to carry the like with them, 
                    which was also granted them; and thus we were
                    set on Shore to shift for our selves.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At our first coming into the Island, we were
                    terrified exceedingly with the Sight of the barbarous People; whose Figure was made more
                    terrible to us than really it was, by the Report
                    we had of them from the Seamen; but when we
                    came to converse with them a while, we found
                     they were not <hi rend="italic">Cannibals</hi>, as was reported, or 
                    such as would fall immediately upon us and eat
                    us up; but they came and sat down by us, and
                    wondered much at our Clothes and Arms, and
                    made Signs to give us itme Victuals, such as
                    they had, which was only Roots and Plants dug
                    out of the Ground, for the present, but they
                    brought us Fowls and Flesh afterwards in good
                    Plenty.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This encouraged the other four Men that
                    were with me very much, for they were quite
                    dejected before; but now they began to be very familiar with them, and made Signs, that if they
                    would use us kindly, we would stay and live
                    with them; which they seemed glad of, tho'
                    they knew little of the Necessity we were under
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00210">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(19)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to do so, or how much we were afraid of
                    them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, upon other Thoughts, we resolved
                    that we would only stay in that Part so long
                    as the Ship rid in the Bay, and then making
                    them believe we were gone with the Ship, we
                    would go and place our selves, if possible, where
                    there were no Inhabitants to be seen, and so
                    live as we could, or perhaps watch for a Ship
                    that might be driven upon the Coast, as we were.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Ship continued a Fortnight in the Road
                    repairing some Damage which had been done
                    her in the late Storm, and taking in Wood and
                    Water; and during this time the Boat coming
                    often on Shore, the Men brought us several
                    Refreshments, and the Natives believing we only
                    belong'd to the Ship, were civil enough. We
                    lived in a kind of a Tent on the Shore, or rather
                    a Hut, which we made with the Boughs of
                    Trees, and sometimes in the Night retired
                    to a Wood a little out of their Way, to let them
                    think we were gone on board the Ship. However, we found them barbarous, treacherous,
                    and villainous enough in their Nature, only civil
                    for Fear, and therefore concluded we should soon
                    fall into their Hands when the Ship was gone.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Sense of this wrought upon my Fellow-Sufferers even to Distraction; and one of them,
                    being a Carpenter, in his mad Fit, swam off
                    to the Ship in the Night, tho' she lay then a
                    League to Sea, and made such pitiful Moan to
                    be taken in, that the Captain was prevailed
                    with at last to take him in, tho' they let him
                    lye swimming three Hours in the Water before
                    he consented to it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00220">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(20)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Upon this, and his humble Submission, the Captain received him, and, in a word, the Importunity of this Man (who for some time petition'd
                    to be taken in, tho' they hanged him as soon as
                    they had him) was such as could not be resisted;
                    for, after he had swam so long about the Ship,
                    he was not able to have reached the Shore again;
                    and the Captain saw evidently that the Man
                    must be taken on Board, or suffered to drown,
                    and the whole Ship's Company offering to be
                    bound for him for his good Behaviour, the Captain at last yielded, and he was taken up, but
                    almost dead with his being so long in the
                    Water.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When this Man was got in, he never left Importuning the Captain and all the rest of the
                    Officers in Behalf of us that were behind,
                    but to the very last Day the Captain was inexorable; when, at the time their Preparations
                    were making to sail, and Orders given to hoist
                    the Boats into the Ship, all the Seamen in a Body
                    came up to the Rail of the Quarter-Deck, where
                    the Captain was walking with some of his Officers, and appointing the Boatswain to speak
                    for them, he went up, and falling on his Knees
                    to the Captain, begged of him in the humblest
                    manner possible, to receive the four Men on
                    Board again, offering to answer for their Fidelity, or to have them kept in Chains till they
                     came to <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>, and there to be delivered up 
                    to Justice, rather than, as they said, to have
                    them left to be murthered by Savages, or devoured by wild Beasts. It was a great while e'er
                    the Captain took any Notice of them, but when he
                    did he ordered the Boatswain to be seized, and
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00230">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(21)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                        <choice>
                            <corr>threatened</corr>
                            <sic>threatned</sic>
                        </choice> to bring him to the Capstern for 
                    speaking for them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this Severity, one of the Seamen, bolder
                    than the rest, but still with all possible Respect
                    to the Captain, besought his Honour, as he called him, that he would give Leave to some more
                    of them to go on Shore, and die, with their
                    Companions, or, if possible, to assist them to
                    resist the Barbarians. The Captain, rather provoked than cowd with this, came to the Barricado
                    of the Quarter-Deck, and speaking very prudently to the Men, (for, had he spoken roughly,
                    two Thirds of them would have left the Ship,
                    if not all of them) he told them, it was for their
                    Safety as well as his own, that he had been obliged to that Severity; that Mutiny on board a
                    Ship was the same thing as Treason in the King's
                    Palace, and he could not answer it to his Owners
                    and Employers to trust the Ship and Goods Committed to his Charge, with Men who had enter-
                    tained Thoughts of the worst and blackest Nature; that he wished heartily that it had been
                    any where else that they had been set on Shore,
                    where they might have been in less Hazard
                    from the Savages; that if he had designed they
                    should be destroyed, he could as well have executed them on board as the other two; that he
                    wished it had been in some other Part of the
                    World, where he might have delivered them
                    up to the Civil Justice, or might have left them
                    among Christians; but that it was better their
                    Lives were put in Hazard, than his Life, and the
                    Safety of the Ship; and that tho' he did not
                    know that he had deserved so ill of any of them,
                    as that they should leave the Ship, rather than
                    do their Duty; yet if any of them were resolved
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00240">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(22)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to do so unless he would content to take a Gang of
                    Traytors on board, who, as he had proved before them all, had conspired to murther him,
                    he would not hinder them, nor, for the present,
                    would he resent their Importunity; but if there
                    was no body left in the Ship but himself, he
                    would never consent to take them on board.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Discourse was delivered so well, was in
                    it self so reasonable, was managed with so much
                    Temper, yet so boldly concluded with a Negative, that the greatest Part of the Men were satisfied for the present: However, as it put the
                    Men into Juncto's and Cabals, and they were not
                    composed for some Hours; the Wind also slackening towards Night, the Captain ordered not to
                    weigh till next Morning.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The same Night 23 of the Men, among whom
                    was the Gunner's Mate, the Surgeon's Assistant,
                    and two Carpenters, applying to the Chief Mate,
                    told him, that as the Captain had given them
                    Leave to go on Shore to their Comerades, they
                    begged, that he would speak to the Captain not
                    to take it ill that they were desirous to go and
                    die with their Companions; and that they
                    thought they could do no less in such an Extremity, than go to them; because if there was
                    any way to save their Lives, it was by adding
                    to their Numbers, and making them strong
                    enough to assist one another in defending themselves against the Savages, till perhaps they might 
                    one time or other find Means to make their
                    Escape, and get to their own Country again.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Mate told them in so many Words, that
                    he durst not speak to the Captain upon any such
                    Design, and was very sorry they had no more
                    Respect for him, than to desire him to go of
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00250">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(23)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    such an Errand; but if they were resolved upon such an Enterprize, he would advise them to
                    take the Long-Boat in the Morning betimes, and
                    go off, seeing the Captain had given them Leave,
                    and leave a civil Letter behind them to the
                    Captain, and to desire him to send his Men on
                    Shore for the Boat; which should be delivered
                    very honestly, and he promised to keep their
                    Counsel so long.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly an Hour before Day, those 23
                    Men, with every Man a Fire-lock<note type="gloss" resp="#JEJ">Fire-lock - A musket with a lock which is used to create sparks that ignite the priming (a pan full of gunpowder).</note> and Cutlass,
                    with some Pistols, three Halbards or Half-Pikes,
                    and good Store of Powder and Ball, without any
                    Provision but about Half an Hundred of Bread,
                    but with all their Chests and Clothes, Tools,
                     Instruments, Books, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. embarked themselves so 
                     silently, that the Captain got no Notice of it till 
                    they were gotten half the Way on Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as the Captain heard of it, he called
                     for the Gunner's Mate, <hi rend="italic">the Chief Gunner being at
                            that</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">time sick in his <sic>Cabbin</sic></hi>, and ordered to
                        fire at them; 
                    but, to his great Mortification, the Gunner's
                    Mate was one of the Number, and was gone with
                    them; and indeed it was by his Means they
                    got so many Arms, and so much Ammunition.
                    When the Captain found how it was, and that
                    there was no Help for it, he began to be a little
                    appeased, made light of it, and called up the
                    Men, spoke kindly to them, and told them he
                    was very well satisfied in the Fidelity and Ability of those that were now left; and that he
                    would give to them, for their Encouragement,
                    to be divided among them, the Wages which was
                    due to the Men that were gone; and that it was a
                    great Satisfaction to him that the Ship was freed
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00260">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(24)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    from such a mutinous Rabble, who had not the
                    least Reason for their Discontent.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Men seemed very well satisfied, and particularly the Promise of the Wages of those that
                    were gone, went a great way with them. After
                    this the Letter which was left by the Men was
                    given to the Captain, by his Boy, with whom,
                    it seems, the Men had left it. The Letter was
                    much to the same Purpose of what they had said
                    to the Mate, and which he declined to say
                    for them; only that at the End of their Letter
                    they told the Captain, that as they had no dishonest Design, so they had taken nothing away
                    with them which was not their own, except
                    some Arms and Ammunition, such as were absolutely necessary to them, as well for their Defence against the Savages, as to kill Fowls or
                    Beasts for their Food, that they might not perish; and as there were considerable Sums due
                    to them for Wages, they hoped he would allow the Arms and Ammunition upon their Accounts. They told him, that as to the Ship's
                    Long-Boat which they had taken to bring them
                    on Shore, they knew it was necessary to him,
                    and they were very willing to restore it to him;
                     and if he pleased to send for it, it should be very 
                    honestly delivered to his Men, and not the least
                    Injury offered to any of those who came for it,
                    nor the least Perswasion or Invitation made use
                    of to any of them to stay with them; and at
                    the Bottom of the Letter they very humbly besought him, that for their Defence, and for the
                    Safety of their Lives he would be pleased to send
                    them a Barrel of Powder, and some Ammunition, and give them Leave to keep the Mast
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00270">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(25)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and Sail of the Boat, that if it was possible for
                    them to make themselves a Boat of any kind,
                    they might shift off to Sea to save themselves in
                    such Part of the World as their Fate should direct them to.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this the Captain, who had won much
                    upon the rest of his Men by what he had said
                    to them, and was very easy as to the General
                    Peace; (for it was very true, that the most mutinous of the Men were gone) came out to the
                    Quarter-Deck, and calling the Men together,
                    let them know the Substance of the Letter; and
                    told the Men, that however they had not deserved such Civility from him, yet he was not
                    willing to expose them more than they were willing to expose themselves, he was inclined to
                    send them some Ammunition; and as they had
                    desired but one Barrel of Powder, he would send
                    them two Barrels, and Shot, or Lead, and
                    Moulds to make Shot in proportion: and, to
                    let them see that he was civiller to them than
                    they deserved, he ordered a Cask of Arrack,
                    and a great Bag of Bread to be sent them for
                    Subsistence, till they should be able to furnish
                    themselves.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The reft of the Men applauded the Captain's
                    Generosity, and every one of them sent us
                    some thing or other; and about three in the Afternoon the Pinnace came on Shore, and brought
                    us all these things, which we were very glad
                    of, and returned the Long-Boat accordingly;
                    and as to the Men that came with the Pinnace,
                    as the Captain had singled out such Men as he
                    knew would not come over to us, so they had
                    positive Orders not to bring any one of us on
                    board again, upon Pain of Death; and indeed
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00280">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(26)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    both were so true to our Points, that we neither
                    asked them to stay, nor they us to go.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now a good Troop, being in all 27
                    Men, very well armed and provided with every
                    thing but Victuals; we had two Carpenters
                    among us, a Gunner, and, which was worth all
                    the rest, a Surgeon or Doctor, that is to say, he
                     was an Assistant to a Surgeon at <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>, and was 
                    entertained as Supernumerary with us: The
                    Carpenters had brought all their Tools, the
                    Doctor all his Instruments and Medicines, and
                    indeed we had a great deal of Baggage, that is
                     to say, in the whole, for <hi rend="italic">some of us</hi> had little 
                    more than the Clothes on our Backs, of whom
                    I was one; but I had one thing which none of
                     them had <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. I had the 22 Moydores of Gold, 
                     which I stole at the <hi rend="italic">Brasils</hi>, and two Pieces of 
                     Eight. The two <choice>
                            <corr>Pieces</corr>
                            <sic>Peices</sic>
                        </choice> of Eight I shewed, and 
                    one Moydore, but no more; and none of them ever
                    suspected that I had any more Money in the World,
                    having been known to be only a poor Boy taken up
                    in Charity, as you have heard, and used like a
                    Slave, and in the worst Manner of a Slave, by
                    my cruel Master the Pilot.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It will be easy to imagine we four, that were
                    left at first, were joyful, nay, even surprized
                    with Joy, at the coming of the rest, tho' at first
                    we were frighted, and thought they came to fetch
                    us back to hang us; but they took ways quickly to satisfy us that they were in the same Condition with us, only with this additional Circumstance, that theirs was voluntarily, and ours
                    by Force.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first Piece of News they told us after the
                    short History of their coming away, was, that
                    our Companion was on board, but how he got
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00290">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(27)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thither we could not imagine; for he had given us
                    the Slip, and we never imagined he could swim
                    so well as to venture off to the Ship, which lay
                    at so great a Distance; nay, we did not so much
                    as know that he could swim at all, and not
                    thinking any thing of what really happened, we
                    thought that he must have wandered into the
                    Woods, and was devoured, or was fallen into the
                    Hands of the Natives and was murthered; and
                    these Thoughts filled us with Fears enough, and
                    of several kinds, about its being some time or
                    other our Lot to fall into their Hands also.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But hearing how he had with much Difficulty
                    been received on board the Ship again, and pardon'd, we were much better satisfied than
                    before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Being now, as I have said, a considerable Number of us, and in Condition to defend our selves,
                    the first thing we did was to give every one his
                    Hand, that we would not separate from one
                    another upon any Occasion whatsoever, but that
                    we would live and die together; that we would
                    kill no Food, but that we would distribute it in
                    publick; and that we would be in all things
                    guided by the Majority, and not insist upon
                    our own Resolutions in any thing, if the Majority
                    were against it; that we would appoint a Captain among us to be our Governour or Leader
                    during Pleasure; that while he was in Office, we
                    would obey him without Reserve, on Pain of
                    Death; and that every one should take Turn,
                    but the Captain was not to act in any particular
                    thing without Advice of the rest, and by the
                    Majority.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having established these Rules, we resolved to
                    enter into some Measures for our Food, and for
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00300">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(28)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    conversing with the Inhabitants or Natives of
                    the Island, for our Supply; as for Food, they
                    were at first very useful to us, but we soon grew
                    weary of them, being an ignorant, ravenous,
                    brutish sort of People, even worse than the Natives of any other Country that we had seen;
                    and we soon found that the principal Part of our
                    Subsistance was to be had by our Guns, shooting of Deer and other Creatures, and Fowls of
                    all other Sorts, of which there is Abundance.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found the Natives did not disturb or concern themselves much about us; nor did they
                    enquire, or perhaps know whether we stay'd
                    among them or not, much less that our Ship
                    was gone quite away, and had cast us off, as
                    was our Case; for the next Morning after we
                    had sent back the Long-Boat, the Ship stood
                    away to the South-East, and in four Hours time
                    was out of our Sight.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Day two of us went out into the
                    Country one Way, and two another, to see what
                    kind of a Land we were in; and we soon found
                    the Country was very pleasant and fruitful, and
                    a convenient Place enough to live in; but as before, inhabited by a Parcel of Creatures scarce
                    human, or capable of being made sociable on any
                    Account whatsoever.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found the Place full of Cattle and Provisions; but whether we might venture to take
                    them where we could find them, or not, we
                    did not know; and tho' we were under a Necessity to get Provisions, yet we were loath to bring
                    down a whole Nation of Devils upon us at once,
                    and therefore some of our Company agreed to
                    try to speak with some of the Country, if we
                    could, that we might see what Course was to be
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00310">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(29)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph"> 
                    taken with them. Eleven of our Men went of
                    this Errand, well armed, and furnished for Defence. They brought Word, that they had
                    seen some of the Natives, who appeared very
                    civil to them, but very shy and afraid, seeing
                    their Guns; for it was easy to perceive, that
                    the Natives knew what their Guns were, and
                    what Use they were of.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They made Signs to the Natives for some Food
                    and they went and fetched several Herbs and
                    Roots, and some Milk; but it was evident
                    they did not design to give it away, but to sell,
                    making Signs to know what our Men would
                    give them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men were perplexed at this, for they
                    had nothing to Barter; however, one of the
                    Men pulled out a Knife and shewed them, and
                    they were so fond of it, that they were ready
                    to go together by the Ears for the Knife: The
                    Seaman seeing that, was willing to make a good
                    Market of his Knife, and keeping them chaffering<note type="gloss" resp="#JEJ">Chaffering - haggling.</note> about it a good while, some offered him
                    Roots, and others Milk; at last one offered him
                    a Goat for it, which he took. Then another
                    of our Men shewed them another Knife, but
                    they had nothing good enough for that; whereupon one of them made Signs that he would
                    go and fetch something; so our Men stay'd three
                    Hours for their Return, when they came back
                    and brought him a small sized, thick, short
                    Cow, very fat, and good Meat, and gave him
                    for his Knife.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was a good Market, but our Misfortune
                    was we had no Merchandize; for our Knives
                    were as needful to us as to them, and but that
                    we were in Distress for Food, and must of Ne-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00320">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(30)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    cessity have some, these Men would not have
                    parted with their Knives.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, in a little time more we found that
                    the Woods were full of living Creatures which
                    we might kill for our Food, and that without
                    giving Offence to them; so that our Men went
                    daily out a Hunting, and never failed to kill
                    something or other; for as to the Natives, we
                    had no Goods to Barter; and for Money, all
                    the Stock among us would not have subsisted
                    us long; however, we called a general Council
                    to see what Money we had, and to bring it
                    all together, that it might go as far as possible;
                    and when it came to my Turn, I pulled out
                    a Moydore and the two Dollars I spoke of
                    before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Moydore I ventured to shew, that they
                    might not despise me too much for adding too
                    little to the Store, and that they might not
                    pretend to search me; and they were very civil to me upon the Presumption that I had been
                    so faithful to them as not to conceal any thing
                    from them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But our Money did us little Service, for the
                    People neither knew the Value or the Use of
                    it, nor could they justly rate the Gold in Proportion with the Silver; so that all our Money,
                    which was not much when it was all put together, would go but a little way with us, that
                    is to say, to buy us Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our next Consideration was to get away from
                    this cursed Place, and whether to go; when my
                    Opinion came to be asked, I told them I would
                    leave that all to them, and I told them I had
                    rather they would let me go into the Woods
                    to get them some Provisions, than consult with
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00330">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(31)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    me, for I would agree to whatever they did;
                    but they would not agree to that, for they
                    would not consent that any of us should go into
                    the Woods alone; for tho' we had yet seen no
                    Lions or Tygers in the Woods, we were assured
                    there were many in the Island, besides other
                    Creatures as dangerous, and, perhaps worse,
                    as we afterwards found by our own Experience.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had many Adventures in the Woods for
                    our Provisions, and often met with wild and
                    terrible Beasts, which we could not call by their
                    Names, but as they were like us seeking their
                    Prey, but were themselves good for nothing,
                    so we disturbed them as little as possible.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Consultations concerning our Escape from
                    this Place, which as I have said, we were now
                    upon, ended in this only, that as we had two
                    Carpenters among us, and that they had Tools
                    almost of all Sorts with them, we should try
                    to build us a Boat to go off to Sea with, and that
                    then perhaps we might find our way back to
                    Goa, or land on some more proper Place to make
                    our Escape. The Counsels of this Assembly
                    were not of great Moment, yet as they seem
                    to be introductory of many more remarkable
                    Adventures which happened under my Conduct hereabouts many Years after, I think this
                    Miniature of my future Enterprizes may not be
                    unpleasant to relate.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    To the Building of a Boat I made no Objection, and away they went to work immediately; but as they went on, great Difficulties
                    occurred, such as want of Saws to cut out Plank;
                    Nails, Bolts, and Spikes, to fasten the Timbers,
                    Hemp, Pitch and Tar, to Caulk and Pay her
                     Seams, <hi rend="italic">and the like:</hi> At length one of the Com-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00340">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(32)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    pany proposed, that instead of building a Bark
                    or Sloop, or Shalloup, or whatever they would
                    call it, which they found was so difficult, they
                     should rather make a large <hi rend="italic">Perigua</hi>, or Canoe, 
                    which might be done with great Ease.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was presently objected, that we could never
                    make a Canoe large enough to pass the great
                    Ocean, which we were to go over, to get to
                     the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi>, that it not only would 
                    not bear the Sea, but it would never bear the
                    Burthen; for we were not only Twenty seven
                    Men of us, but had a great deal of Luggage
                    with us, and must, for our Provision, take in a
                    great deal more.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I never proposed to speak in their General
                    Consultations before, but finding they were at
                    some Loss about what kind of Vessel they should
                    make, and how to make it; and what would be
                    fit for our Use, and what not; I told them I
                    found they were at a full Stop in their Counsels
                    of every kind; that it was true we could never
                     pretend to go over to <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>, or the Coast of 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> in a Canoe, which tho' we could all 
                    get into it, and that it would bear the Sea
                    well enough, yet would not hold our Provisions, and especially we could not put fresh
                    Water enough into it for the Voyage; and to
                    make such an Adventure would be nothing but
                    meer running into certain Destruction, and yet
                    that nevertheless I was for making a Canoe.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They answered, that they understood all I had
                    said before well enough, but what I meant by
                    telling them first how dangerous and impossible
                    it was to make our Escape in a Canoe, and yet
                    then to advise making a Canoe, that they could
                    not understand.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00350">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(33)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    To this I answer'd, that I conceiv'd our Business was, not to attempt our Escape in a Canoe,
                    but that as there were other Vessels at Sea besides our Ship, and that there were few Nations
                    that lived on the Sea-Shore that were so barbarous, but that they went to Sea in some Boats
                    or other, our Business was to cruise along the
                    Coast of the Island, which was very long, and
                    to seize upon the first we could get that was better than our own, and so from that to another,
                    till perhaps we might at last get a good Ship
                    to carry us whither ever we pleased to go.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Excellent Advice, says one of them, admirable Advice, says another. Yes, yes, says the
                     third, which was the Gunner, the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Dog 
                    has given excellent Advice; but it is just the
                    way to bring us all to the Gallows; the Rogue
                    has given Devilish Advice, indeed, to go a
                    Thieving, till from a little Vessel we come to a
                    great Ship, and so we shall turn downright
                    Pyrates, the End of which is to be hanged.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    You may call us Pyrates, says another, if you
                    will, and if we fall into bad Hands, we may be
                    used like Pyrates; but I care not for that, I'll
                    be a Pyrate, or any thing, nay, I'll be hang'd
                    for a Pyrate, rather than starve here; and therefore I think the Advice is very good; and so
                    they cry'd all, Let us have a Canoe. The Gunner over-ruled by the rest, submitted; but as
                    we broke up the Council, he came to me, takes
                    me by the Hand, and looking into the Palm of
                    my Hand, and into my Face too, very gravely,
                     My Lad, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, thou art born to do a World 
                    of Mischief; thou hast commenced Pyrate very
                    young, but have a Care of the Gallows, young
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00360">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(34)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Man; have a Care, I say, for thou wilt be an
                    eminent Thief.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I laugh'd at him, and told him, I did not
                    know what I might come to hereafter; but as
                    our Case was now, I should make no Scruple to
                    take the first Ship I came at, to get our Liberty: I only wish'd we could see one, and come
                    at her. Just while we were talking, one of our
                    Men that was at the Door of our Hutt, told us,
                    that the Carpenter, who, it seems, was upon a
                     HiIl at a Distance, cried out, <hi rend="italic">a Sail</hi>, <hi
                            rend="italic">a Sail</hi>. 
                    We all turn'd out immediately; but tho' it
                    was very clear Weather, we could see nothing;
                     but the Carpenter continuing to holloo to us, <hi rend="italic">a</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Sail</hi>, <hi rend="italic">a Sail</hi>, away we run up
                        the Hill, and there 
                    we saw a Ship plainly; but it was at a very great
                    Distance, too far for us to make any Signal to
                    her. However, we made a Fire upon the Hill,
                    with all the Wood we could get together, and
                    made as much Smoke as possible. The Wind
                    was down, and it was almost calm; but as we
                    thought by a Perspective Glass which the Gunner had in his Pocket, her Sails were full,
                    and she stood away large with the Wind at E. N. E. taking no Notice of our Signal,
                     but making for the Cape <hi rend="italic">de bona Speranza</hi>; so 
                    we had no Comfort from her.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We went therefore immediately to Work about
                    Our intended Canoe, and having singled out a very large Tree to our Mind, we fell to Work with
                    her; and having three good Axes among us, we
                    got it down, but it was four Days time first, tho'
                    we worked very hard too. I do not remember
                    what Wood it was, or exactly what Dimensions; but I remember that it was a very large one,
                    and we were as much encouraged when we laun-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00370">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(35)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ched it, and found it swam upright and steady,
                    as we would have been at another time, if we
                    had a good Man of War at out Command.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    She was so very large, that she carried us all
                    very easily, and would have carried two or
                    three Ton of Baggage with us; so that we, began
                     to consult about going to Sea directly to <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>; but 
                    many other Considerations check'd that Thought,
                    especially when we came to look nearer into it;
                    such as Want of Provisions, and no Casks for fresh
                    Water; no Compass to steer by; no Shelter from
                    the Breach of the high Sea, which would certainly founder us; no Defence from the Heat of
                    the Weather, and the like; so that they all came
                    readily into my Project, to cruise about where
                    we were, and see what might offer.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, to gratify our Fancy, we went
                    one Day all out to Sea in her together, and we
                    were in a very fair Way to have had enough of
                    it; for when she had us all on Board, and that
                    we were gotten about Half a League to Sea, there
                    happening to be a pretty high Swell of the Sea,
                    tho' little or no Wind, yet she wallow'd so in
                    the Sea, that we all of us thought she would
                    at last wallow her self Bottom up; so we set
                    all to Work to get her in nearer the Shore, and
                    giving her fresh Way in the Sea, she swam more
                    steady, and with some hard Work we got her
                    under the Land again.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now at a great Loss; the Natives
                    were civil enough to us, and came often to discourse with us; one time they brought one whom
                    they shew'd Respect to as a King, with them,
                    and they set up a long Pole between them and
                    us, with a great Tossel of Hair hanging, not on
                    the Top, but fomething above the Middle of it,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00380">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(36)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    adorn'd with little Chains, Shells, Bits of Brass,
                    and the like; and this we understood afterwards
                    was a Token of Amity and Friendship, and they
                    brought down to us Victuals in Abundance, Cattel, Fowls, Herbs, Roots, but we were in the
                    utmoft Confusion on our Side; for we had nothing to buy with, or exchange for; and as to
                    giving us things for nothing, they had no Notion of that again. As to our Money, it was
                    meer Trash to them, they had no Value for it;
                    so, that we were in a fair Way to be starved.
                    Had we had but some Toys and Trinckets, Brass
                    Chains, Baubles, Glass Beads, or in a Word, the
                    veriest Trifles that a Ship Loading would not have
                    been worth the Freight, we might have bought
                    Cattel and Provisions enough for an Army, or
                    to Victual a Fleet of Men of' War, but for Gold
                    or Silver we could get nothing.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this we were in a strange Consternation. I was but a young Fellow, but I was for
                    falling upon them with our Fire Arms; and
                    taking all the Cattel from them, and send them
                    to the Devil to stop their Hunger, rather than
                    be starved our selves; but I did not consider
                    that this might have brought Ten Thousand of
                    them down upon us the next Day; and tho'
                    we might have killed a vast Number of them,
                    and perhaps have frighted the rest, yet their
                    own Desperation, and our small Number, would
                    have animated them so, that one time or other
                    they would have destroy'd us all.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the Middle of our Consultation, one of
                    our Men who had been a kind of a Cutler, or
                    Worker in Iron, started up, and ask'd the Carpenter, if among all his Tools he could not help
                    him to a File. Yes, says the Carpenter, I can,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00390">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(37)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    but it is a small one. The smaller the better,
                    says the other. Upon this he goes to Work,
                    and first by heating a Piece of an old broken
                    Chissel in the Fire, and then with the Help of
                    his File, he made himself several Kinds of Tools
                    for his Work; and then he takes three or four
                    Pieces of Eight, and beats them out with a Hammer upon a Stone, till they were very broad and
                    thin, then he cut them out into the Shape of
                    Birds and Beasts; he made little Chains of them
                    for Bracelets and Necklaces, and turn'd them into so many Devices, of his own Head, that it is
                    hardly to be exprest.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When he had for about a Fortnight exercised
                    his Head and Hands at this Work, we try'd the
                    Effect of his Ingenuity; and having another Meeting with the Natives, were surprized to see the
                    Folly of the poor People. For a little Bit of
                    Silver cut out in the Shape of a Bird, we had
                    two Cows; and, which was our Loss, if it had
                    been in Brass, it had been still of' more Value.
                    For one of the Bracelets made of Chain-work,
                    we had as much Provision of several Sorts, as
                     would fairly have been worth in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, Fifteen 
                    or Sixteen Pounds; and so of all the rest. Thus,
                    that which when it was in Coin was not worth
                    Six-pence to us, when thus converted into Toys
                    and Trifles, was worth an Hundred Times its
                    real Value, and purchased for us any thing we
                    had Occasion for.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In this Condition, we lived upwards of a Year,
                     but all of us began to be very much tir'd of it, and 
                     whatever came of it, resolv'd to attempt an Escape. 
                    We had furnished our selves with no less than
                     three very good Canoes; and as the <hi rend="italic">Monsoones</hi>, 
                    or Trade-Winds, generally affect that Country,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00400">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(38)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     blowing in most Parts of this Island one six Months 
                    of a Year one Way, and the other six Months
                    another Way, we concluded we might be able
                    to bear the Sea well enough. But always when
                    we came to look nearer into it, the Want of
                    fresh Water was the thing that put us off from
                    such an Adventure, for it is a prodigious Length,
                    and what no Man on Earth could be able to
                    perform without Water to drink.
                    Being thus prevailed upon by our own Reason to set the Thoughts of that Voyage aside,
                    we had then but two things before us; one was,
                     to put to Sea the other Way, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. West, and go 
                     away for the <hi rend="italic">Cape of Good Hope</hi>, where first or 
                    last we should meet with some of our own Country Ships, or else to put for the main Land of'
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, and either travel by Land, or sail along 
                    the Coast towards the Red Sea, where we should
                    first or last find a Ship of some Nation or other,
                    that would take us up, or perhaps we might take
                    them up; which, by the bye, was the thing that
                    always run in my Head.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was our ingenious Cutler, whom ever after
                     we called <hi rend="italic">Silver-Smith</hi>, that proposed this; but 
                    the Gunner told him, that he had been in the
                     Red Sea, in a <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> Sloop, and he knew this, 
                    that if we went into the Red Sea, we should
                     either be killed by the wild <hi rend="italic">Arabs</hi>, or taken and 
                     made Slaves of by the <hi rend="italic">Turks</hi>; and therefore he 
                    was not for going that Way.
                    Upon this I took Occasion to put in my Vote
                     again. <hi rend="italic">Why</hi>, said I, <hi rend="italic">do we talk of
                            being killed by the</hi>
                    
                     Arabs, <hi rend="italic">or made Slaves of by the</hi> Turks? <hi
                            rend="italic">Are we not</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">able to board almost any Vessel we shall meet with in</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">those Seas; and instead of their taking us, we to
                            take</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">them?</hi> Well done, <hi rend="italic">Pyrate</hi>, said
                        the Gunner, he 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00410">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(39)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that had look'd in my Hand, and told me I
                     should come to the Gallows; <hi rend="italic">I'll say that for</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">him</hi>, says he, <hi rend="italic">he always looks the
                            same Way. But I</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">think o' my Conscience, 'tis our only Way now.</hi> Don't 
                     tell me, <hi rend="italic">says I</hi>, of being a Pyrate, <hi
                            rend="italic">we must be Pyrates</hi>, 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">or any thing, to get fairly out of this cursed Place.</hi>
                    
                    In a Word, they concluded all by my Advice,
                    that our Business was to cruize for any thing
                     we could see. Why then, <hi rend="italic">said</hi> I to them, our 
                    first Business is to see, if the People upon this
                    Island have no Navigation, and what Boats they
                    use; and if they have any better or bigger than
                    ours, let us take one of them. First indeed all
                    our Aim was to get, if possible, a Boat with a
                    Deck and a Sail; for then we might have saved
                    our Provisions, which otherwise we could not.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had, to our great good Fortune, one Sailor
                    among us, who had been Assistant to the Cook,
                    he told us, that he would find a Way how to
                    preserve our Beef, without Cask or Pickle; and
                    this he did effectually by curing it in the Sun,
                    with the Help of Salt-Petre, of which there
                    was great Plenty in the Island; so that before
                    we found any Method for our Escape, we had
                    dry'd the Flesh of six or seven Cows and Bullocks, and ten or twelve Goats, and it relished so
                    well, that we never gave our selves the Trouble to boil it when we eat it, but either broiled
                    it, or eat it dry. But our main Difficulty about
                    fresh Water still remained; for we had no Vessel to put any into, much less to keep any for
                    our going to Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But our first Voyage being only to coast the
                    Island, we resolved to venture, whatever the
                    Hazard or Consequence of it might be; and in
                    order to preserve as much fresh Water as we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00420">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(40)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    could, our Carpenter made a Well thwart the
                    Middle of one of our Canoes, which he separrated fom the other Parts of the Canoe, so as to
                    make it tight to hold the Water, and cover'd
                    so as we might step upon it; and this was so
                    large, that it held near a Hogshead of Water
                    very well. I cannot better describe this Well,
                    than by the same Kind which the small Fisher-Boats in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> have to preserve their Fish alive 
                    in; only, that this, instead of having Holes to
                    let the Salt Water in, was made sound every
                    Way to keep it out; and it was the first Invention, I believe, of its Kind, for such an Use:
                    But Necessity is a Spur to Ingenuity, and the
                    Mother of Invention.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It wanted but a little Consultation to resolve
                    now upon our Voyage. The first Design was only
                    to coast it round the Island, as well to see if we
                     could seize upon any Vessel fit to embark our selves 
                    in, as also to take hold of any Opportunity which
                    might present for our passing over to the Main;
                    and therefore our Resolution was to go on the
                    Inside, or West Shore of the Island, where at
                    least at one Point, the Land stretching a great
                    Way to the North-West, the Distance is not
                    extraordinary great from the Island to the Coast
                    of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Such a Voyage, and with such a desperate
                    Crew, I believe was never made; for it is certain we took the worst Side of the Island to look
                    for any Shipping, especially for Shipping of other
                    Nations, this being quite out of the Way: However, we put to Sea, after taking all our Provisions and Ammunition, Bag and Baggage on Board;
                    we had made both Mast and Sail for our two
                    large Periagua's, and the other we paddl'd along
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00430">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(41)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    as well as we could; but when a Gale sprung up,
                    we took her in Tow.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We sail'd merrily forward for several Days,
                    meeting with nothing to interrupt us. We saw
                    several of the Natives in small Canoes, catching
                    Fish, and sometimes we endeavoured to come near
                    enough to speak with them, but they were always shye, and afraid of us, making in for the
                    Shore, as soon as we attempted it; till one of our
                    Company remember'd the Signal of Friendship
                    which the Natives made us from the South Part of
                     the Island, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. of setting up a long Pole, and put 
                    us in Mind, that perhaps it was the same thing
                    to them as a Flag of Truce was to us: So we
                    resolved to try it; and accordingly the next time
                    we saw any of their Fishing Boats at Sea, we put
                    up a Pole in our Canoe that had no Sail, and
                    rowed towards them. As soon as they saw the
                    Pole, they staid for us, and as we came nearer,
                    paddl'd towards us. When they came to us,
                    they shewed themselves very much pleased, and
                    gave us some large Fish, of which we did not
                    know the Names, but they were very good. It
                    was our Misfortune still, that we had nothing to
                    give them in Return; but our Artist, of whom
                    I spoke before, gave them two little thin Plates
                     of Silver, beaten, as I said before, out of a Piece 
                    of Eight; they were cut in a Diamond Square,
                    longer one way than t'other, and a Hole punch'd
                    at one of the longest Corners. This they were
                    so fond of, that they made us stay till they had
                    cast their Lines and Nets again, and gave us as
                    many Fish as we cared to have.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All this while we had our Eyes upon their
                    Boats, view'd them very narrowly, and examined whether any of them were fit for our Turn;
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00440">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(42)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    but they were poor sorry things; their Sail was
                    made of a large Matt, only one that was of a
                    Piece of Cotton Stuff, fit for little, and their
                    Ropes were twisted Flags, of no Strength; so we
                    concluded we were better as we were, and let
                    them alone. We went forward to the North,
                    keeping the Coast close on Board for twelve Days
                    together; and having the Wind at East, and
                    E. S. E. we made very fresh Way. We saw no
                    Towns on the Shore, but often saw some Hutts
                    by the Water Side, upon the Rocks, and always
                    Abundance of People about them, who we could
                    perceive run together to stare at us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was as odd a Voyage as ever Men went:
                    We were a little Fleet of three Ships, and an Army of between Twenty and Thirty as dangerous 
                    Fellows as ever they had among them; and had
                    they known what we were they would have compounded to give us every thing we desired, to
                    be rid of us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    On the other Hand, we were as miserable as
                    Nature could well make us to be; for we were
                     upon <hi rend="italic">a</hi> Voyage and <hi rend="italic">no</hi> Voyage,
                        we were bound 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">some</hi> where and <hi rend="italic">no</hi> where; for
                        tho' we knew 
                    what we intended to do, we did really not know
                    what we were doing: We went forward and forward by a Northerly Course; and as we advanced, the Heat increased, which began to be intolerable to us who were upon the Water, without any Covering from Heat or Wet; besides
                     we were now in the Month of <hi rend="italic">October</hi>, or thereabouts, in a Southern Latitude, and as we went every Day nearer the Sun, the Sun came also every Day nearer to us, till at last we found our
                    selves in the Latitude of 20 Degrees, and having
                     past the Tropick about five or six Days before that, 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00450">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(43)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    in a few Days more the Sun would: be in the
                    Zenith, just over our Heads.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon these Considerations we resolved to seek
                    for a good Place to go on Shore again, and pitch
                    our Tents till the Heat of the Weather abated.
                    We had by this time measured Half the Length
                    of the Island, and were come to that Part where
                    the Shore tending away to the North-West, promised fair to make our Passage over to the main
                     Land of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, much shorter than we expected; 
                    But notwithitanding that, we had good Reason
                    to believe it was about 120 Leagues.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    So, the Heats consider'd, we resolved to take
                    Harbour; besides, our Provisions were exhausted, and we had not many Days Store left.
                    Accordingly, putting in for the Shore early in
                    the Morning, as we usually did once in three
                    or four Days, for fresh Water, we sat down
                    and considered, whether we should go on, or take
                    up our Standing there; but upon several Considerations too long to repeat here, we did not
                    like the Place, so we resolved to go on for a few
                    Days longer.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    After Sailing on N. W. by N. with a fresh Gale
                    at S. E. about six Days, we found at a great Distance, a large Promontory, or Cape of Land,
                    pushing out a long Way into the Sea; and as
                    we were exceeding fond of seeing what was beyond the Cape, we resolved to double it before
                    we took into Harbour; so we kept on our Way,
                    the Gale continuing, and yet it was four Days
                    more before we reach'd the Cape. But it is
                    not possible to express the Discouragement and
                    Melancholy that seized us all when we came
                    thither; for when we made the Head Land
                    of the Cape, we were surprized to see the Shore
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00460">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(44)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    fall away on the other Side, as much as it had
                    advanced on this Side, and a great deal more;
                    and that, in short, if we would adventure over
                     to the Shore of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, it must be from hence; 
                    for that if we went further, the Breadth of the
                    Sea still increased, and to what Breadth it might
                    increase, we knew not.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    While we mused upon this Discovery, we were
                    surprized with very bad Weather, and especially
                    violent Rains, with Thunder and Lightning most
                    unusually terrible to us. In this Pickle we run
                    for the Shore, and getting under the Lee of the
                    Cape, run our Frigates into a little Creek, where
                    we saw the Land overgrown with Trees, and
                    made all the Haste possible to get on Shore, being exceeding wet, and fatigued with the Heat,
                    the Thunder, Lightning and Rain.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we thought our Case was very deplorable indeed, and therefore our Artist, of whom
                    I have spoken so often, set up a great Cross of
                    Wood on the Hill, which was within a Mile of
                    the Head Land, with these Words, but in the
                    <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Language,
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Point Desperation. Jesus have Mercy!</hi>
                    
                    We set to work immediately to build us some
                    Hutts, and so get our Clothes dry'd, and tho' I
                    was young, and had no Skill in such Things,
                    yet I shall never forget the little City we built,
                     for it was no less; and we fortify'd it accordingly; 
                     and the Idea is so fresh in my Thought, that I cannot but give a short Description of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Camp was on the South Side of a little
                    Creek on the Sea, and.under the Shelter of a steep
                    Hill, which lay, tho' on the other Side of the
                    Creek, yet within a Quarter of a Mile of us
                    N. W. by N. and very happily intercepted the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00470">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(45)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Heat of the Sun all the after Part of the Day.
                    The Spot we pitched on had a little fresh Water,
                    Brook, or a Stream running into the Creek by
                    us, and we saw Cattle feeding in the Plains and
                    and low Ground, East and to the South of us a
                    great Way.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we set up twelve little Hutts, like Soldiers Tents, but made of the Boughs of Trees
                    stuck into the Ground, and bound together on
                    the Top with Withes, and such other things
                    as we could get; the Creek was our Defence on
                    the North, a little Brook on the West, and
                    the South and East Sides we fortify'd with a
                    Bank, which entirely covered our Hutts; and
                    being drawn oblique from the North West to
                    the South East, made our City a Triangle.
                    Behind the Bank, or Line, our Hutts stood, having three other Hutts behind them at a good
                    Distance. In one of these, which was a little one,
                    and stood further off, we put our Gun-powder,
                    and nothing else, for fear of Danger; in the
                    other, which was bigger, we drest our Victuals,
                    and put all our Necessaries; and in the third,
                    which was biggest of all, we eat our Dinners,
                    called our Councils, and sat and diverted our
                    selves with such Conversation as we had one
                    with another, which was but indifferent truly at
                    that time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Correspondence with the Natives was absolutely necessary, and our Artist, the Cutler,
                    having made Abundance of those little Diamond
                    cut Squares of Silver, with these we made Shift
                    to Traffick with the black People for what we
                    wanted; for indeed they were pleased wonderfully with them: And thus we got Plenty of
                    Provisions. At first, and in particilar, we got
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00480">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(46)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    about fifty Head of Black Cattel and Goats, and
                    our Cook's Mate took care to cure them, and dry
                    them, salt and preserve them for our grand
                    Supply; nor was this hard to do, the Salt and
                    Salt-Petre being very good, and the Sun excessively hot; and here we lived about four
                    Months.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Southern Solstice was over, and the Sun
                     gone back towards the <hi rend="italic">Equinoctial</hi>, when we considered of our next Adventure, which was to go
                     over the Sea of <hi rend="italic">Zanquebar</hi>, as the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Portuguese</hi>
                    
                    call it, and to land, if possible, upon the Continent of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We talked with many of the Natives about
                    it, such as we could make our selves intelligible
                    to; but all that we could learn from them was,
                    that there was a great Land of Lions beyond
                    the Sea, but that it was a great Way off; we
                    knew as well as they that it was a long Way, but
                    our People differed mightily about it: Some
                    said it was 150 Leagues, others not above
                    100. One of our Men that had a Map of the
                    World shewed us by his Scale, that it was
                    not above 80 Leagues. Some said there were
                    Islands all the Way to touch at; some that there
                    were no Islands at all: For my Part, I knew
                    nothing of this Matter one way or another, but
                    heard it all without Concern, whether it was
                    near or far off; however, this we learned from
                    an old Man who was blind, and led about by a
                     Boy, that if we stay'd till the End of <hi rend="italic">August</hi>, we 
                    should be sure of the Wind to be fair, and the
                    Sea smooth all the Voyage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was some Encouragement, but staying
                    again was very unwelcome News to us, because
                    that then the Sun would be returning again
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00490">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(47)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to the South, which was what our Men were
                    very unwilling to. At last we called a Council of
                    our whole Body; their Debates were too tedious to take Notice of, only to note, that when it
                     came to <hi rend="italic">Captain Bob</hi>, (for so they called me ever 
                    since I had taken State upon me before one of
                    their great Princes) truly I was on no Side,
                    it was not one Farthing Matter to me, I told
                    them, whether we went or stayed, I had no home,
                    and all the World was alike to me; so I left it
                    entirely to them to determine.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In a Word, they saw plainly there was nothing
                    to be done where we were, without Shipping;
                    that if our Business indeed was only to eat and
                    drink, we could not find a better Place in the
                    World; but if our Business was to get away, and
                    get home into our own Country, we could not
                    find a Worse.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I confess, I liked the Country wonderfully,
                    and even then had strange Notions of coming
                    again to live there; and I used to say to them
                    very often, that if I had but a Ship of 20 Guns,
                    and a Sloop, and both well Manned, I would not
                    desire a better Place in the World to make my
                    self as rich as a King.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But to return to the Consultations they were
                    in about going: Upon the whole, it was resolved
                    to venture over for the Main; and venture we
                    did, madly enough, indeed; for it was the
                    wrong time of the Year to undertake such
                    a Voyage in that Country; for, as the Winds
                     hang Easterly all the Months from <hi rend="italic">September</hi>
                    
                     to <hi rend="italic">March</hi>, so they generally hang Westerly all 
                    the rest of the Year, and blew right in our
                    Teeth, so that as soon as we had, with a kind
                    of a Land Breeze, stretched over about 15 or 20
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00500">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(48)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Leagues, and, as I may say, just enough to lose
                    our selves, we found the Wind set in a steady
                    fresh Gale or Breeze from the Sea, at West
                    W. S. W. or S. W. by W. and never further
                    from the West; so that, in a Word we could
                    make nothing of it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    On the other Hand, the Vessel, such as we had
                    would not lye close upon a Wind; if so, we
                    might have stretched away N. N. W. and have
                    met with a great many Islands in our Way, as
                    we found afterwards; but we could make nothing of it, tho' we tried, and by the trying had
                    almost undone us all; for, stretching away to
                    the North, as near the Wind as we could, we
                    had forgotten the Shape and Position of the Island
                     of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi> it self; how that we came off at 
                    the Head of a Promontory or Point of Land
                    that lies about the Middle of the Island, and
                    that stretches out West a great way into the Sea;
                    and that now being run a Matter of 40 Leagues
                    to the North, the Shore of the Island fell
                    off again above 200 Miles to the East, so that
                    we were by this Time in the wide Ocean, between the Island and the Main, and almost 100
                    Leagues from both.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Indeed as the Winds blew fresh at West, as
                    before, we had a smooth Sea, and we found it
                    pretty good going before it, and so taking our
                    smallest Canoe in Tow, we stood in for the Shore
                    with all the Sail we could make. This was a
                    terrible Adventure; for if the least Gust of Wind
                    had come, we had been all lost, our Canoes being deep, and in no Condition to make Way in a
                    high Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Voyage, however, held us eleven Days
                    in all, and at length having spent most of our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00510">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(49)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Provisions, and every Drop of Water, we had,
                    we spied Land, to our great Joy, tho' at the Distance of ten or eleven Leagues, and as under
                    the Land, the Wind came off like a Land Breeze,
                    and blew hard against us, we were, two Days
                    more before we reached the Shore, having
                    all that While excessive hot Weather, and not a
                    Drop of Water, or any other Liquor, except
                    some Cordial Waters, which one of our Company had a little of left in a Case of Bottles.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This gave us a Taste of what we should have
                    done, if we had ventured forward with a scant
                    Wind and uncertain Weather, and gave us a
                     Surfeit of our Design for the Main, at least 'till we 
                    might have some better Vessels under us; so
                    we went on Shore again, and pitched our Camp,
                    as before, in as convenient Manner as we could,
                    fortifying our selves against any Surprize; but
                    the Natives here were exceeding courteous, and
                    much civiller than on the South Part of the
                    Island; and tho' we could not understand what
                    they said, or they us, yet we found Means to
                    make them understand that we were Sea-faring
                    Men, and Strangers; and that we were in Distress for want of Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first Proof we had of their Kindness was,
                    that, as soon as they saw us come on Shore, and
                    begin to make out Habitation, one of their Captains or Kings, for we knew no what to call
                    them, came down with five or six Men and some
                    Women, and brought us five Goats and two
                    young fat Steers, and gave them to us for nothing; and when we went to offer them any
                    thing, the Captain, or the King, would not let
                    any of them touch it, or take any thing of us.
                    About two Hours after came another King or Cap-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00520">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(50)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    tain, with forty or fifty Men after him; we
                    began to be afraid of him, and laid Hands upon
                    our Weapons; but he perceiving it, caused two
                    Men to go before him carrying two long Poles
                    in their Hands, which they held upright, as
                    high as they could, which we presently perceiv'd was a Signal of Peace, and these two Poles
                    they set up afterwards sticking them up in the
                    Ground; and when the King and his Men came
                    to these two Poles, they stuck all their Lances
                    up in the Ground, and came on unarmed, leaving their Lances, as also their Bows and Arrows
                    behind them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was to satisfy us, that they were come as
                    Friends, and we were very glad to see it; for
                    we had no Mind to quarrel with them, if we
                    could help it. The Captain of this Gang seeing
                    some of our Men making up their Hutts, and
                    that they did it but bunglingly, he becken'd
                    to some of his Men to go and help us. Immediately 15 or 16 of them came and mingled among us, and went to Work for us; and, indeed, they were better Workmen than we were,
                    for they run up three or four Hutts for us
                    in a Moment, and much handsomer done than
                    ours.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    After this they sent us Milk, Plantanes, Pumpkins, and Abundance of Roots and Greens that
                    were very good, and then took their Leave,
                    and would not take any thing from us that we
                    had. One of our Men offer'd the King or Captain
                    of thefe Men a Dram, which he drank, and was
                    mightily pleased with it, and held out his
                    Hand for another, which we gave him; and, in
                    a Word, after this, he hardly failed coming to
                    us two or three times a Week, always bringing
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00530">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(51)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    us something or other, and one time sent us
                    seven Head of Black Cattle, some of which we
                    cured and dried as before.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    And here I cannot but remember one thing
                     which afterwards stood us in great stead, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. 
                    that the Flesh of their Goats and their Beef also,
                    but especially the former, when we had dried
                    and cured it, looked red, and eat hard and firm,
                     as dry'd Beef in <hi rend="italic">Holland</hi>; they were so pleased 
                    with it, and it was such a Dainty to them, that
                    at any time after they would Trade with us
                    for it, not knowing, or so much as imagining,
                    what it was; so that for Ten or Twelve Pound
                    Weight of smoked dry'd Beef, they would
                    give us a whole Bullock, or Cow, or any thing
                    else we could desire.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we observed two Things that were very
                    material to us, even essentially so; first, we
                    found they had a great deal of Earthen-Ware
                    here, which they make use of many ways, as
                    we did: Particularly they had long deep Earthen
                    Pots, which they used to sink into the Ground
                    to keep the Water which they drank cool and
                    pleasant; and the other was, that they had larger Canoes than their Neighbours had.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    By this we were prompted to enquire if they
                    had no larger Vessels than those we saw there;
                    or if any other of the Inhabitants had not such;
                    They signified presently, that they had no larger
                    Boats than that they shewed us; but that on the
                    other Side of the island they had larger Boats,
                    and that with Decks upon them, and large Sails;
                    and this made us resolve to Coast round the
                    whole Island to see them; so we prepared and
                    victualled our Canoe for the Voyage, and, in a
                    Word, went to Sea for the third time.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00540">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(52)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It cost us a Month or six Weeks time to perform this Voyage, in which time we went on
                    Shore several times for Water and Provisions, and
                    found the Natives always very free and courteous; but we were surprized one Morning early,
                    being at the Extremity of the Northermost Part of
                     the Island, when one of our Men cried out <hi rend="italic">a Sail</hi>, 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">a Sail</hi>: We presently saw a Vessel a great Way 
                    out at Sea; but after we had looked at it with
                    our Perspective Glasses, and endeavoured all we
                    could to make out what it was, we could not
                    tell what to think of it; for it was neither Ship,
                    Ketch, Gally, Galliot, or like any thing that
                    we had ever seen before: All that we could
                    make of it was, that it went from us standing
                    out to Sea. In a Word, we soon lost Sight of it,
                    for we were in no Condition to chase any thing,
                    and we never saw it again, but by all we could
                    perceive of it, from what we saw of such things
                     afterwards, it was some <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Vessel which 
                     had been trading to the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Mosambique</hi>, or 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Zanguebar</hi>, the same Place where we afterwards 
                    went, as you shall hear.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I kept no Journal of this Voyage, nor indeed
                    did I all this while understand any thing of Navigation, more than the common Business of a
                    Fore-mast Man; so I can say nothing to the Latitudes or Distances of any Places we were at,
                    how long we were going, or how far we sailed
                    in a Day; but this I remember, that being now
                    come round the Island, we sailed up the Eastern
                    Shore due South, as we had done down the Western Shore due North before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        Nor do I remember that the Natives differed
                    much from one another, either in Stature or
                    Complexion, or in their Manners, their Habits
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00550">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(53)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    their Weapons, or indeed in any thing; and yet
                    we could not perceive that they had any Intelligence one with another; but they were extremely kind and civil to us on this Side, as well as
                    on the other.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We continued our Voyage South for many
                    Weeks, tho' with several Intervals of going on
                    Shore to get Provisions and Water. At length,
                    coming round a Point of Land which lay about
                    a League farther than ordinary into the Sea, we
                    were agreeably surprized with a Sight, which,
                    no doubt, had been as disagreeable to those concern'd, as it was pleasant to us. This was the
                     Wreck of an <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Ship, which had been cast 
                    away upon the Rocks, which in that Place run a
                    great Way into the Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We could see plainly at Low Water, a great
                    deal of the Ship lay dry; even at High Water,
                    she was not entirely covered and that at most
                    she did not lye above a League from the Shore.
                    It will easily be believ'd, that our Curiosity led
                    us, the Wind and Weather also permitting, to go
                    directly to her, which we did without any Difficulty, and presently found that it was a <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>-built Ship, and that she could not have been very
                    long in that Condition, a great deal of the upper
                    Work of her Stern remaining firm, with the
                    Mizen Mast standing. Her Stern feem'd to be
                    jaum'd in between two Ridges of the Rock,
                     and so remained fast, all the Fore-part of the Ship 
                    having been beaten to Pieces.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We could see nothing to be gotten out of
                    the Wreck that was worth our while; but we
                    resolv'd to go on Shore, and stay sometime thereabouts, to see if perhaps we might get any Light
                    into the Story of her, and we were not without
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00560">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(54)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Hopes that we might hear something more particular about her Men, and perhaps find some of
                    them on Shore there, in the same Condition that
                    we were in, and so might encrease our Company.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was a very pleasant Sight to us, when coming on Shore, we saw all the Marks and Tokens of a Ship-Carpenter's Yard; as a Launch
                    Block and Craddles, Scaffolds and Planks, and
                    Pieces of Planks, the Remains of the Building a
                    Ship or Vessel; and, in a Word, a great many
                    things that fairly invited us to go about the
                    same Work, and we soon came to understand, that
                    the Men belonging to the Ship that was lost, had
                    saved themselves on Shore, perhaps in their Boat,
                    and had built themselves a Bark or Sloop, and so
                    were gone to Sea again; and enquiring of the
                    Natives which Way they went, they pointed to
                    the South and South-West, by which we could
                    easily understand that they were gone away to the
                    <hi rend="italic">Cape of Good Hope</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    No body will imagine we could be so dull as not
                    to gather from hence, that we might take the
                    same Method for our Escapes; so we resolved first
                    in general, that we would try, if possible, to
                    build us a Boat of one Kind or other, and go
                    to Sea as our Fate should direct.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In order to this, our first Work was to have
                    the two Carpenters search about to see what Materials the <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi> had left behind them that 
                    might be of Use; and in particular, they found
                    one that was very useful, and which I was much employ'd about, and that was a Pitch-Kettle, and a
                    little Pitch in it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came to set close to this Work, we
                    found it very laborious and difficult, having but
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00570">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(55)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    few Tools, no Iron Work, no Cordage, no Sails;
                    so that, in short, whatever we built, we were
                    oblig'd to be our own Smiths, Rope-Makers,
                    Sail-Makers, and indeed to practise twenty Trades
                    that we knew little or nothing of: However, Necessity was the Spur to Invention, and we did many things which before we thought impracticable,
                    that is to say, in our Circumstances.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    After our two Carpenters had resolved upon
                    the Dimensions of what they would build, they
                    set us all to Work, to go off in our Boats, and
                    split up the Wreck of the old Ship, and to bring
                    away every thing we could; and particularly,
                    that, if possible, we should bring away the Mizen Mast, which was left standing, which with
                    much Difficulty we effected, after above twenty
                    Days Labour of fourteen of our Men.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At the same time we got out a great deal of
                     Iron-Work; as Bolts, Spikes, Nails, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. all which 
                    our Artist, of whom I have spoken already, who
                    was now grown a very dexterous Smith, made us
                    Nails and Hinges for our Rudder, and Spikes
                    such as we wanted.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we wanted an Anchor, and if we had had
                    an Anchor, we could not have made a Cable;
                    so we contented our selves with making some
                    Ropes with the Help of the Natives, of such Stuff
                    as they made their Matts of and with these
                     we made such a kind of cable or <hi rend="italic">Tow Line</hi>, as 
                    was sufficient to fasten our Vessel to the Shore,
                    which we contented our selves with for that
                    time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    To be short, we spent four Months here, and
                    work'd very hard too; at the End of which
                    time we launch'd our Frigate, which, in a few
                    Words, had many Defects, but yet, all things
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00580">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(56)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    considered, it was as well as we could expect
                    it to be.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In short, it was a kind of a Sloop, of the
                    Burthen of near 18 or 20 Ton, and had we
                    had Masts and Sails; standing, and running Rigging, as is usual in such Cases, and other Conveniences, the Vessel might have carry'd us
                    wherever we could have had a Mind to go; but
                    of all the Materials we wanted, this was the
                    worst, viz. that we had no Tar or Pitch to pay the
                    Seams, and secure the Bottom; and tho' we did
                    what we could with Tallow and Oil, to make
                    a Mixture to supply that Part, yet we could not
                    bring it to answer our End fully; and when
                    we launch'd her into the Water, she was so
                    leaky, and took in the Water so fast, that we
                    thought all our Labour had been lost, for we
                    had much ado to make her swim; and as for
                    Pumps, we had none, nor had we any Means
                    to make one.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But at length one of the Natives, a black
                        <hi rend="italic">Negro-man</hi>, shewed us a Tree, the Wood of which 
                    being put into the Fire, sends forth a Liquid
                    that is as glutinous, and almost as strong as Tar,
                    and of which, by boiling, we made a Sort of
                    Stuff which serv'd us for Pitch, and this answered our End effectually; for we perfectly made
                    our Vessel sound and tight, so that we wanted no
                    Pitch or Tar at all. This Secret has stood me
                    in stead upon many Occasions since that time,
                    in the same Place.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Vessel being thus finished, out of the Mizen Mast of the Ship, we made a very good
                    Mast to her, and fitted our Sails to it as well as
                    we could; then we made a Rudder and Tiller;
                    and, in a Word, every thing that our present
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00590">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(57)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Necessity called upon us for; and having victualled her, and put as much fresh Water on Board
                    as we thought we wanted, or as we knew how
                    to slow (for we were yet without Casks) we put
                    to Sea with a fair Wind.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had spent near another Year in these
                    Rambles, and in this Piece of Work; for it was
                    now, as our Men said, about the Beginning of
                     our <hi rend="italic">February</hi>, and the Sun went from us apace, 
                    which was much to our Satisfaction, for the
                    Heats were exceeding violent. The Wind, as
                    I said, was fair, for as I have since learnt, the
                    Winds generally spring up to the Eastward, as
                    the Sun goes from them to the North.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Debate now was, which Way we should
                    go, and never were Men so irresolute; some were
                    for going to the East, and stretching away directly for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi>; but others who 
                    considered more seriously the Length of that Voyage, shook their Heads at the Proposal, knowing
                    very well, that neither out Provisions, especially
                    of Water; or our Vessel, were equal to such a
                    Run as that is, of near 2000 Miles, without
                    any Land to touch at in the Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These Men too had all along had a great
                     Mind to a Voyage for the main Land of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, 
                    where they said we should have a fair Cast for
                    our Lives, and might be sure to make our selves
                    rich which Way soever we went, if we were but
                     able to make our Way through, whether by Sea 
                    or by Land.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Besides, as the Case stood with us, we had
                    not much Choice for our Way; for if we had
                    resolv'd for the East, we were at the wrong Season of the Year, and must have staid till <hi rend="italic">April</hi> or 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">May</hi> before we had gone to Sea. At length, as 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00600">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(58)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    we had the Wind at S. E. and E. S. E. and fine
                    promising Weather, we came all into the first
                     Proposal, and resolved for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>; 
                    nor were we long in disputing as to our Coasting the Island, which we were upon; for we
                    were now on the wrong Side of the Island for
                    the Voyage we intended; So we stood away to
                    the North, and having rounded the Cape, we
                    hall'd away Southward, under the Lee of the
                    Island, thinking to reach the West Point of Land,
                    which, as I observed before, runs out so far
                     towards the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, as would have shorten'd our Run almost 100 Leagues. But when
                    we had sailed about thirty Leagues, we found
                    the Winds variable under the Shore, and right
                    against us; so we concluded to stand over directly, for then we had the Wind fair; and our
                    Vessel was but very ill fitted to lye near the
                    Wind, or any Way indeed but just afore it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having resolv'd upon it therefore, we put
                    in to the Shore, to furnish our selves again
                    with fresh Water and other Provisions, and about
                     the latter End of <hi rend="italic">March</hi>, with more Courage than 
                    Discretion, more Resolution than Judgment, we
                     launch'd for the main Coast of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As for me, I had no Anxieties about it; so that
                    we had but a View of reaching some Land or
                    other, I cared not what or where it was to be,
                    having at this time no Views of what was before
                    me, nor much Thought of what might, or might
                    not befal me; but with as little Consideration as
                    any one can be supposed to have at my Age, I
                    consented to every thing that was proposed,
                    however hazardous the thing it self, however
                    improbable the Success.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00610">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(59)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Voyage, as it was undertaken with a great
                    deal of Ignorance and Desperation, so really it
                    was not carry'd on with much Resolution or
                    Judgment; for we knew no more of the Course
                    we were to steer, than this, that it was any
                    where about the Wet, within two or three
                    Points N. or S. and as we had, no Compass with
                    us, but a little Brass Pocket Compass, which one
                    of our Men had more by Accident than otherwise, so we could not be very exact in our
                    Course.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, as it pleased God that the Wind
                    continued fair at S. E. and by E. we found that
                    N. W. by W. which was right afore it, was as
                    good a Course for us as any we could go, and
                    thus we went on.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Voyage was much longer than we expected; our Vessel also, which had no Sail that
                    was proportion'd to her, made but very little
                    Way in the Sea, and sail'd heavily. We had
                    indeed no great Adventures happen'd in this
                    Voyage, being out of theWay of every thing
                    that could offer to divert us; and as for seeing
                    any Vessel, we had not the least Occasion to hail
                    any thing in all the Voyage; for we saw not
                    one Vessel small or great, the Sea we were upon
                    being entirely out of the way of all Commerce;
                     for the People of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi> knew no more of 
                     the Shores of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi> than we did, only that 
                     there was a Country of Lions; as they call <hi rend="italic">it</hi>, 
                    <hi rend="italic">that Way</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had been eight or nine Days under Sail,
                    with a fair Wind, when, to our great Joy one
                     of our Men cry'd out, <hi rend="italic">Land</hi>. We had great 
                    Reason to be glad of the Discovery; for we had
                    not Water enough left for above two or three
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00620">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(60)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Days more, tho' at a short Allowance. However, tho' it was early in the Morning when we
                    discover'd it, we made it near Night before we
                    reach'd it, the Wind slackening almost to a Calm,
                    and our Ship being, as I said, a very dull Sailer.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were sadly baulk'd upon our coming to the
                    Land, when we found, that instead of the main
                     Land of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, it was only a little Island, with 
                    no Inhabitants upon it, at least, none that we
                    could find; nor any Cattel, except a few Goats,
                    of which we killed three only. However, they
                    served us for fresh Meat, and we found very
                    good Water; and it was fifteen Days more before we reach'd the Main, which, however, at
                    last we arriv'd at; and which was most essential to us, we came to it just as all our Provisions were spent. Indeed we may say they were
                    spent first; for we had but a Pint of Water a
                    Day to each Man for the last two Days. But
                    to our great Joy, we saw the Land, tho' at a great
                    Distance, the Evening before, and by a pleasant
                    Gale in the Night, were, by Morning, within
                    two Leagues of the Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We never scrupled going ashore at the first
                    Place we came at, tho' had we had Patience,
                    we might have found a very fine River a little
                    farther North. However, we kept our Frigate
                    on Float by the Help of two great Poles which
                     we fasten'd into the Ground to <hi rend="italic">More</hi> her, like 
                     Piles; and the little weak Ropes, which, as I said, 
                    we had made of Matting, served us well enough
                    to make the Vessel fast.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as we had viewed the Country a little,
                     got fresh Water, and furnished our felves with some 
                    Victuals, which we found very scarce here, we
                    went onboard again with our Stores. All we got for
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00630">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(61)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Provision, was some Fowls that we killed, and a
                     kind of wild Buffloe, or Bull, very small, but good 
                    Meat: I say, having got these things on Board,
                    we resolved to sail on along the Coast, which lay
                    away N. N. E. till we found some Creek or River
                    that we might run up into the Country, or some
                    Town or People; for we had Reason enough to
                    know the Place was inhabited, because we several times saw Fires in the Night, and Smoke in
                    the Day, every way at a Distance from us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At length we came to a very large Bay, and in
                    it several little Creeks or Rivers emptying themselves into the Sea, and we run boldly into the
                    first Creek we came at; where seeing some Hutts
                    and wild People about them, on the Shore, we run
                    our Vessel into a little Cove on the North Side
                    of the Creek, and held up a long Pole with a
                    white Bit of Cloath on it, for a Signal of Peace
                    to them. We found they understood us presently, for they came flocking to us both Men,
                    Women, and Children, most of them of both
                    Sexes stark naked. At first they stood wondering
                    and staring at us, as if we had been Monsters,
                    and as if they had been frighted; but we found
                    they inclined to be familiar with us afterwards.
                    The first thing we did to try them, was, we
                    held up our Hands to our Mouths, as if we were
                    to drink, signifying that we wanted Water. This
                    they understood presently, and three of their
                    Women and two Boys ran away up the Land, and
                    came back in about Half a Quarter of an Hour,
                    with several Pots made of Earth pretty enough,
                    and bak'd, I suppose, in the Sun; these they
                    brought us full of Water, and set them down
                    near the Sea-shore, and there left them, go-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00640">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(62)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ing back a little, that we might fetch them,
                    which we did.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Sometime after this, they brought us Roots
                    and Herbs, and some Fruits which I cannot remember, and gave us; but as we had nothing to
                    give them, we found them not so free as the
                     People in <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi> were. However, our Cutler went to Work, and as he had saved some Iron
                    out of the Wreck of the Ship, he made Abundance of Toys, Birds, Dogs, Pins, Hooks, and
                    Rings, and we helped to file them, and make
                    them bright for him; and when we gave them
                    some of these, they brought us all the Sorts of
                    Provisions they had, such as Goats, Hogs, and
                    Cows, and we got Victuals enough.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now landed upon the Continent of
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, the most desolate, desart, and unhospitable Country in the World, even <hi rend="italic">Greenland</hi> and 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Nova Zembla</hi> it self not excepted; with this 
                    Difference only, that even the worst Part of it
                    we found inhabited; tho' taking the Nature and
                    Quality of some of the Inhabitants, it might
                    have been much better to us if there had been
                    none.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    And, to add to the Exclamation I am making
                    on the Nature of the Place, it was here, that we
                    took one of the rashest and wildest, and most
                    defperate Resolutions that ever was taken by
                    Man, or any Number of Men, in the World;
                    this was, to travel over Land through the Heart
                     of the Country, from the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Mozambique</hi>, 
                     on the East-Ocean to the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Angola</hi> or <hi
                            rend="italic">Guinea</hi>, on the Western or <hi rend="italic"
                            >Atlantick</hi> Ocean, a Continent of Land of at least 1800 Miles; in which
                    Journey we had excessive Heats to support, unpassable Desarts to go over, no Carriages, Camels
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00650">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(63)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    or Beasts of any kind to carry our Baggage,
                    innumerable Numbers of wild, and ravenous
                    Beats to encounter with, such as Lions, Leopards, Tigers, Lizards, and Elephants; we had
                    the Equinoctial Line to pass under, and consequently were in the very Center of the Torrid Zone; we had Nations of Savages to encounter with, barbarous. and brutish to the last
                    Degree, Hunger and Thirst to struggle with;
                    and, in one Word, Terrors enough to have
                    daunted the stoutest Hearts that ever were placed
                    in Cases of Flesh and Blood.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Yet, fearless of all these, we resolved to adventure, and accordingly made such Preparation
                    for our Journey, as the Place we were in
                    would allow us, and such as our little Experience
                    of the Country seem'd to dictate to us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It had been some time already that we had
                    been used to tread bare-footed upon the Rocks,
                    the Gravel, the Grass and the Sand on the Shore;
                    but as we found the worst thing for our Feet
                    was, the walking or travelling on the dry burning Sands, within the Country; so we provided
                    our selves with a sort of Shoes made of the Skins
                    of Wild Beasts, with the Hair inward, and being
                    dryed in the Sun, the Out-side were thick and
                    hard, and would last a great while. In short,
                    as I called them, so I think the Term very proper still, we made us Gloves for our Feet,
                    and we found them very convenient and very
                    comfortable.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We conversed with some of the Natives of
                    the Country who were friendly enough. What
                    Tongue they spoke, I do not yet pretend to
                    know. We talked as far as we could make them
                    understand us, not only about our Provisions,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00660">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(64)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    but also about our Undertaking; and ask'd them
                    what Country lay that Way, pointing West with
                    our Hands. They told us but little to our Purpose, only we thought by all their Discourse, that
                    there were People to be found of one Sort or
                    other every where; that there were many great
                    Rivers, many Lions and Tygers, Elephants, and
                    furious wild Cats (which in the End we found to
                    be Civet Cats) and the like.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we ask'd them, if any one had ever travelled that Way, they told us Yes, some had
                    gone to where the Sun sleeps, meaning to the
                    West; but they could not tell us who they were.
                    When we ask'd for some to guide us, they shrunk
                     up their Shoulders as <hi rend="italic">Frenchmen</hi> do when they are 
                    afraid to undertake a thing. When we ask'd
                    them about the Lions and wild Creatures they
                    laught, and let us know they would do us no
                    Hurt, and directed us to a good way indeed to
                    deal with them, and that was to make some Fire,
                    which would always fright them away, and so
                    indeed we found it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon these Encouragements we resolved upon
                    our Journey, and many Considerations put us
                    upon it, which, had the thing it self been practicable, we were not so much to blame for,
                    as it might otherwise be supposed; I'll name some
                    of them, not to make the Account too tedious.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    First, We were perfectly destitute of Means
                    to work about our own Deliverance any
                    other way; we were on shore in a Place perfectly remote from all <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Navigation; so that 
                    we could never think of being relieved, and
                    fetch'd off by any of our own Country-men in
                    that Part of the World. Secondly, If we had
                    adventured to have sailed on along the Coast of
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00670">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(65)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                        <hi rend="italic">Mozambique</hi>, and the desolate Shores of <hi
                            rend="italic">Africa</hi> to 
                    the North, till we came to the Red Sea, all we
                    could hope for there, was to be taken by the
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Arabs</hi>, and be sold for Slaves to the <hi
                            rend="italic">Turks</hi>, which 
                    to all of us was little better than Death. We
                    could not build any thing of a Vessel that
                     would carry us over the great <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Sea 
                     to <hi rend="italic">India</hi>, nor could we reach the Cape <hi
                            rend="italic">de Bona</hi>
                    
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Speranza</hi>, the Winds being too variable, and the 
                    Sea in that Latitude too tempestuous; but we all
                    knew, if we could cross this Continent of Land,
                    we might reach some of the great Rivers that
                     run into the <hi rend="italic">Atlantick</hi> Ocean, and that on the 
                    Banks of any of those Rivers we might
                    there build us Canoes which would carry us
                    down, if it were Thousands of Miles; so that
                    we could want nothing but Food, of which we
                    were assured we might kill sufficient with our
                    Guns: And, to add to the Satisfaction of our
                    Deliverance, we concluded we might every one
                    of us get a Quantity of Gold, which, if we came
                    safe, would infinitely recompence us for our Toil.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I cannot say, that in all our Consultations I
                    ever began to enter into the Weight and Merit
                    of any Enterprize we went upon till now. My
                     View before was, as I thought, very good, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. 
                     that we should get into the <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Gulph, 
                    or the Mouth of the Red Sea, and waiting for
                    some Vessel passing, or repassing there, of which
                    there is Plenty, have seized upon the first
                    we came at, by Force, and not only have
                    enriched our selves with her Cargo, but have
                    carried our selves to what Part of the World we
                    had pleased: But when they came to talk to
                    me of a March of 2 or 3000 Miles on Foot, of
                    Wandering in Desarts, among Lions and Tygers,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00680">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(66)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    I confess my Blood run chill, and I used all the
                    Arguments I could to perswade them against it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But they were all positive, and I might as
                    well have held my Tongue; so I submitted, and
                    told them, I would keep to our first Law, to be
                    governed by the Majority, and we resolved upon
                    our Journey. The first thing we did, was to
                    take an Observation, and see whereabouts in
                    the World we were, which we did, and found
                    we were in the Latitude of 12 Degrees, 35
                    Minutes South of the Line. The next thing was
                    to look on the Charts, and see the Coast of
                    the Country we aimed at, which we found to
                    be from 8 to 11 Degrees South Latitude,
                     if we went for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Angola</hi>, or in 12 
                    to 19 Degrees North Latitude, if we made for
                     the River <hi rend="italic">Niger</hi>, and the Coast of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Guiney</hi>. 
                     Our Aim was for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Angola</hi>, which 
                    by the Charts we had, lying very near the same
                    Latitude we were then in, our Course thither
                    was due West; and as we were assured we
                    should meet with Rivers, we doubted not, but
                    that by their Help we might ease our Journey,
                    especially if we could find Means to cross the
                    great Lake, or Inland Sea, which the Natives
                     call <hi rend="italic">Coalmucoa</hi>, out of which it is said the River 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi> has its Source or Beginning; but we reckoned without our Host, as you will see in the
                    Sequel of our Story.
                    The next thing we had to consider was, how
                    to carry our Baggage, which we were first of all
                    determined not to travel without; neither indeed
                    was it possible for us to do so, for even our Ammunition which was absolutely necessary to us,
                    and on which our Subsistence, I mean for Food, as
                    well as our Safety; and particularly our Defence
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00690">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(67)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    against wild Beasts, and wild Men depended: I say,
                    even our Ammunition was a Load too heavy for
                    us to carry in a Country where the Heat were
                     such, that we should be Load enough for our selves. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We enquired in the Country, and found there
                    was no Beast of Burthen known among them;
                    that is to say, neither Horses or Mules or Asses,
                    Camels or Dromedaries; the only Creature they
                    had, was a kind of Buffloe, or tame Bull, such a
                    one as we had killed; and that some of these they
                    had brought so to their Hand, that they taught
                    them to go and come with their Voices, as they
                    called them to them, or sent them from them;
                    that they made them carry Burthens, and particularly, that they would swim over Rivers
                    and Lakes upon them, the Creatures swimming
                    very high and strong in the Water.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we understood nothing of the Management or Guiding such a Creature, or how to bind
                    a Burthen upon them; and this last Part of
                    our Consultation puzzled us extremely: At last
                    I proposed a Method for them, which after
                    some Consideration, they found very convenient; and this was to quarrel with some of the
                    Negro Natives, take ten or twelve of them
                    Prisoners, and binding them as Slaves, cause
                    them to travel with us, and make them carry our Baggage; which I alledged would be
                    convenient and useful many ways, as well to
                    shew us the Way, as to converse with other
                    Natives for us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Counsel was not accepted at first, but
                    the Natives soon gave them Reason to approve
                    it; and also gave them an Opportunity to put
                    it in Practice; for as our little Traffick with
                    the Natives was hitherto upon the Faith of
                    their first Kindness, we found some Knavery
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00700">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(68)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    among them at last; for having bought some
                    Cattel of them for our Toys, which, as I said,
                    our Cutler had contrived, one of our Men
                    differing with his Chapman, truly they huff'd
                    him in their Manner, and keeping the things
                    he had offered them for the Cattel, made their
                    Fellows drive away the Cattel before his
                    Face, and laugh at him; our Man crying out
                    loud of this Violence, and calling to some of us,
                    who were not far off, the Negro he was dealing
                    with threw a Lance at him, which came so
                    true, that if he had not with great Agility
                    jumped aside, and held up his Hand also to
                    turn the Lance as it came, it had struck through
                    his Body, and, as it was, it wounded him in
                    the Arm; at which the Man enraged took up
                    his Fuzee<note type="gloss" resp="#JEJ">Fuzee - a firelock or light musket.</note>, and shot the Negro through the
                    Heart.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The others that were near him, and all those
                    that were with us at a Distance, were so terribly frighted; first, at the Flash of Fire; secondly, at the Noise: And thirdly, at seeing their Countryman killed, that they stood
                    like Men stupid and amazed, at first, for some
                    time: But after they were a little recovered
                    from their Fright, one of them, at a good Distance from us, set up a sudden screaming Noise,
                    which, it seems, is the Noise they make when
                    they go to Fight; and all the rest understanding
                    what he meant, answered him, and run together to the Place where he was, and we not
                    knowing what it meant, stood still looking upon
                    one another like a Parcel of Fools.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we were presently undeceived, for in
                    two or three Minutes more we heard the screaming roaring Noise go on from one Place to another, through all their little Towns; nay,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00710">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(69)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    even over the Creek to the other Side; and, on
                    a sudden we saw a naked Multitude running
                    from all Parts to the Place where the first Man
                    began it, as to a Rendezvous; and, in less than
                    an Hour, I believe there was near 500 of them
                    gotten together, armed some with Bows and
                    Arrows, but most with Lances, with which they
                    throw, at a good Distance, so nicely, that they
                    will strike a Bird flying.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had but a very little time for Consultation,
                    for the Multitude was encreasing every Moment; and I verily believe, if we had stay'd long,
                    they would have been 10000 together in a little time. We had nothing to do therefore, but
                    to fly to our Ship or Bark, where indeed we
                    could have defended our selves very well, or
                    to advance and try what a Volley or two of
                    small Shot would do for us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We resolved immediately upon the latter, depending upon it, that the Fire and Terror of
                    our Shot would soon put them to Flight; so
                    we drew up all in a Line, and marched boldly
                    up to them; they stood ready to meet us, depending, I suppose, to destroy us all with their
                    Lances; but before we came near enongh for
                    them to throw their Lances; we halted, and standing at a good Distance from one another, to
                    stretch our Line as far as we could, we gave
                    them a Salute with our Shot, which besides what
                    we wounded that we knew not of, knocked
                    sixteen of them down upon the Spot, and
                    three more were so lamed, that they fell about
                    20 or 30 Yards from them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as we had fired, they set up the horridest Yell, or Howling, partly raised by those
                    that were wounded, and partly by those that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00720">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(70)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    pitied and condoled the Bodies they saw lye
                    dead, that I never heard any thing like it before or since.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We stood Stock still after we had fired, to
                    load our Guns again, and finding they did not
                    stir from the Place, we fired among them again;
                    we killed about nine of them at the second Fire;
                    but as they did not stand so thick as before, all
                    our Men did not fire, seven of us being ordered to reserve our Charge, and to advance as
                    soon as the other bad fired, while the rest loaded
                    again; of which I shall speak again presently.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as we had fired the second Volley we
                    Shouted as loud as we could, and the seven Men
                    advanced upon them, and, coming about 20 Yards
                    nearer, fired again, and those that were behind
                    having loaded again, with all Expedition, follow'd but when they saw us advance, they run
                    screaming away as if they were bewitched.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came up to the Field of Battle, we
                    saw a great Number of Bodies lying upon the
                    Ground, many more than we could suppose were
                    killed or wounded, nay more than we had Bullets in our Pieces when we fired; and we could
                    not tell what to make of it; but at length, we
                    found how it was <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. that they were frighted
                    out of all manner of Sense; nay, I do believe several of those that were really dead, were frighted 
                    to Death, and had no Wound about them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Of those that were thus frighted, as I have said,
                    Several of them, as they recovered themselves,
                    came and worshipped us (taking us for Gods
                    or Devils, I know not which, nor did it much
                    matter to us) some kneeling, some throwing
                    themselves flat on the Ground, made a Thousand
                    antick Gestures, but all with Tokens of the most
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00730">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(71)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    profound Submission. It presently came into my
                    Head, that we might now by the Law of Arms
                    take as miny Prisoners as we would, and make
                    them travel with us, and carry our Baggage:
                    As soon as I proposed it, our Men were all of my
                    Mind; and accordingly we secured about 6o lusty
                    young Fellows, and let them know they must
                    go with us; which they seemed very willing to
                    do: But the next Question we had among our
                    selves, was, how we should do to trust them, for
                     we found the People not like those of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, 
                    but fierce, revengful and treacherous, for which
                    Reason we were sure, that we should have no
                    Service from them but that of meer Slaves, no
                    Subjection that would continue any longer than the Fear of us was upon them, nor any Labour 
                    but by Violence.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Before I go any farther, I must hint to the
                    Reader, that from this time forward I began to
                    enter a little more seriously into the Circumstance I was in, and concern'd my self more in
                    the Conduct of our Affairs; for, tho' my Comerades were all older Men, yet I began to find them
                    void of Counsel, or, as I now call it, Presence of
                    Mind, when, they came to the Execution of a
                    thing. The first Occasion I took to observe this,
                    was in their late Engagement with the Natives,
                    when, tho' they had taken a good Resolution to
                    attack them, and fire upon them, yet when
                    they had fired the first time, and found that the
                    Negroes did not run as they expected, their
                    Hearts began to fail, and I am perswaded if their
                    Bark had been near Hand, they would every
                    Man have run away.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this Occasion, I began to take upon
                    me a little to hearten them up, and to call upon
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00740">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(72)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    them to load again, and give them another Volley,
                    telling them that I would engage, if they would be
                    ruled by me, I'd make the Negroes run fast enough.
                    I found this heartned them, and therefore, when
                    they fired a second time, I desired them to reserve some of their Shot to an Attempt by it
                    self, as I mentioned above.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having fired a second time, I was indeed forced to command, as I may call it. Now, <hi rend="italic">Seigniors</hi>, 
                    said I, let us give them a Chear; so I open'd my
                     Throat, and shouted three times, as our <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Sailors do on like Occasions; and now follow me,
                     said I to the seven that had not fired, and <hi rend="italic">I'll
                            warrant you we will make Work with them</hi>; and so it proved 
                    indeed; For as soon as they saw us coming, away
                    they run as above.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    From this Day forward they would call me nothing but <hi rend="italic">Seignior Capitanio</hi>; but I told them, I 
                     would not be called <hi rend="italic">Seignior</hi>. Well then, said 
                     the Gunner, who spoke good <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, you shall 
                     be called Captain <hi rend="italic">Bob</hi>, and so they gave me my 
                    Title ever after.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Nothing is more certain of the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> than 
                    this, take them nationally or personally; if
                    they are animated and hearten'd up by any body
                    to go before, and encourage them by Example,
                    they will behave well enough; but if they have
                    nothing but their own Measures to follow they
                    sink immediately: These Men had certainly
                    fled from a Parcel of naked Savages, tho' even
                    by flying they could not have saved their Lives,
                    if I had not shouted and halloo'd, and made rather Sport with the thing, than a Fight, to keep
                    up their Courage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Nor was there less need of it upon several
                    Occasions hereafter; and I do confess, I have of-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00750">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(73)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ten wonder'd how a Number of Men, who, when
                    they came to the Extremity, were so ill supported by their own Spirits, had at first Courage
                    to propose, and to undertake the most desperate
                    and impracticable Attempt that ever Men went
                    about in the World.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There were indeed two or three indefatigable
                    Men among them, by whose Courage and Industry all the rest were upheld; and indeed those
                    two or three were the Managers of them from the
                    Beginning; that was the Gunner, and that Cutler
                    whom I call the Artist; and the third, who was
                    pretty well, tho' not like either of them, was one
                    of the Carpenters. These indeed were the Life
                    and Soul of all the rest, and it was to their Courage that all the rest ow'd the Resolution they
                    shewd upon any Occasion. But when those saw
                    me take a little upon me, as above, they embraced me, and treated me with particular Affection ever after.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Gunner was an excellent Mathematician, a good Scholar, and a compleat Sailor; and
                    it was in conversing intimately with him, that
                    I learnt afterwards the Grounds of what Knowledge I have since had in all the Sciences useful
                    for Navigation, and particularly in the Geographical Part of Knowledge.
                    Even in our Conversation, finding me eager
                    to understand and learn, he laid the Foundation of
                    a general Knowledge of things in my Mind, gave
                    me just Ideas of the Form of the Earth and of
                    the Sea, the Situation of Countries, the Course
                    of Rivers, the Doctrine of the Spheres, the Motion of the Stars; and, in a Word, taught me a
                    kind of System of Astronomy, which I afterwards improv'd.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00760">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(74)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In especial Manner, he filled my Head with
                    aspiring Thoughts, and with an earnest Desire
                    after learning every thing that could be taught
                    me; convincing me, that nothing could qualify
                    me for great Undertakings, but a Degree of
                    Learning superior to what was usual in the Race
                    of Seamen; he told me, that to be ignorant, was
                    to be certain of a mean Station in the World, but
                    that Knowledge was the first Step to Preferment.
                    He was always flattering me with my Capacity to Learn; and tho' that fed my Pride, yet
                    on the other Hand, as I had a secret Ambition
                    which just at that time fed it self in my Mind,
                    it prompted in me an insatiable Thirst after
                    Learning in general, and I resolved, if ever I
                     came back to <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>, and had any thing left to 
                    purchase it, I would make my self Master of all
                    the Parts of Learning needful to the making of
                    me a compleat Sailor; but I was not so just to my
                    self afterwards, as to do it when I had an Opportunity.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But to return to our Business; the Gunner,
                    when he saw the Service I had done in the Fight,
                    and heard my Proposal for keeping a Number
                    of Prisoners for our March, and for carrying
                    our Baggage, turns to me before them all, Captain <hi rend="italic">Bob, says he</hi>, I think you must be our Leader, for all the Success of this Enterprize is
                     owing to you. <hi rend="italic">No, no, said I</hi>, do not compliment 
                     me, you shall be our <hi rend="italic">Seignior Capitanio</hi>, you shall 
                     be <hi rend="italic">General</hi>, I am too young for it; so in short, 
                    we all agreed he should be our Leader; but he
                    would not accept of it alone, but would have
                    me join'd with him, and all the rest agreeing, I
                    was oblig'd to comply.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00770">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(75)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first Piece of Service they put me upon in this new Command, was as difficult as
                    any they could think of, and that was to manage the Prisoners; which however I chearfully
                    undertook, as you shall hear presently: But the
                    immediate Consultation was yet of more Consequence; and that was, <hi rend="italic">First</hi>, Which Way we 
                     should go, and <hi rend="italic">Secondly</hi>, How to furnish our selves 
                    for the Voyage with Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There was among the Prisoners one tall, well-shap'd, handsom Fellow, to whom the rest seem'd
                    to pay great Respect, and who, as we understood
                    afterwards, was the Son of one their Kings, his
                    Father was, it seems, killed at our first Volley,
                    and he wounded with a Shot in his Arm, and
                    with another just on one of his Hips or Haunches. The Shot in his Haunch being in a fleshy
                    Part, bled much, and he was half dead with
                    the Loss of Blood. As to the Shot in his Arm,
                    it had broke his Wrist, and he was by both
                    these Wounds quite disabled, so that we were once
                    going to turn him away, and let him die; and
                    if we had, he would have died indeed in a few
                    Days more: But as I found the Man had some
                    Respeect shew'd him, it presently occurred to my
                    Thoughts, that we might bring him to be useful
                    to us, and perhaps make him a kind of Commander over them. So I caused our Surgeon to
                    take him in Hand, and gave the poor Wretch
                    good Words, that is to say, I spoke to him as well
                    as I could by Signs, to make him understand that
                    we would make him well again.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This created a new Awe in their Minds of us,
                    believing that as we could kill at a Distance by
                    something invisible to them (for so our Shot was
                    to be sure) so we could make them well again
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00780">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(76)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    too. Upon this the young Prince (for so we
                    called him afterwards) called six or seven of the
                    Savages to him, and said something to them;
                    what it was we knew not, but immediately
                    all the seven came to me, and kneel'd down
                    to me, holding up their Hands, and making
                    Signs of Entreaty, pointing to the Place where
                    one of those lay whom we had killed.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was a long time before I or any of us could
                    understand them; but one of them run and lifted
                    up a dead Man, pointing to his Wound, which
                    was in his Eye, for he was shot into the Head at
                    one of his Eyes. Then another pointed to the
                    Surgeon, and at last we found it out, that the
                    Meaning was, that he should heal the Prince's
                    Father too, who was dead, being shot thro' the
                    Head, as above.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We presently took the Hint, and would not
                    say we could not do it, but let them know, the
                    Men that were kill'd were those that had first
                    fallen upon us, and provoked us, and we would by
                    no Means make them alive again; and that if any
                    other did so, we would kill them too, and never
                     let them live any more: But that if he (the Prince) 
                    would be willing to go with us, and do as we
                    should direct him, we would not let him dye, and
                    would make his Arm well. Upon this he bid his
                    Men go and fetch a long Stick or Staff, and lay
                    on the Ground. When they brought it, we saw
                    it was an Arrow; he took it with his left Hand,
                    (for his other was lame with the Wound) and
                    pointing up at the Sun, broke the Arrow in two,
                    and set the Point against his Breast, and then
                    gave it to me. This was as I understood afterwards, wishing the Sun, whom they worship,
                    might shoot him into the Breast with an Arrow,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00790">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(77)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    if ever he failed to be my Friend; and giving
                    the Point of the Arrow to me, was to be a Testimony, that I was the Man he had sworn to; and
                    never was Christian more punctual to an Oath,
                    than he was to this, for he was a sworn Servant
                    to us for many a weary Month after that.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When I brought him to the Surgeon, he immediately dress'd the Wound in his Haunch or <choice><corr>Buttock</corr><sic>Bottock</sic></choice>, and found the Bullet had only graz'd
                    upon the Flesh, and pass'd, as it were, by it,
                    but it was not lodg'd in the Part; so that it was
                    soon healed and well again: But as to his Arm,
                    he found one of the Bones broken, which are in
                    the Fore-part from the Wrist to the Elbow; and
                    this he set, and splinter'd it up, and bound his
                    Arm in a Sling, hanging it about his Neck, and
                    making Signs to him that he should not stir it;
                    which he was so strict an Observer of, that he set
                    him down, and never mov'd one Way or other,
                    but as the Surgeon gave him Leave.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I took a great deal of Pains to acquaint this
                    Negroe what we intended to do, and what Use
                    we intended to make of his Men; and particularly, to teach him the Meaning of what we said:
                     Especially to teach him some Words, such as <hi rend="italic">Yes</hi>
                     and <hi rend="italic">No</hi>, and what they meant, and to innure him 
                    to our Way of Talking, and he was very willing
                    and apt to learn any thing I taught him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was easy to let him see, that we intended
                    to carry our Provision with us from the first Day;
                    but he made Signs to us to tell us we need not,
                    for that we should find Provisions enough every
                    where for fourty Days. It was very difficult for
                    us to understand how he express'd Forty; for he
                    knew no Figures, but some Words they used to
                    one another that they understood it by. At last,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00800">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(78)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    one of the Negroes, by his Order, laid fourty
                    little Stones one by another, to shew us how
                    many Days we shoud travel, and find Provisions
                    sufficient.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Then I shew'd him our Baggage, which was,
                    very heavy, particularly our Powder and Shot,
                    Lead, Iron, Carpenters Tools, Seamens Instruments, Cases of Bottles, and other Lumber. He
                    took some of the things up in his Hand to see
                    the Weight, and Shook his Head at them; so I
                    told our People, they must resolve to divide their
                    Things into small Parcels, and make them portable; and accordingly they did so, by which means
                    we were fain to leave all our Chests behind us,
                    which were Eleven in Number.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Then he made Signs to us, that he would procure some Buffloes, or young Bulls, <hi rend="italic">as I called them</hi>, to carry things for us, and made Signs too, 
                    that if we were weary, we might be carry'd too;
                    but that we slighted, only were willing to have
                    the Creatures, because at last, when they could
                    serve us no farther for Carriage, we might eat
                    them all up if we had any Occasion for them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I then carry'd him to our Bark, and shewed
                    him what things we had there; he seem'd
                    amaz'd at the Sight of our Bark, having never
                     seen any thing of that Kind before, for their Boats 
                    are most wretched things, such as I never saw before, having no Head or Stern, and being made
                    only of the Skins of Goats sewed together with
                    dried Guts of Goats and Sheep, and done over
                    with a kind of slimy Stuff like Rosin and Oil,
                    but of a most nauseous, odious Smell, and they
                    are poor miserable things for Boats, the worst
                    that any Part of the World ever saw; a Canoe is
                    an excellent Contrivance compared to them.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00810">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(79)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But to return to out Boat: We carried our
                    new Prince into it, and help'd him over the Side,
                    because of his Lameness. We made Signs to him,
                    that his Men must carry our Goods for us, and
                     shewed him what we had ; he answer'd, <hi rend="italic">Ce Seignior</hi>, 
                     or, <hi rend="italic">Yes Sir</hi>, (for we had taught him that Word, 
                    and the Meaning of it) and taking up a Bundle,
                    he made Signs to us, that when his Arm was well,
                    he would carry some for us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I made Signs again, to tell him, that if he
                    would make his Men carry them, we would not
                    let him carry any thing. We had secured all the
                    Prisoners in a narrow Place, where we had bound
                    them with Matt Cords, and set up Stakes like
                    a Palisado round them; so when we carry'd the
                    Prince on Shore, we went with him to them, and
                    made Signs to him, to ask them if they were willing to go with us to the Country of Lions. Accordingly he made a long Speech to them, and
                    we could understand by it, that he told them, if
                     they were willing, they must say, <hi rend="italic">Ce Seignior</hi>, telling them what it signify'd. They immediately
                     answered, <hi rend="italic">Ce Seignior</hi>, and clapt their Hands, 
                    looking up to the Sun, which the Prince signify'd to us, was Swearing to be faithful. But
                    as soon as they had said so, one of them made a
                    long Speech to the Prince, and in it, we perceived by his Gestures, which were very antick, that
                    they desired Something from us, and that they
                    were in great Concern about it. So I ask'd him
                     as well as I could, what it was they desired of us; 
                    he told us by Signs, that they desired we should
                    clap our Hands to the Sun (that was to swear)
                    that we would not kill them, that we would
                     give them <hi rend="italic">Chiaruck</hi>, that is to say, Bread, would 
                    not starve them, and would not let the Lions eat
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00820">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(80)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    them. I told him we would promise all that;
                    then he pointed to the Sun, and clapt his
                    Hands, signing to me, that I should do so too,
                    which I did; at which all the Prisoners fell flat
                    on the Ground, and rising up again, made the
                    oddest, wildest Cries that ever I heard.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I think it was the first time in my Life that
                    ever any religious Thought affected me; but
                    I could not refrain some Reflections, and almost
                    Tears, in considering how happy it was, that
                    I was not born among such Creatures as these,
                    and was not so stupidly ignorant and barbarous;
                    But this soon went off again, and I was not
                    troubled again with any Qualms of that Sort
                    for a long time after.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When this Ceremony was over, our Concern
                    was to get some Provisions, as well for the present Subsistence of our Prisoners, as our selves;
                    and making Signs to our Prince, that we were
                    thinking upon that Subjet, he made Signs to
                    me, that if I would let one of the Prisoners go
                    to his Town, he should bring Provisions, and
                    should bring some Beasts to carry our Baggage.
                    I seemed loath to trust him, and supposing that
                    he would run away, he made great Signs of Fidelity, and with his own Hands tied a Rope
                    about his Neck, offering me one End of it, intimating, that I should hang him, if the Man did
                    not come again. So I consented, and he gave him
                    Abundance of Instructions, and sent him away,
                    pointing to the Light of the Sun, which it seems
                    was to tell him, at what time he must be back.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Fellow run as if he was mad, and held
                    it till he was quite out of Sight, by which I
                    supposed he had a great Way to go. The next
                    Morning, about two Hours before the Time
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00830">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(81)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    appointed, the Black Prince, for so I always
                    called him, beckoning with his Hand to me,
                    and hollooing after his Manner, desired me to
                     come to him, which I did, when. pointing to a little 
                    Hill about two Miles off, I saw plainly a little
                    Drove of Cattel, and several People with them;
                    those he told me by Signs were the Man he had
                     sent, and several more with him, and Cattel for us. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly by the time appointed, he came
                    quite to our Hutts, and brought with him a great
                     many <choice>
                            <sic>Cowys, oung</sic>
                            <corr>Cows, young</corr>
                        </choice> Runts, about 16 Goats, and, four 
                    young Bulls, taught to carry Burthens.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was a Supply of Provisions sufficient; as
                    for Bread we were obliged to shift with some
                    Roots which we had made use of before. We
                    then began to consider of making some large
                    Bags like the Soldiers Knapsacks, for their Men
                    to carry our Baggage in, and to make it easy
                    to them; and the Goats being killed, I ordered
                    the Skins to be spread in the Sun, and they
                    were as dry in two Days as could be desired; so
                    we found means to make such little Bags as we
                    wanted, and began to divide our Baggage into
                    them: When the Black Prince found what
                    they were for, and how easy they were of Carriage when we put them on, he smiled a little, and sent away the Man again to fetch
                    Skins, and he brought two Natives more
                    with him, all loaded with Skins better cured
                    than ours, and of other kinds, such as we could
                    not tell what Names to give them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These two Men brought the Black Prince two
                    Lances of the sort they use in their Fights, but
                    finer than ordinary, being made of black smooth
                    Wood, as fine as Ebony, and headed at the Point
                    with the End of a long Tooth of some Creature,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00840">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(82)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    we could not tell of what Creature; the Head
                    was so firm put on, and the Tooth so strong,
                    tho' no bigger than my Thumb, and sharp at
                    the End, that I never saw any thing like it
                    in any Place in the World.
                    The Prince would not take them till I gave
                    him Leave, but made Signs that they should
                    give them to me; however I gave him Leave
                    to take them himself, for I saw evident Signs of
                    an honourable just Principle in him.
                    We now prepared for our March, when
                    the Prince coming to me, and pointing towards the several Quarters of the World, made
                    Signs to know, which way we intended to go;
                    and when I shewed him pointing to the West,
                    he presently let me know, there was a great
                    River a little further to the North, which was
                    able to carry our Bark many Leagues into the
                    Country due West. I presently took the Hint,
                    and enquired for the Mouth of the River, which
                    I understood by him was above a Day's March,
                    and by our Estimation we found it about seven
                    Leagues further; I take this to be the great
                    River marked by our Chart-Makers at the
                     Northmost Part of the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Mozambique</hi>, and 
                    called there <hi rend="italic">Quilloa</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Consulting thus with our selves, we resolved
                    to take the Prince, and as many of the Prisoners
                    as we could stow in our Frigate, and go about
                    by the Bay into the River; and that eight of us
                    with our Arms should march by Land, to meet
                    them on the River-side; for the Prince carrying
                    us to a rising Ground, had shew'd us the River
                    very plain a great Way up the Country,
                    and in one Place it was not above six Miles
                    to it.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00850">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(83)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was my Lot to march by Land, and be
                    Captain of the whole Carravan: I had eight of
                    our own Men with me, and Seven and Thirty
                    of our Prisoners, without any Baggage, for all
                    our Luggage was yet on board. We drove the
                    young Bulls with us; nothing was ever so
                    tame, so willing to work, or carry, any thing.
                    The Negroes would ride upon them four at a
                    Time, and they would go very willingly; they
                    would eat out of our Hand, lick our Feet, and
                    were as tractable as a Dog.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We drove with us six or seven Cows for
                    Food; but our Negroes knew nothing of curing
                    the Flesh by salting and drying it, till we
                    shew'd them the Way, and then they were
                    mighty willing to do so as long as we had any
                    Salt to do it with, and to carry Salt a great
                    Way too, after we found we should have no more.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was an easy March to the River Side for us
                    that went by Land, and we came thither in a
                     Piece of a Day, being as above not above six <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Miles; whereas it was no less than five Days
                    before they came to us by Water, the Wind in
                    the Bay having failed them, and the Way, by
                    Reason of a great Turn or Reach in the River
                    being above fifty Miles about.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We spent this time in a thing which the
                    two Strangers, which brought the Prince the
                    two Lances, put into the Head of the Prisoners;
                     (<hi rend="italic">viz</hi>.) to make Bottles of the Goats-Skins to carry 
                    fresh Water in, which it seems they knew we
                    should come to want; and the Men, did it so dexterously, having dried Skins fetched them by
                    those two Men, that before our Vessel came up,
                    they had every Man a Pouch like a Bladder, to
                    carry fresh Water in, hanging over their Shoulder
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00860">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(84)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    by a Thong made of other Skins, about three Inches broad, like the Sling of a Fuzee.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Prince, to assure us of the Fidelity of the
                    Men in this March, had ordered them to be
                    tied two and two by the Wrist, as we handcuff
                     Prisoners in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, and made them so sensible 
                    of the Reasonableness of it, that he made them
                    do it themselves, appointing four of them, to
                     bind the rest; but we found them so honest, and particularly so obedient to him, that after we were
                    gotten a little further off of their own Country,
                    we set them all at Liberty, tho' when he came
                    to us, he would have them tied again, and they
                    continued so for a good while.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All the Country on the Bank of the River was
                    a high Land, no marshy swampy Ground in it,
                    the Verdure good, and Abundance of Cattel feeding upon it, wherever we went, or which
                    Way soever we look'd; there was not much
                    Wood indeed, at least not near us, but further up
                    we saw Oak, Cedar, and Pine Trees, some of which
                    were very large.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The River was a fair open Channel about as
                     broad as the <hi rend="italic">Thames</hi> below <hi rend="italic"
                            >Gravesend</hi>, and a 
                    strong Tide of Flood, which we found held us
                    about 60 Miles, the Channel deep; nor did we
                    find any Want of Water for a great Way. ln
                    short, we went merrily up the River with the
                    Flood, and the Wind blowing still fresh at E. and
                     E. N.. E, we stemm'd the Ebb easily also, especially 
                    while the River continued broad and deep; but
                    when we came past the Swelling of the Tide,
                    and had the natural Current of the River to go
                    against, we found it too strong for us, and began
                    to think of quitting our Bark; but the Prince
                    would by no means agree to that, for finding we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00870">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(85)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    had on board pretty good Store of Roping made
                    of Matts and Flags, which I described before,
                    he ordered all the Prisoners which were on shore,
                    to come and take hold of those Ropes, and tow
                    us along by the Shore Side; and as we hoisted
                    our Sail too, to ease them, the Men run along
                    with us at a very great Rate.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In this Manner the River carry'd us up by our
                    Computation near 200 Miles, and then it narrowed apace, and was not above as broad as the <hi rend="italic">Thames</hi>
                     is at <hi rend="italic">Windsor</hi>, or thereabouts; and after another 
                    Day, we came to a great Water-fall or Cataract,
                    enough to fright us, for I believe the whole
                    Body of Water fell at once perpendicularly down
                    a Precipice, above sixty Foot high, which made
                    a Noise enough to deprive men of their Hearing,
                    and we heard it above Ten Miles before we came
                    to it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we were at a full Stop, and now our Prisoners went first on Shore; they had worked very
                    hard, and very chearfully, relieving one another,
                    those that were weary being taken into the Bark.
                    Had we had Canoes, or any Boats which might
                    have been carried by Mens Strengths, we might
                    have gone 200 Miles more up this River in small
                    Boats, but our great Boat could go no farther.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All this Way the Country looked green and
                    pleasant, and was full of Cattel, and some People we saw, tho' not many; but this we observ'd
                    now, that the People did no more understand our
                    Prisoners here, than we could understand them;
                    being it seems of different Nations, and of different Speech. We had yet seen no wild Beasts, or at
                    least none that came very near us; except two
                    Days before we came at the Water-fall, when we
                    saw three of the most beautiful Leopards that ever
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00880">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(86)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    were seen, standing upon the Bank of the River
                    on the North-side, our Prisoners being all on the
                    other Side of the Water. Our Gunner espy'd
                    them first, and ran to fetch his Gun, putting a
                    Ball extraordinary in it; and coming to me,
                     now Captain <hi rend="italic">Bob</hi>, says he, where's your Prince, 
                    so I called him out, now, says he, tell your
                    Men not to be afraid, tell them they shall see
                    that Thing in his Hand, speak in Fire to one
                    of those Beasts, and make it kill it self.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The poor Negroes looked as if they had
                    been all going to be killed, notwithstanding
                    what their Prince said to them, and stood staring to expect the Issue, when on a sudden the
                    Gunner fired; and as he was a very good Marks-Man, he shot the Creature with two Sluggs just
                    in the Head. As soon as the Leopard felt her
                    self struck, she rear'd up on her two hind Legs
                    bolt upright, and throwing her Fore-Paws about
                    in the Air, fell backward, growling and struggling, and immediately died; the other two
                    frighted with the Fire and the Noise, fled, and
                    were out of Sight in an Instant.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But the two frighted Leopards were not in
                    half the Consternation that our Prisoners were;
                    four or five of them fell down as if they had
                    been shot, several others fell on their Knees, and
                    lifted up their Hands to us; whether to worship us, or pray us not to kill them, we did
                    not know; but we made Signs to their Prince
                    to encourage them, which he did, but it was
                    with much ado that he brought them to their
                    Sense; nay, the Prince, notwithstanding all that
                    was said to prepare him for it, yet when the
                    Piece went off, he gave a Start as if he would
                    have leap'd into the River.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00890">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(87)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we saw the Creature killed, l had a
                    great Mind to have the Skin of her, and made
                    Signs to the Prince, that he should send some
                    of his Men: over to take the Skin off. As soon
                    as he spoke but a Word, four of them that
                    offered themselves were untied, and immediately
                    they jump'd into the River, and swam over,
                    and went to work with him: The Prince having a Knife that we gave him, made four wooden Knives so clever, as I never saw any thing
                    like them in my Life, and in less than an Hour's
                    time, they brought me the Skin of the Leopard,
                    which was a monstrous great one, for it was
                    from the Ears to the Tail about seven Foot,
                    and near five Foot Broad on the Back, and most
                    admirably spotted all over; the Skin of this
                     Leopard I brought to <hi rend="italic">London</hi> many Years after.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now all upon a Level, as to our
                    travelling; being unshipp'd, for our Bark would
                    swim no farther, and she was too heavy to carry
                    on our Backs; but as we found the Course of the
                    River went a great Way farther, we consulted
                    our Carpenters, whether we could not pull the
                    Bark in Pieces, and make us three or four finall
                    Boats to go on with. They told us, we might do
                    so, but it would be very long a-doing; and, that
                    when we had done, we had neither Pitch or
                    Tar to make them sound, to keep the Water
                    out, or Nails to fasten the Plank; but one of
                    them told us, that as soon as he could come at any
                    large Tree, near the River he would make us a
                    Canoe or two in a Quarter of the Time, and
                    which would serve us as well for all the Uses we
                    could have any Occasion for as a Boat; and
                    such, that if we came to any Water-falls, we
                    might take them up, and carry them for a Mile
                    or two by Land, upon our Shoulders.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00900">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(88)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this we gave over the Thoughts of our
                    Frigate, and hauling her into a little Cove, or
                    Inlet, where a small Brook came into the main
                    River, we laid her up for those that came next,
                    and marched forward. We spent indeed two
                    Days dividing our Baggage, and loading our
                    tame Buffloes and our Negroes: Our Powder and Shot, which was the thing we were
                    most careful of, we ordered thus: First the Powder
                    we divided into little Leather Bags, that is
                    to say, Bags of dried Skins with the Hair inward, that the Powder might not grow damp;
                    and then we put those Bags into other Bags
                     made of Bullocks Skins, very thick and hard, 
                    with the Hair outward, that no Wet might come
                    in; and this succeeded so well, that in the
                    greatest Rains we had, whereof some were very
                    violent and very long, we always kept our Powder dry. Besides there Bags which held our
                    chief Magazine, we divided to every one a
                    Quarter of a Pound of Powder, and Half a Pound
                    of Shot to carry always about us; which as it
                    was enough for our present Use, so we were
                    willing to have no Weight to carry more than
                    was absolutely necessary, because of the Heat.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We kept still on the Bank of the River, and
                    for that Reason had very little Communication
                    with the People of the Country; for, having also
                    our Bark stored with Plenty of Provisions, we
                    had had no Occasion to look abroad for a Supply; but now we came to march on Foot, we
                    were obliged often to seek out for Food. The
                    first Place we came to on the River that gave us
                    any Stop, was a little Negro Town, containing about 50 Hutts, and there appeared about
                    400 People, for they all came out to see us,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00910">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(89)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and wonder at us. When our Negroes appeared, the Inhabitants began to fly to Arms,
                    thinking there had been Enemies coming upon
                    them; but our Negroes, tho' they could not
                    speak their Language, made Signs to them, that
                    they had no Weapons, and were tied two and two
                    together, as Captives; that there were People
                    behind who came from the Sun, and that could
                    kill them all, and make, them alive again, if they
                    pleased; but that they would do them no Hurt,
                    and came with Peace. As soon as they understood
                    this, they laid down their Lances, and Bows and
                    Arrows, and came and stuck twelve large Stakes
                    in the Ground, as a Token of Peace, bowing
                    themselves to us in Token of Submission. But as
                    soon as they saw white Men with Beards, that
                    is to say, Mustachoes, they run screaming away
                    as in a Fright.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We kept at a Distance from them, not to be
                    too familiar; and when we did appear, it was
                    but two or three of us at a time. But our Prisoners made them understand, that we required
                    some Provisions of them; so they brought us
                    some black Cattel, for, they have Abundance of
                    Cows and Buffloes all over that Side of the
                    Country, as also great Numbers of Deer. Our
                    Cutler, who had now a great Stock of things of
                    his Handy-work, gave them, some little Knick
                    Knacks, as Plates of Silver and of Iron, cut Diamond Fashion, and cut into Hearts, and into Rings,
                    and they were mightily pleased. They also
                    brought several Sorts of Fruits and Roots, which
                    we did not understand, but our Negroes fed heartily on them, and after we had seen them eat
                    them, we did so too.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00920">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(90)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having stock'd our selves here with Flesh and
                    Roots as much as we could well carry, we divided the Burthens among our Negroes, appointing
                    about 30 to 40 Pound Weight to a Man, which
                    we thought indeed was Load enough in a hot
                    Country; and the Negroes did not at all repine
                    at it, but would sometimes help one another
                    when they began to be weary, which did happen
                    now and then, tho' not often: Besides, as most of
                    their Luggage was our Provision, it lighten'd every Day like <hi rend="italic">AEsop</hi>'s Basket of Bread, till we came 
                    to get a Recruit. Note, when we loaded them,
                    we untied their Hands, and tied them two and
                    two together by one Foot. The third Day of our
                    March from this Place, our chief Carpenter desired us to halt, and set up some Hutts, for he
                    had found out some Trees that he liked, and
                    resolved to make us some Canoes; for as he told
                    me, he knew we should have Marching enough on
                    Foot after we left the River, and he was resolved
                    to go no farther by Land than needs must.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had no sooner given Order for our little
                    Camp, and given Leave to our Negroes to lay
                    down their Loads, but they fell to Work to build
                    our Hutts; and tho' they were tied, as above,
                    yet they did it so nimbly, as surprized us. Here
                    we set some of the Negroes quite at Liberty,
                    that is to say, without tying them, having the
                    Prince's Word pass'd for their Fidelity; and some
                    of there were ordered to help the Carpenters,
                    which they did very handily, with a little Direction, and others were sent to see whether they
                    could get any Provision near Hand; but instead
                    of Provisions, three of them came in with two
                    Bows and Arrows, and five Lances. They could
                    not easily make us understand how they came by
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00930">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(91)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    them, only that they had surprized some Negroe
                    Women, who were in some Hutts, the Men being from Home, and they had found the Lances
                    and Bows in the Hutts or Houses, the Women
                    and Children flying away at the Sight of them,
                    as from Robbers. We seem'd very angry at them,
                    and made the Prince ask them, if they had not
                    kill'd any of the Women or Children, making
                    them believe, that if they had kill'd any Body,
                    we would make them kill themselves too; but
                    they protested their Innocence, so we excused
                    them. Then they brought us the Bows and Arrows and Lances but at a Motion of their black
                    Prince, we gave them back the Bows and Arrows,
                    and gave them Leave to go out to see what they
                    could kill for Food; and here we gave them the
                    Law of Arms, viz. That if any Men appeared to
                    assault them, or shoot at them, or offer any Violence to them, they might kill them; but that
                    they should not offer to kill or hurt any that
                    offer'd them Peace, or laid down their Weapons,
                    nor any Women or Children, upon any Occasion
                    whatsoever. These were our Articles of War.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These two Fellows had not been gone out above
                    three or four Hours, but one of them came running to us without his Bow and Arrows, hallooing
                    and hooping a great while before he came at us,
                        <hi rend="italic">Okoamo, Okoamo</hi>, which it seems was, <hi rend="italic"
                            >Help, Help</hi>. 
                    The rest of the Negroes rose up in a Hurry,
                    and by Two's, as they could, run forward toward
                    their Fellows to know what the Matter was. As
                    for me, I did not understand it, nor any of our
                    People; the Prince look'd as if something unlucky
                    had fallen out, and some of our Men took up
                    their Arms, to be ready on Occasion. But the
                    Negroes soon discover'd the Thing; for we saw
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00940">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(92)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    four of them presently after coming along with a
                    great Load of Meat upon their Backs. The Case
                    was, that the first two who went out with their
                    Bows and Arrows, meeting with a great Herd
                    of Deer in the Plain, had been so nimble as to
                    shoot three of them; and then one of them came
                    running to us for Help, to fetch them away.
                    This was the first Venison we had met with upon all our March, and we feasted upon it very
                    plentifully; and this was the first time we began to prevail with our Prince to eat his Meat
                    drest our Way; after which, his Men were prevailed with by his Example, but before that, they
                    eat most of the Flesh they had quite raw.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We wish'd now we had brought some Bows and
                    Arrows out with us, which we might have done;
                    and we began to have so much Confidence in
                    our Negroes, and to be so familiar with them,
                    that we oftentimes let them go, or the greatest
                    Part of them, unty'd, being well assured they
                    would not leave us, and that they did not know
                    what Course to take without us; but one thing
                    we resolved not to trust them with, and that was
                    the Charging our Guns; but they always believed
                    our Guns had some heavenly Power in them, that
                    they would send forth Fire and Smoke, and speak
                    with a dreadful Noise, and kill at a Distance
                    whenever we bid them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In about eight Days we finished three Canoes, and in them we embarked our white Men
                    and our Baggage, with our Prince, and some of
                    the Prisoners. We also found it needful to keep
                    some of our selves always on Shore, not only
                    to manage the Negroes, but to defend them from
                    Enemies and wild Beasts. Abundance of little
                    Incidents happened upon this March, which it is
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00950">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(93)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    not possible to crowd into this Account; particularly, we saw more wild Beasts now than we
                    did before, some Elephants, and two or three
                    Lions; none of which Kinds we had seen any of
                    before; and we found our Negroes were more
                    afraid of them a great deal than we were; principally because they had no Bows and Arrows,
                    or Lances; which were the particular Weapons
                    they were bred up to the Exercise of.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we cured them of their Fears, by being
                    always ready with our Fire-Arms. However, as
                    we were willing to be sparing of our Powder,
                    and the Killing any of the Creatures now was no
                    Advantage to us, seeing their Skins were too heavy for us to carry, and their Flesh not good to
                    eat, we resolved therefore to keep some of our
                    Pieces uncharg'd, and only prim'd, and causing
                    them to flash in the Pan, the Beasts, even the
                    Lions themselves, would always start, and fly
                    back when they saw it, and immediately march off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We past Abundance of Inhabitants upon this
                    upper Part of the River, and with this Observation, that almost every ten Miles we came to,
                    a several Nation, and every several Nation had
                    a different Speech, or else their Speech had differing Dialects, so that they did not understand
                    one another. They all abounded in Cattel, especially on the River Side; and the eighth Day of
                    this second Navigation, we met with a little Negroe Town, where they had growing a Sort of
                    Corn like Rice, which eat very sweet; and as we
                    got some of it of the People, we made very good
                    Cakes of Bread of it, and making a Fire, bak'd
                    them on the Ground, after the Fire was swept
                    away very well; so that hitherto we had no
                    Want of Provisions of any kind we could desire.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00960">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(94)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Negroes towing our Canoes, we travelled at a considerable Rate, and by our own Account, could not go less than 20 or 25 <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Miles a Day, and the River continuing to be much
                    at the same Breadth, and very deep all the Way,
                    till on the tenth Day we came to another Cataract; for a Ridge of high Hills crossing the whole 
                    Channel of the River, the Water came tumbling
                    down the Rocks from one Stage to another in
                    a strange Manner: So that it was a continued
                    Link of Cataracts from one to another, in the
                    Manner of a Caskade; only, that the Falls were
                    sometimes a Quarter of a Mile from one another,
                    and the Noise confused and frightful.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We thought our Voyaging was at a full Stop
                    now; but three of us, with a Couple of our
                    Negroes, mounting the Hills another Way, to
                    view the Course of the River, we found a fair
                    Channel again after about half a Mile's March, and
                    that it was like to hold us a good Way farther.
                    So we set all Hands to Work, unloaded our Cargo, and hauled our Canoes on Shore, to see if
                    we could carry them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon Examination, we found that they were
                    very heavy; but our Carpenters spending but
                    one Day's Work one them, hew'd away so much
                    of the Timber from their Outsides, as reduced
                    them very much, and yet they were as fit to
                    swim as before. When this was done, ten Men
                    with Poles took up one of the Canoes, and made
                    nothing to carry it. So we ordered twenty Men
                    to each Canoe, that one Ten might relieve another; and thus we carried all our Canoes, and
                    launch'd them into the Water again, and then
                    fetch'd our Luggage, and loaded it all again
                    into the Canoes, and all in an Afternoon; and
                        </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00970">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(95)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the next Morning early we mov'd forward again. When we had towed about four Days
                    more, our Gunner, who was our Pilot, begun to
                    observe that we did not keep our right Course so
                    exactly as we ought, the River winding away a
                    little towards the North, and gave us Notice
                    of it accordingly. However, we were not willing to lose the Advantage of Water-Carriage, at
                     least not till we were forced to it; so we jogg'd on, 
                    and the River served us about Threescore Miles
                    further; but then we found it grew very small
                    and shallow, having pass'd the Mouths of several little Brooks or Rivulets which come into it,
                    and at Length it became but a Brook it self.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We tow'd up as far as ever our Boats would
                    swim, and we went two Days the further, having been about twelve Days in this last Part
                    of the River, by Lightning the Boats, and taking
                    our Luggage out, which we made the Negroes
                    carry, being willing to ease our selves as long
                    as we could; but at the End of these two Days,
                    in short, there was not Water enough to swim
                    a <hi rend="italic">London</hi> Wherry.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We now set forward wholly by Land, and
                    without any Expectation of more Water Carriage. All our Concern for more Water, was to
                    be sure to have a Supply for our Drinking; and
                    therefore upon every Hill that we came near,
                    we clamber'd up to the highest Part, to see the
                    Country before us, and to make the best Judgment we could which way to go to keep the lowest Grounds, and as near some Stream of Water
                    as we could.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Country held verdant, well grown with
                    Trees, and spread with Rivers and Brooks, and
                    tolerably well with Inhabitants, for about thirty
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00980">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(96)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Days March. After our leaving the Canoes during which time things went pretty well with
                    us; we did not tye our selves down when to
                    march, and when to halt, but order'd those
                    things as our Convenience, and the Health and
                    Ease of our People, as well our Servants, as our
                    selves, required.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    About the Middle of this March, we came
                    into a low and plain Country, in which we perceived a greater Number of Inhabitants than in
                    any other Country we had gone thro'; but that
                    which was worse for us, we found them a fierce,
                    barbarous, treacherous People, and who at first
                    look'd upon us as Robbers, and gathered themselves in Numbers to attack us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men were terrified at them at first, and
                    began to discover an unusual Fear; and even our
                    black Prince seemed in a great deal of Confusion:
                    But I smiled at him, and shewing him some of our
                    Guns, I asked him, if he thought that which
                    killed the spotted Cat, (for so they called the
                    Leopard in their Language) could not make a
                    Thousand of thole naked Creatures die at one
                    Blow? Then he laugh'd, and said Yes, he believ'd
                    it would. Well then, said I, tell your Men not
                    to be afraid of these People, for we shall soon
                    give them a Taste of' what we can do, if they
                    pretend to meddle with us. However, we considered we were in the Middle of a vast Country, and we knew not what Numbers of People and Nations we might be surrounded with;
                    and above all, we knew not how much we
                    might stand in Need of the Friendship of these
                    that we were now among; so that we ordered the
                    Negroes to try all the Methods they could, to
                    make them Friends.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="00990">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(97)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, the two Men who had gotten
                    Bows and Arrows, and two more to whom we
                    gave the Prince's two fine Lances, went foremost
                    with five more having long Poles in their Hands;
                    and after them ten of our Men advanced toward
                    the Negro Town that was next to us, and we
                    all stood ready to succour them if there should
                    be Occasion.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When they came pretty near their Houses,
                    our Negroes hallo'd in their screaming Way, and
                    called to them as loud as they could; upon their
                    calling, some of the Men came out, and answer'd,
                    and immediately after the whole Town, Men
                    Women and Children appeared: Our Negroes
                    with their long Poles went forward a little, and
                    stuck them all in the Ground and left them
                    which in their Country was a Signal of Peace, but
                    the other did not understand the Meaning of
                    that. Then the two Men with Bows, laid down
                    their Bows and Arrows, went forward unarmed,
                    and made Signs of Peace to them, which at
                    last the other began to understand; so two of
                    their Men laid down their Bows and Arrows,
                    and came towards them: Our Men made all the
                    Signs of Friendship to them that they could
                    think of, putting their Hands up to their
                    Mouths, as a Sign that they wanted Provisions to
                    eat, and the other pretended to be pleased and
                    friendly, and went back to their Fellows, and
                    talk'd with them a while, and they came forward
                    again, and made Signs that they would bring
                    some Provisions to them before the Sun set; and
                    so our Men came back again very well satisfied
                    for that time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But an Hour before Sun-set our Men went to
                    them again, just in the same Posture as before,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01000">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(98)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and they came according to their Appointment,
                    and brought Deers Flesh, Roots, and the same
                     kind of Corn like Rice, <hi rend="italic">which I mentioned above</hi>, 
                    and our Negroes being furnish'd with such Toys
                    as our Cutler had contrived, gave them some of
                    them, which they seem'd infinitely pleas'd with,
                    and promis'd to bring more Provisions the next
                    Day.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, the next Day they came again,
                    but our Men perceived they were more in Number by a great many than before; however, having sent out ten Men with Fire-Arms to stand
                    ready, and our whole Army being in View also,
                    we were not much surprized; nor was the
                    Treachery of the Enemy so cunningly ordered
                    as in other Cases; for they might have surrounded our Negroes, which, were but nine,
                    under a Shew of Peace; but when they saw our
                    Men advance almost as far as the Place where
                    they were the Day before, the Rogues snatch'd
                    up their Bows and Arrows, and come running
                    upon our Men like so many Furies, at which
                    our ten Men called to the Negroes to come back
                    to them, which they did with Speed enough at
                    the first Word, and stood all behind our Men.
                    As they fled, the other advanced, and let fly
                    near a 100 of their Arrows at them, by which
                    two of our Negroes were wounded, and one we
                    thought had been killed. When they came to
                    the five Poles that our Men had stuck in the
                    Ground, they stood still a while, and gathering
                    about the Poles, looked at them, and handled
                    them as wondering at what they meant. We
                    then who were drawn up behind all, sent one of
                    our Number to our ten Men, to bid them fire
                    among them, while they stood so thick, and to
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01010">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(99)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    put some small Shot into their Guns, besides
                    the ordinary Charge, and to tell them, that we
                    would be up with them immediately.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly they made ready, but by, that
                    time they were ready to fire, the Black Army
                    had left their wondering about the Poles, and
                    began to stir, as if they would come on, tho' seeing more Men stand at some Distance behind
                    our Negroes, they could not tell what to make of
                    us; but if they did not understand us before, they
                    understood us less afterwards, for as soon as ever
                    our Men found them begin to move forward,
                    they fired among the thickest of them, being
                    about the Distance of 120 Yards, as near as we
                    could guess.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It is impossible to express the Fright, the
                    Screaming and Yelling of those Wretches upon
                     this first Volley; we killed six of them, and wounded 11 or 12, I mean as we knew of; for, as they
                    stood thick, and the small Shot, as we called it,
                    scattered among them, we had Reason to believe
                    we wounded more that stood farther off; for our
                    small Shot was made of Bits of Lead, and Bits
                    of Iron, Heads of Nails, and such things as
                    our diligent Artificer the Cutler help'd us to.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As to those that were killed and wounded, the
                    other frighted Creatures were under the greatest
                    Amazement in the World, to thnk what should
                    hurt them; for they could see nothing but
                    Holes made in their Bodies they knew not how.
                    Then the Fire and the Noise amazed all their
                    Women and Children, and frighted them out of
                    their Wits, that they ran staring and howling
                    about like mad Creatures.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, all this did not make them fly,
                    which was what we wanted; nor did we find
                        </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01020">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(100)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    any of them die as it were with Fear, as at first,
                    so we resolved upon a second Volley, and then
                    to advance as we did before. Whereupon our
                    reserved Men advancing, we resolved to fire
                    only three Men at a time, and move forward
                    like an Army firing in Platoons; so being all in
                    Line we fired first three on the Right, then
                    three on the Left, and so on; and every time we
                    killed or wounded some of them; but still they
                    did not fly, and yet they were so frighted, that
                    they used none of their Bows and Arrows, or
                    of their Lances; and we thought their Numbers
                    encreased upon our Hands; particularly we
                    thought so by the Noise; so I called to our Men
                    to halt, and bid them pour in one whole Volley,
                    and then shout, as we did in our first Fight, and
                    so run in upon them, and knock them down
                    with our Musquets.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But they were too wise for that too, for as soon
                    as we had fired a whole Volley, and shouted,
                    they all run away, Men, Women, and Children,
                    so fast, that in a few Moments we could not see
                    one Creature of them, except some that were
                    wounded and lame, who lay wallowing and
                    screaming here and there upon the Ground, as
                    they happen'd to fall.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this we came up to the Field of Battle,
                    where we found we had killed 37 of them, among
                    which were three Women, and had wounded
                    about 64 among which were two Women; by
                    wounded I mean, such as were so maimed, as not
                    to be able to go away, and those our Negroes
                    killed afterwards in a cowardly manner in cold
                    Blood, for which we were very angry, and
                    threatned to make them go to them if they did
                    so again.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01030">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(101)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There was no great Spoil to be got, for they
                    were all stark naked as they came into the
                    World, Men and Women together; some of
                    them having Feathers stuck in their Hair, and
                    others a kind of Bracelets about their Necks, but
                    nothing else; but our Negroes got a Booty
                    here which we were very glad of, and this was
                    the Bows and Arrows of the vanquished, of
                    which they found more than they knew what
                    to do with, belonging to the killed and wounded Men; there we ordered them to pick up, and
                    they were very useful to us afterwards. After
                    the Fight, and our Negroes had gotten Bows
                    and Arrows, we sent them out in Parties to see
                    what they could get, and they got some Provisions; but, which was better than all the rest,
                    they brought us four more young Bulls, or Buffloes, that had been brought up to Labour, and
                    to carry Burthens: They knew them, it: seems,
                    by the Burthens they had carry'd having galled
                    their Backs; for, they have no Saddles to cover
                    them with in that Country.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Those Creatures not only eased our Negroes,
                    but gave us an Opportunity to carry more Provisions, and our Negroes loaded them very hard
                    at this Place, with Flesh and Roots, such as
                    we wanted very much afterwards.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        In this Town we found a very little young Leopard, about two Spans high<note type="gloss" resp="#JEJ">two Spans high - about 18 inches. A span is generally considered the width of a hand with fingers fully extended.</note>; it was exceeding
                    tame, and purr'd like a Cat when we stroked it
                    with our Hands, being, as I suppose, bred up among
                    the Negroes like a House-Dog. It was our Black
                    Prince, it seems, who making his Tour among the
                    abandoned Houses or Hutts, found this Creature there, and making much of him, and giving
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01040">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(102)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    a Bit or two of Flesh to him, the Creature followed him like a Dog; or which more hereafter.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Among the Negroes that were killed in this
                    Battle, there was one who had a little thin Bit
                    or Plate of Gold, about as big as a Six-Pence,
                    which hung by a little Bit of a twisted Gutt,
                    upon his Forehead, by which we supposed he
                    was a Man of some Eminence among them; but
                    that was not all, for this Bit of Gold put us
                    upon searching very narrowly, if there was not
                    more of it to be had thereabouts, but we <choice><corr>found</corr><sic>ound</sic></choice> none at all.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    From this Part of the Country we went on for
                    about 15 Days, and then found our selves obliged
                    to march up a high Ridge of Mountains frightful
                    to behold, and the first of the Kind that we met
                    with; and having no Guide but our little Pocket
                    Compass, we had no Advantage of Information
                    as to which was the best, or the worst Way, but
                    were obliged to chuse by what we saw, and shift
                    as well as we could. We met with several Nations of wild and naked People in the plain Country, before we came to those Hills, and we found
                    them much more tractable and friendly than those
                    Devils we had been forc'd to fight with; and tho'
                    we could learn little from these People, yet we
                    understood by the Signs they made, that there
                     was a vast Desart beyond those Hills, and, <hi rend="italic">as our</hi>
                        <hi rend="italic">Negrors called them</hi>, much Lion, much spotted Cat 
                    (so they called the Leopard) and they sign'd to us
                    also, that we must carry Water with us. At the
                    last of these Nations we furnished our selves
                    with as much <choice><corr>Provision</corr> <sic>Provisionn</sic></choice> as we could possibly carry, not knowing what we had to suffer, or what
                    Length we had to go; and to make our Way as
                    Familiar to us as possible, I proposed, that of
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01050">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(103)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the last Inhabitants we could find, we should make
                    some Prisoners, and carry them with us for
                    Guides over the Desart, and to assist us in carrying Provision, and perhaps in getting it too.
                    The Advice was too necessary to be slighted;
                    so finding by our dumb Signs to the Inhabitants,
                    that there were some People that dwelt at the
                    Foot of the Mountains, on the other Side, before we came to the Desart it self, we resolved
                    to furnish our selves with Guides, by fair Means
                    or foul.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here, by a moderate Computation, we concluded our selves 700 Miles from the Sea Coast
                    where we began. Our Black Prince was this Day
                    set free from the Sling his Arm hung in, our Surgeon having perfectly restored it, and he shewed
                    it to his own Countrymen quite well, which
                    made them greatly wonder. Also our two Negroes began to recover, and their Wounds to heal
                    apace, for our Surgeon was very skilful in managing their Cure.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having with infinite Labour mounted these
                    Hills, and coming to a View of the Country beyond them, it was indeed enough to astonish as
                    stout a Heart as ever was created. It was a vast
                    howling Wilderness, not a Tree, a River, or a
                    Green thing to be seen, for as far as the Eye
                    could look; nothing but a scalding Sand, which,
                    as the Wind blew, drove about in Clouds, enough
                    to overwhelm Man and Beast; nor could we see
                    any End of it, either before us, which was
                    our Way, or to the right Hand or left: So that
                    truly our Men began to be discouraged, and
                    talk of going back again; nor could we indeed
                    think of venturing over such a horrid Place as
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01060">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(104)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that before us, in which we saw nothing but present Death.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was as much affected with the Sight as any
                    of then, but for all that I could not bear the
                    Thoughts of going back again. I told them we had
                    march'd 700 Miles of our Way, and it would be
                    worse than Death to think of going back again;
                    and that if they thought the Desart was not passable, I thought we should rather change our Course,
                     and travel South till we came to the <hi rend="italic">Cape of Good Hope</hi>, or North to the Country that lay along the                        
                     <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi> where perhaps we might find some Way 
                     or other over to the West Sea; for sure all <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>
                    was not a Desart.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Gunner, who, as I said before, was our
                    Guide as to the Situation of Places, told us, that
                    he could not tell what to say to going for the
                    Cape; for it was a monstrous Length, being from
                    the Place where we now were, not less than
                    1500 Miles, and by his Account, we were come
                     now a third Part of the Way to the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Angola</hi>, 
                    where we should meet with the Western Ocean,
                    and find Ways enough for our Escape Home. On
                    the other Hand, he assured us, and shewed us a
                    Map of it, that if we went Northward, the Western Shore of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi> went out into the Sea above a 
                    Thousand Miles West; so that we should have so
                    much, and more Land, to travel afterwards;
                    which Land might, for ought we knew, be as
                    wild, barren, and desart, as this: And therefore,
                    upon the whole, he proposed that we should attempt this Desart, and perhaps we should not find
                    it so long as we, feared; and however, he proposed that we should see how far our Provisions
                    would carry us, and in particular, our Water;
                    and that we should venture no farther than Half
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01070">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(105)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">  
                    so far as our Water would last; and if we found,
                    no End of the Desart, we might come safely back
                    again.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Advice was so reasonable, that we all
                    approved of it; and accordingly we calculated,
                    that we were able to carry Provisions for 42
                    Days, but that we could not carry Water for
                    above 20 Days, tho' we were to suppose it to
                    stink too before that time expired. So that we
                    concluded, that if we did not come at some Water in ten Days time, we would return, but if we
                    found a Supply of Water, we could then travel
                    21 Days; and if we saw no End of the Wilderness in that time, we would return also.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    With this Regulation of our Measures, we descended the Mountains, and it was the second
                    Day before we quite reached the Plain, where
                    however, to make us amends, we found a fine
                    little Rivulet of very good Water, Abundance
                    of Deer, a sort of Creature like a Hare, but not
                    so nimble, and whose Flesh we found very agreeable; but we were deceived in our Intelligence,
                    for we found no People; so we got no more Prisoners to assist us in carrying our Baggage.
                    The infinite Number of Deer and other Creatures
                    which we saw here, we found was occasioned by
                    the Neighbourhood of the Wast or Desart, from
                    whence they retired hither for Food and Refreshment. We stored our selves here with Flesh and
                    Roots of divers Kinds, which our Negroes understood better than we, and which served us for
                    Bread; and with as much Water as, (by the Allowance of a Quart a Day to a Man for our Negroes, and three Pints a Day a Man for our selves,
                    and three Quarts a Day each, for our Buffloes)
                    would serve us 20 Days: And thus loaden for a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01080">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(106)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    long. miserable <choice><corr>March,</corr><sic>March,,</sic></choice> we set forward, being 
                    all sound in Health, and very chearful, but not
                    alike strong for so great a Fatigue; and which
                    was our Grievance, were without a Guide.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the very first Entrance of the Wast, we
                    were exceedingly discouraged; for we found the
                    Sand so deep, and it scalded our Feet so much with
                    the Heat, that after we had, as I may call it, waded rather than walk'd thro' it, about seven or
                    eight Miles, we were all heartily tired and faint;
                    even the very Negroes lay down and panted, like
                    Creatures that had been push'd beyond their
                    Strength.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we found the Difference of Lodging greatly injurious to us; for (as before) we always made
                    us Hutts to sleep under, which cover'd us from
                    the Night Air, which is particularly unwholesom
                    in those hot Countries: But we had here no Shelter, no Lodging after so hard a March; for here
                    were no Trees, no not a Shrub near us: And
                    which was still more frightful, towards Night we
                    began to hear the Wolves howl, the Lions bellow, and a great many wild Asses braying, and
                    other ugly Noises which we did not understand.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this we reflected upon our own Indiscretion, that had not at least brought Poles or Stakes 
                    in our Hands, with which we might have, as it
                    were paillisadoed our selves in for the Night;
                    and so we might have slept secure, whatever
                    other Inconveniences we suffer'd. However, we
                     found a Way at last to relieve our selves a little. 
                    For first we set up the Lances and Bows we
                    had, and endeavoured to bring the Tops of them
                    as near to one another as we could, and so hung
                    our Coats on the Top of them, which made us
                    a kind of a sorry Tent; the Leopard's Skin, and
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01090">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(107)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    a few other Skins we had put together, made us
                    a tolerable Covering, and thus we lay down to
                    Sleep, and slept very heartily too for the first
                    Night, setting however a good Watch, being two
                    of our own Men with their Fuzees, whom we reliev'd in an Hour at first, and two Hours afterwards; and it was very well we did this; for
                    they found the Wilderness swarm'd with raging
                    Creatures of all Kinds, some of which came directly up to the very Enclosure of our Tent. But
                    our Centinels were ordered not to alarm us with
                    Firing in the Night, but to flash in the Pan at
                    them, which they did, and found it effectual; for
                    the Creatures went off always as soon as they saw
                    it, perhaps with some Noise or Howling, and
                    pursued such other Game as they were upon.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    If we were tired with the Day's Travel, we
                    were all as much tired with the Night's Lodging:
                    But our Black Prince told us in the Morning, he
                    would give us some Counsel, and indeed it was
                    very good Counsel. He told us we should all be
                    kill'd if we went on this Journey, and thro' this
                    Desart, without some Covering for us at Night;
                    so he advised us to march back again to a little
                    River Side where we lay the Night before, and
                    stay there till we could make us Houses, as he
                    called them, to carry with us to lodge in every
                    Night. As he began a little to understand our
                    Speech, and we very well to understand his Signs,
                    we easily knew what he meant, and that we
                    should there make Matts; (for we remembered
                    that we saw a great deal of Matting, or Bass
                    there that the Natives make Matts of) I say,
                    that we should make large Matts there for Covering our Hutts or Tents to lodge in at Night.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01100">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(108)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We all approv'd this Advice, and immediately
                    resolved to go back that one Day's Journey, resolving, tho' we carried less Provisions, we would
                    carry Matts with us to cover us in the Night.
                    Some of the nimblest of us got back to the River
                    with more Ease than we had travell'd it out the
                    Day before; but as we were not in Haste, the rest
                    made a Halt, encamp'd another Night, and came
                    to us the next Day.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In our Return of this Day's Journey, our Men
                    that made two Days of it, met with a very surprizing thing, that gave them some Reason to
                    be careful how they parted Company again. The
                    Case was this. The second Day in the Morning,
                    before they had gone Half a Mile, looking behind them, they saw a vast Cloud of Sand or
                    Dust rise in the Air, as we see sometimes in the
                    Roads in Summer, when it is very dusty, and a
                    large Drove of Cattel are coming, only very much
                    greater; and they could easily perceive that it
                    came after them, and that it came on faster than
                    they went from it. The Cloud of Sand was so
                    great, that they could not see what it was that
                    raised it, and concluded, that it was some Army of
                    Enemies that pursued them; but then considering
                    that they came from the vast uninhabited Wilderness, they knew, it was impossible any Nation or People that Way should have Intelligence of them, or of the Way of their March:
                    And therefore, if it was an Army, it must be of
                    such as they were, travelling that Way by Accident. On the other Hand, as they knew that
                    there were no Horses in the Country, and that
                    they came on so fast, they concluded, that it
                    must be some vast Collection of wild Beasts, perhaps making to the Hill Country for Food or
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01110">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(109)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Water, and that they should be all devoured or
                    trampled under Foot by their Multitude.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this Thought, they very prudently observed which Way the Cloud seem'd to point,
                    and they turned a little out of their Way to
                    the North, supposing it might pass by them.
                    When they were about a Quarter of a Mile, they
                    halted to see what it might be. One of the Negroes, a nimbler Fellow than the rest, went back
                    a little, and come again in a few Minutes, running as fast as the heavy Sand would allow, and
                    by Signs gave them to know, that it was a great
                    Herd or Drove, or whatever it might be called,
                    of vast monstrous Elephants.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As it was a Sight our Men had never seen, they
                     were desirous to see it, and yet a little uneasy at 
                    the Danger too; for tho' an Elephant is a heavy,
                    unwieldy Creature, yet in the deep Sand, which
                    was nothing at all to them, they marched at a
                    great Rate, and would soon have tired our People,
                    if they had had far to go, and had been pursued
                    by them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Gunner was with them, and had a great
                    Mind to have gone close up to one of the outermost of them, and to have clapt his Piece to his
                    Ear, and to have fired into him, because he had
                    been told no Shot would penetrate them; but
                    they all disswaded him, lest, upon the Noise, they
                    Should all turn upon, and pursue us; so he was
                    reasoned out of it, and let them pass, which in
                    our People's Circumstance was certainly the right
                    Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They were between 20 and 30 in Number, but
                    prodigious great ones; and tho' they often shew'd
                    our Men that they saw them, yet they did not
                    turn out of their Way, or take any other Notice
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01120">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(110)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    of them, than, <hi rend="italic">as we might say</hi>, just to look at 
                    them. We that were before, saw the Cloud of
                    Dust they raised, but we thought it had been
                    our own Carravan, and so took no Notice; but
                    as they bent their Course one Point of the Compass, or thereabouts, to the Southward of the
                    East, and we went due East, they pass'd by us
                    at some little Distance; to that we did not see
                    them, or know any thing of them till Evening,
                    when our Men came to us, and gave us this Account of them. However, this was a useful Experiment for our future Conduct in passing the
                    Desart, as you shall hear in its Place.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now upon our Work, and our Black
                    Prince was Head Surveyor, for he was an excellent Matt-Maker himself, and all his Men understood it; so that they soon made us near a Hundred Matts: And as every Man, I mean of the
                    Negroes, carried one, it was no Manner of Load,
                    and we did not carry an Ounce of Provisions the
                    less. The greatest Burthen was to carry six long
                    Poles, besides tome shorter Stakes; but the Negroes made an Advantage of that, for carrying
                    them between two, they made the Luggage of
                    Provisions which they had to carry, so much the
                    lighter, binding it upon two Poles, and so made
                    three Couple of them. As soon as we saw this,
                    we made a little Advantage of it too; for having
                    three or four of our Baggs called Bottles, (I mean
                    Skins or Bladders to carry Water) more than the
                    Men could carry, we got them fill'd, and carried
                    them this Way, which was a Day's Water and
                    more for our Journey.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having now ended our Work, made our Matts,
                    and fully recruited our Stores of all things necessary, and having made us Abundance of small
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01130">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(111)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Ropes of Matting for ordinary Use, as we might
                    have Occasion, we set forward again, having
                    interrupted our Journey eight Days in all, upon
                    this Affair. To our great Comfort, the Night
                    before we set out, there fell a very violent Shower of Rain, the Effects of which we found in the
                    Sand; tho' the Heat of one Day dry'd the Surface as much as before, yet it was harder at Bottom, not so heavy, and was cooler to our Feet,
                    by which Means we march'd, as we reckoned,
                    about fourteen Miles instead of seven, and with
                    much more Ease.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came to encamp, we had all things
                    ready, for we had fitted our Tent, and set it up
                    for Trial where we made it; so that in less than
                    an Hour, we had a large Tent raised, with an
                    Inner and Outer Apartment, and two Entrances.
                    In one we lay our selves, in the other our Negroes, having light pleasant Matts over us, and
                    others at the same time under us. Also we had
                     a little Place without all for our Buffloes, for they 
                    deserved our Care, being very useful to us, besides carrying Forage and Water for themselves.
                    Their Forager was a Root which our Black Prince
                    directed us to find, not much unlike a Pasnip, very moist and nourishing, of which there was Plenty wherever we came, this horrid Desart excepted.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came the next Morning to decamp,
                    our Negroes took down the Tent, and pull'd up
                     the Stakes, and all was in Motion in as little time 
                    as it was set up. In this Posture we march'd
                    eight Days, and yet could see no End, no Change
                    of our Prospect, but all looking as wild and dismal as at the Beginning. If there was any Alteration, it was, that the Sand was no where so deep
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01140">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(112)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and heavy as it was the first three Days. This
                    we thought might be, because for six Months
                    of the Year the Winds blowing West, (as for
                    the other six, they blew constantly East) the
                     Sand was driven violently to the Side of the Desart 
                    where we set out, where the Mountains lying
                     very high, the Easterly <hi rend="italic">Monsoons</hi>, when they 
                    blew, had not the same Power to drive it back
                    again; and this was confirm'd by our finding
                    the like Depth of Sand on the farthest Extent
                    of the Desart to the West.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was the ninth Day of our Travel in this
                    Wilderness, when we came to the View of a great
                    Lake of Water, and you may be sure this was
                    a particular Satisfaction to us, because we had
                    not Water left for above two or three Days
                    more, at our shortest Allowance; I mean, allowing Water for our Return, if we had been
                    driven to the Necessity of it. Our Water had
                    served us two Days longer than we expected,
                    our Buffloes having found for two or three Days,
                    a kind of Herb like a Broad flat Thistle, tho'
                    without any Prickle, spreading on the Ground
                    and growing in the Sand, which they eat freely
                    of, and which supplied them for Drink as well
                    as Forage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Day, which was the tenth from our
                    setting out, we came to the Edge of this Lake,
                    and very happily for us, we came to it at the
                    South Point of it, for to the North we could see
                    no End of it; so we passed by it, and travelled
                    three Days by the Side of it, which was a great
                    Comfort to us, because it lightened our Burthen, there being no need to carry Water, when
                    we had it in View, and yet, tho' here was so
                    much Water, we found but very little Altera-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01150">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(113)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    tion in the Desart, no Trees, no Grass or Herbage, except that Thistle, as I call'd it, and two
                    or three more Plants, which we did not understand, of which the Desart began to be pretty
                    full.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But as we were refreshed with the Neighbourhood of this Lake of Water, so we were now
                    gotten among a prodigious Number of ravenous
                    Inhabitants, the like whereof, tis most certain
                    the Eye of Man never saw: For as firmly believe,
                    that never Man, nor a Body of Men, passed this
                    Desart since the Flood, so I believe there is not
                    the like Collection of fierce, ravenous, and devouring Creatures in the World; I mean not in
                    any particular Place.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    For a Day's Journey before we came to this
                    Lake, and all the three Days we were passing
                    by it, and for six or seven Days March after it,
                    the Ground was scattered with Elephants Teeth,
                    in such a Number, as is incredible; and as some
                    of them may have lain there for some Hundreds
                    of Years, so feeing the Substance of them scarce
                    ever decayes, they may lye there for ought I
                    know to the End of Time. The Size of some
                    of them is, it seems, to those to whom I have
                    reported it, as incredible as the Number, and I
                    can assure you, there were several so heavy, as
                    the strongest Man among us could not lift. As
                    to Number, I question not but there are enough
                     to load a thousand Sail of the biggest Ships in the 
                    World, by which I may be understood to mean,
                    that the Quantity is not to be conceived of;
                     seeing that as they lasted in View for above eighty 
                    Miles Travelling, so they might continue as far
                    to the right Hand, and to the left as far, and
                    many times as far, for ought we knew; for it
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01160">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(114)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    seems the Number of Elephants hereabouts is
                    prodigious great. In one Place in particular, we
                    saw the Head of an Elephant, with several Teeth
                     in it, but one the biggest that ever I saw: The Flesh 
                    was consumed to be sure many Hundred Years
                    before, and all the other Bones; but three of
                    our strongest Men could not lift this Scull and
                    Teeth: The great Tooth, I believe, weighed at
                    least 300 Weight, and this was particularly remarkable to me, than I observed the whole Scull
                    was as good Ivory as the Teeth, and I believe all
                    together weighed at least 600 Weight, and tho'
                    I do not know but, by the same Rule, all the
                    Bones of the Elephant may be Ivory; yet I
                    think there is this just Objection against it
                    from the Example before me, that then all the
                    other Bones of this Elephant would have been
                    there as well as the Head.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I proposed to our Gunner, that seeing we had
                    travelled now 14 Days without Intermission, and
                    that we had Water here for our Refreshment,
                    and no Want of Food yet, or any Fear of it;
                    we should rest our People a little; and see at
                    the same time, if perhaps we might kill some
                    Creatures that were proper for Food. The Gunner, who had more Forecast of that kind, than
                    I had, agreed to the Proposal, and added, why
                    might we not try to catch some Fish out of the
                    Lake? The first thing we had before us, was
                    to try if we could make any Hooks, and this
                    indeed put our Artificer to his Trumps; however, with some Labour and Difficulty he did it,
                    and we catched fresh Fish of several kinds. How
                    they came there, none but he that made the
                    Lake, and all the World, knows; for to be sure
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01170">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(115)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    no human Hands ever put any in there, or
                    pulled any out before.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We not only catched enough for our present
                    Refreshment, but we dried several large Fishes
                    of Kinds which I cannot describe, in the Sun,
                    by which we lengthen'd out our Provision considerably; for the Heat of the Sun dried them so effectually without Salt, that they were perfectly cured dry and hard in one Day's time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We rested our selves here five Days, during
                    which time we had Abundance of pleasant Adventures with the wild Creatures, too many to
                    relate: One of them was very particular, which
                    was a Chase between a She Lion, or Lioness, and
                    a large Deer; and tho' the Deer is naturally
                    a very nimble Creature, and she flew by us like
                    the Wind, having perhaps about 300 Yards
                    the Start of the Lion, yet we found the Lion
                    by her Strength, and the Goodness of her Lungs,
                    got Ground of her. They past by us within
                    about a Quarter of a Mile, and we had a View
                    of them a great Way, when having given them
                    over, we were surprized about an Hour after, to
                    see them come thundering back again on the
                    other Side of us, and then the Lion was within
                    30 or 40 Yards of her, and both straining to the
                    Extremity of their Speed, when the Deer coming to the Lake, plunged into the Water, and
                    swam for her Life, as she had before run for it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Lioness plunged in after her, and swam a
                    little way, but came back again; and when she
                    was got upon the Land, she set up the most
                    hideous Roar that ever I heard in my Life, as
                    if done in the Rage of having lost her Prey.
                    We walked out Morning and Evening constantly;
                     the Middle of the Day we refreshed our selves under 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01180">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(116)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    our Tent; but one Morning early we saw another
                    Chase, which more nearly concern'd us than the
                    other; for our Black Prince, walking by the
                    Side of the Lake, was set upon by a vast great
                    Crocodile, which came out of the Lake upon
                    him; and tho' he was very light of Foot, yet it
                    was as much as he could do to get away: He
                    fled amain to us, and the Truth is, we did not
                    know what to do, for we were told no Bullet
                    would enter her; and we found it so at first, for
                    tho' three of our Men fired at her, yet she did
                    not mind them; but my Friend the Gunner,
                    a ventrous Fellow, of a bold Heart, and great
                    Presence of Mind, went up so near as to thrust
                    the Muzzle of his Piece into her Mouth, and
                    fired but let his Piece fall, and run for it the
                    very Moment he had fired it: The Creature raged
                    a great while, and spent its Fury upon the Gun,
                    making Marks upon the very Iron with her
                    Teeth, but after some time fainted and died.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Negroes spread the Banks of the Lake
                    all this while, for Game, and at length killed
                    us three Deer, one of them very large, the other
                    two very small. There was Water-Fowl also in the
                    Lake, but we never came near enough to them
                    to shoot any; and, as for the Desart, we saw no
                    Fowls any where in it, but at the Lake.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We likewise killed two or three Civet Cats, but
                    their Flesh is the worst of Carrion; we saw
                    Abundance of Elephants at a Distance, and observed, that they always go in very good Company, that is to say, Abundance of them together, and always extended in a fair Line of
                    Battle; and this, they say, is the way they defend themselves from their Enemies; for if
                    Lions or Tygers, Wolves or any Creatures, at-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01190">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(117)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    tack them, they being drawn up in a Line,
                    sometimes reaching five or six Miles in Length,
                    whatever comes in their Way is sure to be trod
                    under Foot, or beaten in Pieces with their
                    Trunks, or lifted up in the Air with their
                    Trunks; so that if a hundred Lions or Tygers were
                    coming along, if they meet a Line of Elephants,
                    they will always fly back till they see Room
                    to pass by to the Right Hand or to the Left;
                    and if they did not, it would be impossible for
                    one of them to escape; for the Elephant, tho'
                    a heavy Creature, is yet so dexterous and nimble with his Trunk, that he will not fail to lift
                    up the heaviest Lion, or any other wild Creature,
                    and throw him up in the Air quite over his Back,
                    and then trample him to Death with his Feet.
                    We saw several Lines of Battle thus, we saw
                    one so long, that indeed there was no End of it
                    to be seen, and, I believe, their might be 2000
                    Elephants in a Row, or Line. They are not
                    Beasts of Prey, but live upon the Herbage of
                    the Field, as an Ox does, and, it is said, that
                    tho' they are so great a Creature, yet that a
                    smaller Quantity of Forage supplies one of them,
                    than will suffice a Horse.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Numbers of this kind of Creature that
                    are in those Parts are inconceivable, as may be
                    gather'd from the prodigious Quantity of Teeth,
                    which as I said we saw in this vast Desart, and
                    indeed we saw a 100 of them to one of any
                    other Kinds.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    One Evening we were very much surprized;
                    we were most of us laid down upon our Matts to
                    Sleep, when our Watch came running in among
                    us, being frighted with the sudden Roaring of
                    some Lions just by them, which it seems they
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01200">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(118)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    had not seen, the Night being dark, till they
                    were just upon them. There was, as it proved,
                    an old Lion and his whole Family, for there was
                    the Lioness and three young Lions, besides the
                    old King, who was a monstrous great one: One
                    of the young ones, who were good large well
                    grown ones too, leapt up upon one of our Negroes,
                    who stood Centinel, before he saw him, at which
                    he was heartily frighted, cried out, and run
                    into the Tent: Our other Man, who had a
                    Gun, had not Presence of Mind at first to
                    shoot him, but struck him with the But-End
                    of his Piece, which made him whine a little,
                    and then growl at him fearfully; but the Fellow
                    retired, and we being all alarmed, three of our
                    Men snatched up their Guns, run to the Tent-Door, where they saw the great old Lion by the
                    Fire of his Eyes, and first fired at him, but,
                    we supposed, missed him, or at least did not
                    kill him; for they went all off, but raised a
                    most hideous Roar, which, as if they had called
                    for Help, brought down a prodigious Number
                    of Lions, and other furious Creatures, we know
                    not what about them, for we could not see them;
                    but their was a Noise and Yelling, and Howling,
                    and all sort of such Wilderness Musick on every
                     Side of us, as if all the Beasts of the Desart were 
                    assembled to devour us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We asked our Black Prince what we should
                     do with them? <hi rend="italic">Me go</hi>, says he, <hi rend="italic"
                            >fright them all</hi>; so 
                    he snatches up two or three of the worst of our
                    Matts, and, getting one of our Men to strike
                    some Fire, he hangs the Matt up at the End of
                    a Pole, and set it on Fire, and it blazed abroad
                    a good while; at which the Creatures all moved
                    off, for we heard them roar, and make their
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01210">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(119)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    bellowing Noise at a great Distance. Well, says
                    our Gunner, if that will do, we need not burn
                    our Matts, which are our Beds to lay under us,
                    and our Tilting to cover us. Let me alone, says
                    he, so he comes back into our Tent, and falls to
                    making some artificial Fire-Works, and the like;
                    and he gave our Centinels some to be ready at
                    Hand, upon Occasion, and particularly he placed
                    a great Piece of Wild-fire upon the fame Pole
                    that the Matt had been tied to, and set it on
                    Fire, and that burnt there so long, that all the
                    Wild Creatures left us for that time.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, we began to be weary of such Company, and, to be rid of them, we set forward
                    again two Days sooner than we intended. We
                    found now, that tho' the Desart did not end,
                    nor could we see any Appearance of it, yet that
                    the Earth was pretty full of green Stuff, of one
                    sort or another, so that our Cattle had no Want.
                    And secondly, that there were several little
                    Rivers which run into the Lake, and so long
                    as the Country continued low, we found Water
                    sufficient, which eased us very much in our
                    Carriage, and we went on yet sixteen Days more
                    without yet coming to any Appearance of better
                     Soil: After this we found the Country rise a little, 
                    and by that we perceived, that the Water would
                    fail us, so, for fear of the worst, we filled our
                    Bladder Bottles with Water; we found the Country rising gradually thus for three Days continually, when, on the sudden, we perceived, that
                    tho' we had mounted up insensibly, yet that
                    we were on the Top of a very high ridge of Hills,
                    tho' not such as at first.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came to look down on the other Side
                    of the Hills we saw, to the great Joy of all our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01220">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(120)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Hearts, that the Desart was at an End; that
                    the Country was clothed with Green, Abundance
                    of Trees, and a large River, and we made no
                    doubt but that we should find People and Cattel also; and here, by our Gunner's Account,
                    who kept our Computations, we had marched
                    above 400 Miles over this dismal Place of Horrour, having been four and thirty Days a-doing of
                    it, and consequently were come about 1100 Miles
                    of our Journey.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We would willingly have descended the Hills
                    that Night, but it was too late; the next Morning we saw every thing more plain, and rested
                    our selves under the Shade of some Trees;
                    which were now the most refreshing things imaginable to us, who had been scorched above a
                    Month without a Tree to cover us. We found
                    the Country here very pleasant, especially considering that we came from, and we killed
                    some Deer here also, which we found very frequent under the Cover of the Woods; also we
                    killed a creature like a Goat, whose Flesh was
                     very <choice>
                            <corr>good</corr>
                            <sic>god</sic>
                        </choice> to eat, but it was no Goat: We found 
                    also a great Number of Fowls like Partridge,
                    but something smaller, and were very tame, so
                    that we lived here very well; but found no People, at least none that would be seen, no not for
                    several Days Journey; and, to allay our Joy, we
                    were almost every Night disturbed with Lions
                    and Tygers; Elephants indeed we saw none
                    here.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In three Days March we came to a River,
                    which we saw from the Hills, and which we
                    called the Golden River, and we found it run
                    Northward, which was the first Stream we had
                    met with that did so; it run with a very rapid
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01230">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(121)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    current, and our Gunner pulling out his Map,
                     assured me that this was either the River <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi>, 
                    or run into the great Lake; out of which the
                     River <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi> was said to take its Beginning; and he 
                    brought out his Carts and Maps, which by his
                    Instruction, I began to understand very well;
                    and told me, he would convince me of it, and
                    indeed he seemed to make it so plain to me, that
                    I was of the same Opinion.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But I did not enter into the Gunner's Reason
                    for this Enquiry, not in the least, till he went
                    on with it farther, and stated it thus; if
                     this is the River <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi>, why should not we build 
                    some more Canoes, and go down this Stream rather
                    than to expose our selves to any more Desarts
                    and scorching Sands, in Quest of the Sea, which
                    when we are come to, we shall be as much
                    at a Loss how to get home as we were at
                    <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Argument was good, had there been no
                    Objections in the Way, of a Kind which none
                    of us were capable of answering; but upon the
                    whole it was an Undertaking of such a Nature,
                    that every one of us thought it impracticable,
                    and that upon several Accounts; and our Surgeon,
                    who was himself a good Scholar, and a Man of
                    Reading, tho' not acquainted with the Business
                    of Sailing, opposed it; and some of his Reasons,
                    I remember, were such as these; first, the Length
                    of the Way, which both he and the Gunner allowed by the Course of the Water and Turnings
                    of the River, would be at least 4000 Miles. Secondly, <sic>T</sic>he innumerable Crocodiles in the 
                    River, which we should never be able to escape.
                     Thirdly, <sic>The</sic> dreadful Desarts in the Way; 
                    and lastly,the approaching rainy Season, in which
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01240">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(122)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     the Streams of the <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi> would be so furious, and 
                    rise so high, spreading far and wide over all
                    the plain Country, that we should never be able
                    to know when we were in the Channel of the
                    River, and when not, and should certainly be cast
                    away, over-set, or run a-ground so often, that it
                    would be impossible to proceed by a River so
                    excessively dangerous.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This last Reason he made so plain to us, that
                     we began to be so senible of it our selves; so that 
                    we agreed to lay that Thought aside, and proceed
                    in our first Course Westward towards the Sea:
                    But as if we had been loath to depart, we continued, by way of refreshing our selves, to loyter two Days upon this River, in which time
                    our Black Prince, who delighted much in wandering up and down, came one Evening and
                    brought us several little Bits of something, he
                    knew not what; but he found it felt heavy, and
                    looked well, and shewed it to me, as what he
                    thought was some Rarity. I took not much
                    Notice of it to him, but stepping out, and calling the Gunner to me, I shewed it him, and told
                     him what I thought, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. that it was certainly Gold: He agreed with me in that, and also
                    in what follow'd, that we would take the Black
                    Prince out with us the next Day, and make him
                    shew us where he found it, that if there was any
                    Quantity to be found, we would tell our Company of it, but if there was but little, we would
                    keep Counsel, and have it to our selves.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we forgot to engage the Prince in the
                    Secret, who innocently told so much to all the
                    rest, as that they guessed what it was, and came
                    to us to see; when we found it was publick, we
                    were more concerned to prevent their suspect-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01250">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(123)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ing that we had any Design to conceal it, and
                    openly telling our Thoughts of it, we called our
                    Artificer, who agreed presently that it was Gold;
                    so I proposed, that we should all go with the
                    Prince to the Place where he found it, and if any
                    Quantity was to be had, we would lye here some
                    time, and see what we could make of it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, we went every Man of us, for no
                    Man was willing to be left behind in a Discovery of such a Nature. When we came to the
                    Place, we found it was on the West Side of the
                    River, not in the main River, but in another small
                    River or Stream which came from the West, and
                    run into the other River at that Place. We fell
                    to raking in the Sand, and washing it in our
                    Hands, and we seldom took up a Handful of Sand,
                    but we washed some little round Lumps as big as
                    a Pin's Head, or sometimes as big as a Grapestone,
                    into our Hands, and we found in two or three
                    Hours time, that every one had got some, so
                    we agreed to leave off, and go to Dinner.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    While we were eating, it came into my
                    Thoughts, that while we work'd at this Rate in
                    a thing of such Nicety and Consequence, it was
                     ten to one if the Gold, which was the <hi rend="italic">Make-bait</hi> of the World, did not first or last set us 
                    together by the Ears to break our good Articles and our Understanding one among another,
                    and perhaps cause us to part Companies, or
                    worse; I therefore told them, that I was indeed
                    the youngest Man of the Company, but as they
                    had always allowed me to give my Opinion in
                    things, and had sometimes been pleased to follow
                    my Advice, so I had Something to propose now,
                    which I thought, would be for all our Advantages,
                    and I believed they would all like it very well. I
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01260">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(124)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    told them we were in a Country where we all
                    knew there was a great deal of Gold, and that
                    all the World sent Ships thither to get it; that
                    we did not indeed know where it was, and so we
                    might get a great deal, or a little, we did not
                    know whether; but I offered it to them to consider whether it would not be the best Way for
                    us, and to preserve the good Harmony and
                    Friendship that had been always kept among
                    us, and which was so absolutely necessary to our
                    Safety, that what we found should be brought
                    togethert to one common Stock, and be equally
                    divided at last, rather than to run the Hazard of
                    any Difference which might happen among us,
                    from any one's having found more or less than another. I told them, that if we were all upon one
                    Bottom, we should all apply our selves heartily to
                    the Work, and besides that, we might then set
                    our Negroes all to Work for us, and receive
                    equally the Fruit of their Labour, and of our own,
                    and being all exactly alike Sharers, there could
                    be no just Cause of Quarrel or Disgust among us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They all approv'd the Proposal, and every one
                    jointly swore, and gave their Hands to one another, that they would not conceal the least Grain
                    of Gold from the rest; and consented, that if
                    any one or more should be found to conceal
                    any, all that he had should be taken from him,
                    and divided among the rest: And one thing
                    more was added to it by our Gunner, from Considerations equally good and just; that if any one
                    of us, by any Play, Bett, Game, or Wager, won
                    any Money or Gold, or the Value of any from
                    another, during our whole Voyage till our Return
                     quite to <hi rend="italic">Portugal</hi>, he should be obliged by us all 
                    to restore it again on the Penalty of being dis-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01270">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(125)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    arm'd, and turn'd out of the Company, and of
                    having no Relief from us on any Account whatsoever. This was to prevent Wagering and Playing
                    for Money, which our Men were apt to do by several Means, and at several Games, tho' they
                    had neither Cards or Dice.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having made this wholesom Agreement, we
                    went chearfully to Work, and shew'd our Negroes how to work for us; and working up the
                    Stream on both Sides, and in the Bottom of the
                    River, we spent about three Weeks Time dabbling in the Water; by which time, as it lay all
                    in our Way, we had gone about six Miles, and
                    not more; and still the higher we went, the
                    more Gold we found; till at last, having pass'd by
                    the Side of a Hill, we perceived on a sudden,
                    that the Gold stopp'd, and that there was not a
                    Bit taken up beyond that Place; it presently occurr'd to my Mind, that it must then be from
                    the Side of that little Hill that all the Gold we
                    found was work'd down.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this, we went back to the Hill, and fell
                    to Work with that. We found the Earth loose,
                    and of a yellowish loamy Colour, and in some
                    Places, a white hard Kind of Stone, which in
                    describing since to some of our Artists, they tell
                    me was the Spar which is found by the Oar, and
                    surrounds it in the Mine. However, if it had
                    been all Gold, we had no Instrument to force it
                    out; so we passed that: But scratching into the
                    loose Earth with our Fingers, we came to a surprizing Place, where the Earth for the Quantity of
                    two Bushels, I believe, or thereabouts, crumbled
                    down with little more than touching it, and apparently shewed us that there was a great deal of
                    Gold in it. We took it all carefully up, and
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01280">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(126)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    washing it in the Water, the loamy Earth wash'd
                    away, and left the Gold Dust free in our Hands;
                    and that which was more remarkable, was, that
                    when this loose Earth was all taken away, and we
                    came to the Rock or hard Stone, there was not
                    one Grain of Gold more to be found.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At Night we came all together to see what we
                    had got, and it appeared we had found in that
                    Day's Heap of Earth, about Seven and Fifty
                    Pound Weight of Gold Dust, and about Thirty
                    Four Pound more in all the rest of our Works
                    in the River.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was a happy Kind of Disappointment to us,
                    that we found a full Stop put to our Work;
                    for had the Quantity of Gold been ever so small,
                    yet had any at all come, I do not know when we
                    should have given over; for having rummaged this
                    Place, and not finding the least Grain of Gold in
                    any other Place, or in any of the Earth there,
                    except in that loose Parcel, we went quite back
                    down the small River again, working it over and
                    over again, as long as we could find any thing
                    how small soever; and we did get six or seven
                    Pound more the second time. Then we went
                    into the first River, and tried it up the Stream
                    and down the Stream, on the one Side and on the
                    other. Up the Stream we found nothing, no not
                    a Grain; down the Stream we found very little,
                    not above the Quantity of Half an Ounce in two
                    Miles working; so back we came again to the
                    Golden River, as we justly called it, and work'd
                    it up the Stream and down the Stream twice more
                    a-piece, and every time we found some Gold, and perhaps might have done so, if we had stay'd
                    there till this time; but the Quantity was at last
                    so small, and the Work so much the harder,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01290">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(127)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that we agreed by Consent to give it over, lest we
                    should fatigue our selves and our Negroes so,
                    as to be quite unfit for our Journey. When we
                    had brought all our Purchase together, we had in
                    the whole three Pound and a Half of Gold to
                    a Man, Share and Share alike, according to such
                    a Weight and Scale as our ingenious Cutler made
                    for us to weigh it by, which he did indeed by
                    guess, but which, as he said he was sure was rather more than less, and so it prov'd at last; for
                    it was near two Ounces more than Weight in a
                    Pound. Besides this, there was seven or eight
                    Pound Weight left, which we agreed to leave in
                    his Hands, to work it into such Shapes as we
                    thought fit to give away to such People as we
                    might yet meet with, from whom we might have
                    Occasion to buy Provisions, or even to buy Friendship, or the like; and particularly we gave about
                    a Pound to our Black Prince, which he hammer'd
                    and work'd by his own indefatigable Hand, and
                    some Tools our Artificer lent him, into little
                    round Bits, as round almost as Beads, tho' not
                    exact in Shape, and drilling Holes thro' them,
                    put them all upon a String, and wore them about
                    his black Neck, and they look'd very well there
                    I assure you; but he was many Months a-doing it.
                    And thus ended our first Golden Adventure.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We now began to discover what we had not
                    troubled our Heads much about before; and that
                    was, that let the Country be good or bad that
                    we were in, we could not travel much farther, for
                    a considerable time. We had been now five Months
                    and upwards in our Journey, and the Season
                    began to change; and Nature told us, that being
                    in a Climate that had a Winter as well as a Summer, tho' of a differing Kind from what our own
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01300">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(128)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Country produced, we were to expect a wet Season, and such as we should not be able to travel in, 
                    as well by reason of the Rain it self, as of the
                    Floods which it would occasion wherever we
                    should come; and tho' we had been no Strangers to those wet Seasons in the Island of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, yet we had not thought much of them 
                    since we begun our Travels; for setting out when
                    the Sun was about the Solstice, that is, when it
                    was at the greatest Northern Distance from us,
                    we had found the Benefit of it in our Travels.
                    But now it drew near us apace, and we found
                    it began to rain; upon which we called another General Council, in which we debated
                    our present Circumstances, and in particular,
                    whether we should go forward, or seek for a proper Place upon the Bank of our Golden River,
                    which had been so lucky to us to fix our Camp
                    for the Winter.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon the whole, it was resolved to abide where
                    we were; and it was not the least Part of our
                    Happiness that we did so, as shall appear in its
                    Place.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having resolved upon this, our first Measures
                    were to set our Negroes to Work, to make Hutts
                    or Houses for our Habitation; and this they did
                    very dexterously; only that we changed the
                    Ground where we had at first intended it, thinking, as indeed it happen'd, that the river might
                    reach it upon any sudden Rain. Our Camp was
                    like a little Town, in which our Hutts were in
                    the Center, having one large one in the Center of
                    them also, into which all our particular Lodgings
                    opened; so that none of us went into our Apartments, but thro' a publick Tent where we all eat
                    and drank together, and kept our Councils and
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01310">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(129)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Society, and our Carpenters made us Tables,
                    Benches, and Stools in Abundance, as many as
                    we could make use of.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had no Need of Chimneys, it was hot
                    enough without Fire; but yet we found our selves
                    at last oblig'd to keep a Fire every Night upon
                    a particular Occasion: For tho' we had in all
                    other Respects a very pleasant and agreeable  <choice>
                        <sic>Scituation</sic>
                        <corr>Situation</corr>
                    </choice>, yet we were rather worse troubled with
                    the unwelcome Visits of wild Beasts here, than in
                    the Wilderness it self; for as the Deer, and other
                    gentle Creatures came hither for Shelter and
                    Food, so the Lions, and Tigers, and Leopards,
                    haunted these Places continually for Prey.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When first we discovered this, we were so
                    uneasy at it, that we thought of removing our
                        <choice>
                            <sic>Scituation</sic>
                            <corr>Situation</corr>
                        </choice> but after many Debates about it, we 
                     resolved to fortify our selves in such a Manner, as 
                    not to be in any Danger from it; and this our
                    Carpenters undertook, who first palisadoed our
                    Camp quite round with long Stakes (for we had
                    Wood enough) which Stakes were not stuck in
                    one by another like Pales, but in an irregular
                    Manner; a great Multitude of them so placed,
                    that they tool up near two Yards in Thickness,
                    some higher, some lower, all sharpened at the
                    Top, and about a Foot asunder; so that had
                    any Creature jump'd at them, unless he had gone
                    clean over, which it was very hard to do, he
                    would be hung upon twenty or thirty Spikes.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Entrance into this, had larger Stakes than
                    the rest, placed so before one another, as to make
                    three or four short Turnings, which no four-footed Beast bigger than a Dog could possibly
                    come in at; and that we might not be attack'd
                    by any Multitude together, and consequently be
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01320">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(130)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    alarm'd in our Sleep, as we had been, or be
                    oblig'd to waste our Ammunition, which we
                    were very chary of, we kept a great Fire every
                    Night without the Entrance of our Palisade, having a Hutt for our two Centinels to stand in
                    free from the Rain, just within the Entrance, and
                    right against the Fire.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    To maintain this Fire, we cut a prodigious
                    deal of Wood, and piled it upon a Heap to dry,
                    and with the green Boughs made a second Covering over our Hutts, so high and thick, that
                     it might cast the Rain off from the first, and keep 
                    us effectually dry.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had scarce finished all these Works, but
                    that the Rain came on so fierce, and so continued, that we had little time to stir abroad for
                    Food, except indeed that our Negroes, who wore
                    no Clothes, seem'd to make nothing of the Rain,
                     tho' to us <hi rend="italic">Europeans</hi> in those hot Climates, nothing 
                    is more dangerous.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We continued in this Posture for four Months,
                     that is, from the Middle of <hi rend="italic">June</hi> to the Middle 
                     of <hi rend="italic">October</hi>; for tho' the Rains went off, at least 
                     the greatest Violence of them, about the <hi rend="italic">Equinox</hi>, 
                    yet as the Sun was then just over our Heads, we
                     resolved to stay a while till it was pass'd us a little 
                    to the Southward.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    During our Encampment here, we had several
                    Adventures with the ravenous Creatures of that
                    Country, and had not our Fire been always
                    kept burning, I question much whether all our
                    Fence, tho' we strengthen'd it afterwards with
                    twelve or fourteen Rows of Stakes more, would
                    have kept us secure. It was always in the Night
                    that we had the Disturbance of them, and sometimes they came in such Multitudes, that we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01330">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(131)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thought all the Lions, and Tigers, and Leopards,
                     and Wolves of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi> were come together to attack us. One Night being clear Moonshine, one
                    of our Men being upon the Watch, told us, he
                    verily believed he saw Ten Thousand wild Creatures of one Sort or another, pass by our little
                    Camp; and ever as they saw the Fire, they sheer'd
                    off, but were sure to howl or roar, or whatever
                    it was, when they were past.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Musick of their Voices was very far from
                    being pleasant to us, and sometimes would be so
                    very disturbing, that we could not sleep for it;
                    and often our Centinels would call us, that were
                    awake to come and look at them. It was one windy
                    tempestuous Night after a very rainy Day, that
                    we were indeed all called up; for such innumerable Numbers of Devilish Creatures came about
                    us, that our Watch really thought they would
                    attack us. They would not come on the Side
                    where the Fire was; and tho' we thought our
                    selves secure every where else, yet we all got up,
                    and took to our Arms. The Moon was near the
                    Full, but the Air full of flying Clouds, and a
                    strange Hurricane of Wind to add to the Terror
                    of the Night; when looking on the Back Part
                    of our Camp, I thought I saw a Creature within our Fortification, and so indeed he was, except
                    his Haunches; for he had taken a running Leap,
                    I suppose, and with all his Might had thrown
                    himself clear over our Palisadoes, except one
                    strong Pile which stood higher than the rest, and
                    which had caught hold of him, and by his Weight
                    he had hang'd himself upon it, the Spike of the
                    Pile running into his Hinder-Haunch or Thigh,
                    on the Inside, and by that he hung growling and
                    biting the Wood for Rage. I snatcht up a Lance
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01340">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(132)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    from one of the Negroes that stood just by me
                    and running to him, struck it three or four Times
                    into him, and dispatch'd him; being unwilling to
                    shoot, because I had a Mind to have a Volley fired
                    among the rest, whom I could see standing without as thick as a Drove of Bullocks going to a
                    Fair. I immediately called our People out, and
                    shewed them the Object of Terror which I had
                    seen, and without any farther Consultation, fired
                    a full Volley among them, most of our Pieces
                    being loaden with two or three Sluggs or Bullets
                    a-piece. It made a horrible Clutter among them,
                    and in general they all took to their Heels, on1y that we could observe, that some walk'd off
                    with more Gravity and Majesty than others, being not so much frighted at the Noise and Fire;
                    and we could perceive that some were left upon
                    the Ground struggling as for Life, but we durst
                    not stir out to see what they were.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Indeed they stood so thick, and were so near
                    us, that we could not well miss killing or wounding some of them, and we believe they had certainly the Smell of us, and of our Victuals we had
                    been killing; for we had killed a Deer, and three
                    or four of those Creatures like Goats, the Day
                    before; and some of the Offal had been thrown
                    out behind our Camp, and this we suppose drew
                    them so much about us; but we avoided it for
                    the future.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Tho' the Creatures fled, yet we heard a frightful Roaring all Night at the Place where they
                    stood, which we supposed was from some that
                    were wounded; and as soon as Day came, we went
                    out to see what Execution we had done, and,
                    indeed, it was a strange Sight; there were three
                    Tygers and two Wolves quite killed, besides
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01350">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(133)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the Creature I had killed within our Palisado,
                     which seem'd to be of an ill-gendered kind, between 
                    a Tyger and a Leopard. Besides this, there was a
                    noble old Lion alive, but with both his Fore Legs
                    broke, so that he could not stir away, and he
                    had almost beat himself to Death with struggling all Night; and we found, that this was the
                    wounded Soldier that had roared so loud, and
                    given us so much Disturbance: Our Surgeon,
                    looking at him, smiled; Now, says he, if could
                    be sure this Lion would be as grateful to me,
                     as one of his Majesty's Ancestors was to <hi rend="italic">Andronicus</hi> the <hi rend="italic">Roman</hi> Slave, I would
                        certainly set both 
                    his Legs again, and cure him. I had not heard,
                     the Story of <hi rend="italic">Andronicus</hi>, so he told it me at large; 
                    but as to the Surgeon, we told him, he had
                    no Way to know whether the Lion would do so
                    or not, but to cure him first, and trust to his
                    Honour; but he had no Faith; so, to dispatch
                    him, and put him out of his Torment, he shot
                    him into the Head, and killed him, for which we
                    called him the King-Killer ever after.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Negroes found no less than five of these
                    ravenous Creatures wounded and dropt at a
                    Distance from our Quarters; whereof, one was
                    a Wolf, one a fine spotted young Leopard, and
                    the other were Creatures that we knew not what
                    to call them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had several more of these Gentle-folks
                     about us after that, but no such general Rendezvous 
                    of them as that was, any more; but this ill Effect
                    it had to us, that it frighted the Deer and
                    other Creatures from our Neighbourhood, of
                    whose Company we were much more desirous,
                    and who were necessary for our Subsistence:
                    However, our Negroes went out every Day a-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01360">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(134)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Hunting, as they called it, with Bow and Arrow,
                    and they scarce ever failed of bringing us home
                    something or other; and particularly we found
                    in this Part of the Country, after the Rains had
                    fallen some time, Abundance of Wild-fowl, such
                     as we have in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>; Duck, Teal, Widgeon, 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. some Geese, and some Kinds that we had 
                    never seen before, and we frequently killed them.
                    Also we catched a great Deal of fresh Fish out
                    of the River, so that we wanted no Provision;
                    if we wanted any thing, it was Salt to eat with
                    our fresh Meat, but we had a little left, and we
                    used it sparingly; for, as to our Negroes, they
                    would not taste it, nor did they care to eat any
                    Meat that was seasoned with it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Weather began now to clear up, the Rains
                    were down, and the Floods abated, and the Sun,
                    which had passed our Zenith, was gone to the
                    Southward a good Way, so we prepared to go
                    on of our Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     It was the 12th of <hi rend="italic">October</hi> or thereabouts, that 
                    we began to set forward, and having an easy
                    Country to travel in, as well as to supply us with
                    Provisions, tho' still without Inhabitants, we
                    made more Dispatch, travelling some times, as we
                    calculated it 20 or 25 Miles a Day; nor did we
                    halt any were in eleven Days March, one Day
                    excepted, which was to make a Raft to carry
                    us over a small River, which having swelled
                    with the Rains was not yet quite down.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we were past this River, which by the
                    Way run to the Northward too, we found a great
                    Row of Hills in our Way; we saw indeed the
                    Country open to the Right at a great Distance,
                    but as we kept true to our Course due West, we
                    were not willing to go a great Way out of our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01370">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(135)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Way, only to shun a few Hills; so we advanced;
                    but we were surprized, when being not quite come
                    to the Top, one of our Company who with two
                     Negroes was got up before us, cry'd out the <hi rend="italic">Sea!</hi>
                     the <hi rend="italic">Sea!</hi> and fell a-dancing and jumping as Signs 
                    of Joy.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Gunner and I were most surprized at it,
                    because we had but that Morning been calculating, that we must have yet above a 1000 Miles
                    to the Sea-side, and that we could not expect to
                    reach it till an other rainy Season would be
                    upon us, so that when our Man cry'd out the
                    Sea, the Gunner was angry, and said he was
                    mad.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we were both in the greatest Surprize imaginable, when coming to the Top of the Hill, and
                    tho' it was very high, we saw nothing but Water,
                    either before us, or to the right Hand or the
                    left, being a vast Sea without any Bound but the
                    Horizon.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We went down the Hill full of Confusion of
                    Thought, not being able to conceive whereabouts we were, or what it must be, seeing by
                    all our Charts the Sea was yet a vast Way off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was not above three Miles from the Hills
                    before we came to the Shore, or Water-edge
                    of this Sea, and there, to our further Surprize,
                    we found the Water fresh and pleasant to drink;
                    so that in short we knew not what Course to
                    take: The Sea, as we thought it to be, put a
                    full stop to our Journey, (I mean Westward) for
                    it lay just in the Way. Our next Question was
                    which Hand to turn to, to the Right or the
                    Left, but this was soon resolved; for as we
                    knew not the Extent of it, we considered that
                    our Way, if it had been the Sea really, must be to
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01380">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(136)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the North; and therefore, if we went to the
                    South now, it must be just so much out of our Way
                    at last: So having spent a good Part of the Day
                    in our Surprize at the Thing, and consulting what
                    to do, we set forward to the North.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We travelled upon the Shore of this Sea full
                    23 Days, before we could come to any Resolution about what it was; at the End of which,
                    early one Morning, one of our Seamen cried
                    out Land, and it was no false Alarm, for we saw
                    plainly the Tops of some Hills at a very great
                    Distance, on the further Side of the Water, due
                    West; but tho' this satisfied us that it was
                    not the Sea, but an Inland Sea or Lake, yet
                    we saw no Land to the Northward, that is so say,
                    no End of it; but were obliged to travel eight
                    Days more, and near a 100 Miles further, before
                    we came to the End of it, and then we found
                    this Lake or Sea ended in a very great River,
                    which run N. or N. by E. as the other River had
                    done, which I mention'd before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    My Friend the Gunner, upon examining, said,
                    that he believed that he was mistaken before,
                     and that this was the River <hi rend="italic">Nile</hi>, but was still 
                    of the Mind, that we were of before, that we
                     should not think of a Voyage into <hi rend="italic">Egypt</hi> that Way; 
                    so we resolved upon crossing this River, which
                    however was not so easy as before, the River
                    being very rapid, and the Channel very broad.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It cost us therefore a Week here to get Materials to waft our selves and Cattel over this
                    River; for tho' here were Store of Trees, yet
                    there were none of any considerable Growth,
                    sufficient to make a Canoe.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    During our March on the Edge of this Bank,
                    we met with great Fatigue, and therefore tra-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01390">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    (137)
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    vell'd fewer Miles in a Day than before, there
                    being such a prodigious Number of little Rivers
                    that came down from the Hills on the East Side,
                    emptying themselves into this Gulph, all which
                    Waters were pretty high, the Rains having
                    been but newly over.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the last three Days of our Travel we met
                    with some Inhabitants, but we found they lived
                    upon the little Hills, and not by the Water Side;
                    nor were we a little put to it for Food in this
                    March, having killed nothing for four or five
                    Days, but some Fish we caught out of the Lake,
                    and that not in such Plenty as we found before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But to make us some amends, we had no Disturbance upon all the Shore of this Lake, from any
                    wild Beasts; the only Inconveniency of that Kind
                    was, that we met an ugly, venemous, deformed
                    kind of a Snake or Serpent in the wet Grounds
                     near the Lake, that several times pursued us, as if 
                    it would attack us; and if we struck at, or threw
                    any thing at it, would raise it self up, and hiss
                    as loud it might be heard a great Way; it had
                    a hellish, ugly, deformed Look and Voice, and
                    our Men would not be perswaded but it was the
                    Devil, only that we did not know what Business
                    Satan could have there, where there were no
                    People.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was very remarkable that we had now travelled a 1000 Miles without meeting with any
                    People, in the Heart of the whole Continent
                     of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, where to be sure never Man set his 
                     Foot since the Sons of <hi rend="italic">Noah</hi> spread themselves over the Face of the whole Earth; here
                    also our Gunner took an Observation with his
                    Forestaff to determine our Latitude, and he
                    found now, that having marched about 33 Days
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01400">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(138)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Northward, we were in 6 Degrees 22 Minutes
                    South Latitude.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    After having with great Difficulty got over
                    this River, we came into a strange wild Country,
                    that began a little to affright us; for tho' the
                    Country was not a Desart of dry scalding Sand,
                    as that was we had passed before, yet it was
                    mountainous, barren and infinitely full of most
                    furious wild Beasts, more than any Place we had
                    past yet. There was indeed a kind of coarse
                    Herbage on the Surface, and now and then a
                    few Trees or rather Shrubs; but People we
                    could see none, and we began to be in great
                    Suspense about Victuals; for we had not killed
                    a Deer a great while, but had lived chiefly upon
                    Fish and Fowl alway by the Water Side, both
                    which seemed to fail us now; and we were in the
                    more Consternation, because we could not lay in
                     a Stock here to proceed upon, as we did before, but 
                    were obliged to set out with Scarcity, and without any Certainty of a Supply.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had however no Remedy but Patience;
                    and having killed some Fowls, and dried some
                    Fish, as much as with short Allowance we reckoned would last us five Days, we resolved to venture, and venture we did; nor was it without
                    Cause that we were apprehensive of the Danger, for we travelled the five Days, and met
                    neither with Fish, or Fowl, or four-footed Beast
                    whose Flesh was fit to eat; and we were in a
                    most dreadful Apprehension of being famished
                    to Death; on the sixth Day we almost fasted,
                    or, as we may say, we eat up all the Scraps of
                    what we had left, and at Night lay down supperless upon our Matts with heavy Hearts, being obliged the eighth Day to kill one of our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01410">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(139)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="page" n="01410">
                    poor faithful Servants the Buffloes, that carry'd
                    our Baggage; the flesh of this Creature was very
                    good, and so sparingly did we eat of it, that it
                    lasted us all three Days and a half, and was just
                    spent; and we were upon the point of killing
                    another, when we saw before us a Country that
                    promised better, having high Trees and a large
                    River in the middle of it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This encouraged us, and we quicken'd our
                    March for the River Side, tho' with empty Stomachs, and very faint and weak; but before
                    we came to this River we had the good Hap to
                    meet with some young Deer, a Thing we had
                    long wished for. In a Word, having shot three
                     of them, we came to a full Stop to fill our Bellies, 
                    and never gave the Flesh time to cool before we
                    eat it; nay 'twas much we could stay to kill it,
                    and had not eaten it alive, for we were in short
                    almost famished.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Through all that unhospitable Country we saw
                    continually Lions, Tygers, Leopards, Civet Cats,
                    and Abundance of Kinds of Creatures that we
                    did not understand; we saw no Elephants, but
                    every now and then we met with an Elephant's
                    Tooth lying on the Ground, and some of them
                    lying as it were half buried by the Length of
                    Time that they had lain there.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came to the Shore of this River,
                    we found it run Northerly still, as all the rest
                    had done, but with this Difference, that as the
                    Course of the other Rivers were N. by E. or
                    N. N. E. the Course of this lay N. N. W.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    On the farther Bank of this River we saw
                    some Sign of Inhabitants, but met with none
                    for the first Day; but the next Day we came
                    into an Inhabited Country, the People all Ne-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01420">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(140)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    groes, and stark naked, without Shame, both
                    Men and Women.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We made Signs of Friendship to them, and
                    found them a very frank, civil, and friendly sort
                    of People. They came to our Negroes without
                    any Suspition, nor did they give us any Reason
                    to suspect them of any Villainy, as the others
                    had done; we made Signs to them that we
                    were hungry, and immediately some naked
                    Women ran and fetched us great Quantities of
                    Roots, and of Things like Pumpkins, which
                    we made no Scruple to eat; and our Artificer
                    shewed them some of his Trinkets that he had
                    made, some of Iron, some of Silver, but none
                    of Gold: They had so much Judgment to chuse
                    that of Silver before the Iron, but when we
                    shewed them some Gold, we found they did not
                    value it so much as either of the other.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    For some of these Things they brought us
                    more Provisions, and three living Creatures as
                    big as Calves, but not of that Kind; neither did
                    we ever see any of them before; their Flesh was
                    very good; and after that they brought us
                    twelve more, and some smaller Creatures, like
                    Hares, all which were very welcome to us who
                    were indeed at a very great Loss for Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We grew very intimate with these People,
                     and indeed they were the civillest and most friendly People that we met with at all, and mightily
                    pleased with us; and which was very particular,
                    they were much easier to be made to understand
                    our Meaning, than any we had met with before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At last, we began to enquire our Way, pointing to the West, they made us understand easily
                    that we could not go that Way, but they
                    pointed to us, that we might go North-West,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01430">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(141)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    so that we presently understood that there was
                    another Lake in our Way, which proved to be
                    true; for in two Days more we saw it plain, and
                    it held us till we past the Equinoctial Line,
                    lying all the Way on our left Hand, tho' at
                    a great Distance.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Travelling thus Northward, our Gunner
                    seemed very anxious about our Proceedings; for
                    he assured us, and made me sensible of it by
                    the Maps, which he had been teaching me out
                    of, that when we came into the Latitude of six
                    Degrees, or thereabouts, North of the Line, the
                    land trended away to the West, to such a Length,
                    that we should not come at the Sea under a March
                    of above 1500 Miles farther Westward than the
                    Country we desired to go to. I asked him if there
                    were no Navigable Rivers that we might meet
                    with, which running into the West Ocean, might
                    perhaps carry us down their Stream, and then if
                    it were 1500 Miles, or twice 1500 Miles, we might
                    do well enough, if we could but get Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here he shewed me the Maps again, and that
                    there appeared no River whose Stream was of
                    any such Length as to do us any Kindness, till
                    we came perhaps within 2 or 300 Miles of the
                     Shore, except the <hi rend="italic">Rio Grande</hi>, as they call it, 
                    which lay farther Northward from us, at least
                    700 Miles; and that then he knew not what
                    kind of Country it might carry us through; for
                    he said it was his Opinion, that the Heats on
                    the North of the Line, even in the same Latitude,
                    were violent, and the Country more desolate,
                    barren, and barbarous than those of the South;
                    and that when we came among the Negroes in
                     the North Part of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, next the Sea, especially those who had seen and trafficked with
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01440">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(142)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     the <hi rend="italic">Europeans</hi>, such as <hi rend="italic">Dutch,
                            English, Portuguese, Spaniards</hi>, &amp;c. that they had most of them been so 
                    ill used at some time or other, that they would
                    certainly put all the Spight they could upon
                    us in meer Revenge.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon these Considerations, he advised us, that
                    as soon as we had passed this Lake, we should
                     proceed W. S. W. that is to say, a little enclining 
                    to the South, and that in Time we should meet
                     with the great River <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi>, from whence the 
                     Coast is called <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi>, being a little North of <hi
                            rend="italic">Angola</hi>, where we intended at first to go. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I asked him, if ever he had been on the Coast
                     of <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi>; he said yes he had, but was never on 
                    Shore there: Then I asked him, how we should get
                     from thence to the Coast where the <hi rend="italic">European</hi>
                    Ships came, seeing if the Land trended away
                    West for 1500 Miles, we must have all that Shore
                    to traverse, before we could double the West
                    Point of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He told me, it was ten to one but we should
                     hear of some <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Ships to take us in, for 
                     that they often visited the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi> and 
                        <hi rend="italic">Angola</hi>, in Trade with the Negroes; and that if 
                    we could not, yet, if we could but find Provisions, we should make our Way as well along
                    the Sea-Shore, as along the River, till we came
                    to the Gold Coast, which he said was not above
                     4 or 500 Miles North of <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi>, besides the turning of the Coast West about 300 more; that
                    Shore being in the Latitude of six or seven Degrees, and that there the <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, or <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutch</hi>, or      
                        <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, had Settlements or Factories, <choice>
                            <sic>perpaps</sic>
                            <corr>perhaps</corr>
                        </choice> all 
                    of them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I confess, I had more Mind all the while he argued, to have gone Northward, and Shipt our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01450">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(143)</fw>
                    </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                     selves in the <hi rend="italic">Rio Grand</hi>, or as the Traders call it, 
                     the River <hi rend="italic">Negro</hi> or <hi rend="italic">Niger</hi>, for
                        I knew that at last 
                     it would bring us down to the <hi rend="italic">Cape de Verd</hi>, 
                    where we were sure of Relief; whereas at the
                    Coast we were going to now, we had a prodigious
                    Way still to go, either by Sea or Land, and no
                    Certainty which way to get Provisions but by
                    Force; but for the present I held my Tongue,
                    because it was my Tutor's Opinion.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But when, according to his Desire, we came
                    to turn Southward, having passed beyond the
                    second great Lake, our Men began all to be uneasy,
                    and said, we were now out of our Way for certain, for that we were going farther from home,
                    and that we were indeed far enough off already.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we had not marched above twelve Days
                    more, eight whereof was taken up in rounding
                    the Lake, and four more Southwest, in order to
                     make for the River <hi rend="italic">Congo</hi>, but we were put to another full Stop, by entring a Country so desolate, so frightful, and so wild, that we knew not
                    what to think or do; for besides that it appeared
                    as a terrible and boundless Desart, having neither
                    Woods, Trees, Rivers, or Inhabitants; so even
                    the Place where we were, was desolate of Inhabitants, nor had we any Way to gather in a Stock
                    of Provisions for the pafling this Desart, as we
                    did before at our entring the first, unless we had
                    marched back four Days to the Place where we
                    turned the Head of the Lake.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Well, notwithstanding this we ventured, for
                    to Men that had passed such wild Places as we
                    had done, nothing could seem too desperate to
                    undertake: We ventured I say, and the rather because we saw very high Mountains in our way at a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01460">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(144)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    great Distance, and we imagined, wherever there
                    was Mountains, there would be Springs and
                    Rivers, where Rivers, there would be Trees and
                    Grass, where Trees and Grass, there would be
                    Cattel, and where Cattel, some Kind of Inhabitants.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At last, in Consequence of this speculative Philosophy, we entered this Wast, having a great
                    Heap of Roots and Plants for our Bread, such as
                     the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> gave us, a very little Flesh, or Salt, 
                    and but a little Water.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We travelled two Days towards those Hills,
                     and still they seemed as far off as they did at first, 
                    and it was the fifth Day before we got to them;
                    indeed we travelled but softly, for it was excessive hot, and we were much about the very
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Equinoctial</hi> Line, we hardly knew whether to the 
                    South or the North of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As we had concluded that, where there were
                    Hills there would be Springs, so it happened;
                    but we were not only surprized, but really frighted, to find the first Spring we came to, and which
                    looked admirably clear and beautiful, be salt
                    as Brine: It was a terrible Disappointment to us,
                    and put us under melancholy Apprehensions at
                    first; but the Gunner who was of a Spirit never
                    discouraged, told us we should not be disturbed at
                    that, but be very thankful, for Salt was a Bait we
                    stood in as much Need of as any thing, and there
                    was no Question but we should find fresh Water
                    as well as Salt; and here our Surgeon steps in
                    to encourage us, and told us, that if we did not
                    know, he would shew us a Way how to make that
                    salt Water fresh, which indeed made us all more
                    chearful, tho' we wondered what he meant.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01470">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(145)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Mean time our Men, without bidding, had
                    been seeking about for other Springs, and found
                    several, but still they were all salt; from whence
                    we concluded, that there was a salt Rock or Mineral Stone in those Mountains, and perhaps they
                    might be all of such a Substance: But still I wondered by what Witchcraft it was that our Artist the Surgeon would make this salt Water
                    turn fresh, and I long'd to see the Experiment,
                    which was indeed a very odd one but he went
                    to Work with as much Assurance, as if he had
                    try'd it on the very Spot before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He took two of our large Matts, and sow'd
                    them together, and they made a kind of a Bag
                    four Foot broad, three Foot and a Half high,
                    and about a Foot and a Half thick when it was
                    full.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He caused us to fill this Bag with dry Sand,
                    and tread it down as close as we could, not to
                    burst the Matts. When thus the Bag was full
                    within a Foot, he sought some other Earth, and
                     filled up the rest with it, and still trod it all in as 
                    hard as he could. When he had done, he made
                    a Hole in the upper Earth, about as broad as the
                    Crown of a large Hat, or something bigger about,
                    but not so deep, and bad a Negroe fill it with
                     Water, and still as it shrunk away, to fill it again, 
                    and keep it full. The Bag he had placed at first
                    cross two Pieces of Wood, about a Foot from the
                    Ground, and under it he ordered some of our
                    Skins to be spread, that would hold Water. In
                    about an Hour, and not sooner, the Water began
                    to come dropping thro' the Bottom of the Bag,
                    and to our great Surprize, was perfect fresh and
                    sweet; and this continued for several Hours: But
                    in the End, the Water began to be a little
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01480">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(146)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    brackish. When we told him that, Well then,
                        <hi rend="italic">said he</hi>, turn the Sand out, and fill it again; 
                    whether he did this by way of Experiment from
                    his own Fancy, or whether he had seen it done
                    before, I do not remember.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Day we mounted the Tops of the
                    Hills, where the Prospect was indeed astonishing;
                    for as far as the Eye could look, South, or
                    West, or North-West, there was nothing to be
                    seen but a vast howling Wilderness, with neither
                    Tree or River, or any green thing. The Surface
                    we found, as the Part we passed the Day before,
                    had a kind of thick Moss upon it, of a blackish
                    dead Colour, but nothing in it that look'd like
                    Food, either for Man or Beast.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Had we been stored with Provisions to have entred for ten or twenty Days upon this Wilderness. as we were formerly, and with fresh Water,
                    we had Hearts good enough to have ventured;
                    tho' we had been obliged to come back again; for
                    if we went North, we did not know but we might
                    meet with the same; but we neither had Provisions, neither were we in any Place where it was
                    possible to get them. We killed some wild ferine
                    Creatures at the Foot of these Hills; but except
                    two things like to nothing that we ever saw
                    before, we met with nothing that was fit to eat.
                    These were Creatures that seemed to be between
                    the Kind of a Buffloe and a Deer, but indeed resembled neither; for they had no Horns, and had
                    great Legs like a Cow, with a fine Head, and the
                    Neck like a Deer. We killed also at several times
                    a Tiger, two young Lions, and a Wolf, but, God
                    be thanked, we were not so reduced as to eat
                    Carrion.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01490">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(147)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this terrible Prospect I renew'd my Motion of turning Northward, and making towards
                     the River <hi rend="italic">Niger</hi>, or <hi rend="italic">Rio
                        Grand</hi>, then to turn West 
                     towards the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Settlements on the Gold Coast, 
                    to which every one most readily consented, only
                    our Gunner, who was indeed our best Guide, tho'
                    he happen'd to be mistaken at this time. He moved, that as our Coast was <hi rend="italic">now</hi> Northward, so we 
                    might slant away North West, that so by crossing
                    the Country, we might perhaps meet with some
                     other River that run into the <hi rend="italic">Rio Grand</hi> Northward, or down to the Gold Coast Southward, and
                    so both direct our Way, and shorten the Labour;
                    as also, because, if any of the Country was inhabited and fruitful, we should probably find it
                    upon the Shore of the Rivers, where alone we
                    could be furnished with Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was good Advice, and too rational not to
                    be taken; but our present Business was, what to
                    do to get out of this dreadful Place we were in;
                    behind us was a Wast, which had already cost us
                    five Days March, and we had not Provisions for
                    five Days left to go back again the same Way.
                    Before us was nothing but Horrour as above, so
                    we resolv'd, seeing the Ridge of Hills we were
                    upon had some Appearance of Fruitfulness, and
                    that they seemed to lead away to the Northward
                    a great Way, to keep under the Foot of them
                    on the East Side, to go on as far as we could,
                    and in the mean time to look diligently out for
                    Food.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly we moved on the next Morning;
                    for we had no time to lose, and to our great Comfort we came in our first Morning's March to very good Springs of fresh Water; and least we
                    should have a Scarcity again, we filled all our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01500">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(148)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Bladder Bottles, and carried it with us. I should
                    also have observed, that our Surgeon who made
                    the salt Water fresh, took the Opportunity of
                    those salt Springs, and made us the Quantity of
                    three or four Pecks of very good Salt.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In our third March we found an unexpected
                    Supply of Food, the Hills being full of Hares;
                    they were of a kind something different from
                     ours in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, larger, and not so swift of Foot, 
                    but very good Meat. We shot several of them,
                    and the little tame Leopard, which I told you we
                    took at the Negroe Town that we plundered, hunted them like a Dog, and killed us several every
                    Day; but she would eat nothing of them unless we
                    gave it her, which indeed in our Circumstance
                    was very obliging. We salted them a little, and
                    dried them in the Sun whole, and carry'd a strange
                    Parcel along with us, I think it was almost three
                    Hundred; for we did not know when we might
                    find any more, either of these, or any other Food.
                    We continued our Course under these Hills very
                    comfortably eight or nine Days, when we found
                    to our great Satisfaction, the Country beyond us
                    began to look with something a better Countenance. As for the West Side of the Hills, we
                    never examin'd it till this Day, when three of our
                    Company, the rest halting for Refreshment,
                    mounted the Hills again to satisfy their Curiosity, but found it all the same; nor could they
                    see any End of it, no not to the North, the Way
                    we were going; so the tenth Day finding the Hills
                    made a Turn, and led as it were into the vast Desart, we left them, and continued our Course
                    North; the Country being very tolerably full of
                    Woods, some Wast, but not tediously long; till
                    we came, by our Gunner's Observation, into the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01510">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(149)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Latitude of 8 Degrees, 5 Minutes, which we
                    were nineteen Days more a performing.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All this Way we found no Inhabitants, Abundance of wild ravenous Creatures, with whom
                    we became so well acquainted now, that really
                    we did not much mind them. We saw Lions
                    and Tigers, and Leopards every Night and Morning in Abundance; but as they seldom came
                    near us, we let them go about their Business; if
                    they offer'd to come near us, we made false Fire
                    with any Gun that was uncharged, and they
                    would walk off as soon as they saw the Flash.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We made pretty good Shift for Food all this
                    Way; for sometimes we killed Hares, sometimes
                    some Fowls, but for my Life I cannot give Names
                    to any of them, except a kind of Partridge, and
                    another that was like our Turtles. Now and then
                    we began to meet with Elephants again in great
                    Numbers, those Creatures delighting chiefly in
                    the woody Part of the Country.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This long continued March fatigued us very
                    much, and two of our Men fell sick, indeed so
                    very sick, we thought they would have died; and
                    one of our Negroes died suddenly. Our Surgeon
                     said it was an Apoplexy, but he <hi rend="italic">wondered at it</hi>, 
                        <hi rend="italic">he said</hi>, for he could never complain of his high 
                    Feeding. Another of them was very ill, but our
                    Surgeon with much ado perswading him, indeed
                    it was almost forcing him, to be let Blood, he recover'd.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We halted here twelve Days for the sake of
                    our sick Men, and our Surgeon perswaded me,
                    and three or four more of us, to be let Blood
                    during the time of Rest, which with other things
                    he gave us, contributed very much to our conti-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01520">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(150)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    nued Health, in so tedious a March, and in so hot
                    a Climate.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In this March we pitched our matted Tents
                    every Night, and they were very comfortable
                    to us, tho' we had Trees and Woods to shelter
                    us also in most Places. We thought it very
                    strange, that in all this Part of the Country we
                    yet met with no Inhabitants; but the principal
                    Reason as we found afterwards was, that we having kept a Western Course first, and then a
                    Northern Course, were gotten too much into
                    the Middle of the Country, and among the Desarts: Whereas the Inhabitants are principally
                    found among the Rivers, Lakes, and Low-Lands
                    as well to the South-West, as to the North.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    What little Rivulets we found here, were so
                    empty of Water, that except some Pits, and
                    little more than ordinary Pools, there was
                    scarce any Water to be seen in them; and they
                    rather shewed, that during the Rainy Months
                    they had a Channel, than that they had really
                    any running Water in them at that time: By
                    which it was easy for us to judge, that we had
                    a great Way to go; but this was no Discouragement so long as we had but Provisions, and some
                    reasonable Shelter from the violent Heat, which
                    indeed I thought was much greater now, than
                    when the Sun was just over our Heads.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men being recovered, we set forward again,
                    very well stored with Provisions and Water sufficient, and bending our Course a little to the
                    Westward of the North, travelled in Hopes of
                    some favourable Stream which might bear a Canoe; but we found none till after twenty Days
                    Travel, including eight Days Rest, for our Men
                    being weak we rested very often, especially
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01530">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(151)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    when we came to Places which were proper for
                    our Purpose; where we found Cattel, Fowl, or
                    any thing to kill for our Food. In those twenty
                    Days March, we advanced four Degrees to the
                    Northward, besides some Meridian Distance Westward, and we met with Abundance of Elephants,
                    and with a good Number of Elephants Teeth
                    scatter'd up and down, here and there, in the
                    Woody Grounds especially; some of which were
                    very large. But they were no Booty to us; our
                    Business was Provisions, and a good Passage out of
                    the Country; and it had been much more to our
                    Purpose, to have found a good fat Deer, and to
                    have killed it for our Food, than a hundred Ton
                    of Elephants Teeth; and yet as you shall presently hear, when we came to begin our Passage
                    by Water, we once thought, to have built a
                    large Canoe on purpose to have loaded her with
                    Ivory, but this was when we knew nothing of
                    the Rivers, nor knew anything how dangerous, and
                    how difficult a Passage it was that we were like
                    to have in them, nor had considered the Weight
                    of Carriage to lug them to the Rivers where
                    we might Embark.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At the End of twenty Days Travel, as above,
                    in the Latitude of three Degrees, sixteen Minutes, we discovered in a Valley, at some Distance
                    from us, a pretty tolerable Stream, which we
                    thought deserved the Name of a River, and
                    which run its Course N. N. W. which was
                    just what we wanted. As we had fixt our Thoughts
                    upon our Passage by Water, we took this for the
                    Place to make the Experiment, and bent our
                    March directly to the Valley.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There was a small Thicket of Trees just in our
                    Way, which we went by, thinking no harm,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01540">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(152)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    when on a sudden one of our Negroes was very
                    dangerously wounded with an Arrow, shot into
                    his Back slantting between his Shoulders. This
                    put us to a full Stop, and three of our Men with
                    but a small one, found a Negro with a Bow,
                    but no Arrow, who would have escaped but our
                    Men that discovered him, slot him in Revenge of the Mischief he had done; so we lost the
                    Opportunity of taking him Prisoner, which if we
                    had done, and sent him home with good Usage,
                    it might have brought others to us in a friendly
                    Manner.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Going a little farther, we came to five Negro
                    Hutts or Houses, built after a differing Manner
                    from any we had seen yet; and at the Door of
                    one of them, lay seven Elephants Teeth piled
                    up aganst the Wall or Side of the Hutt, as if
                    they had been provided against a Market: Here
                    were no Men, but seven or eight Women, and
                    near twenty Children: We offered them no Uncivility of any kind, but gave them every one a
                    Bit of Silver beaten out thin, as I observed before, and cut Diamond fashion, or in the Shape
                    of a Bird; at which the Women were over-joy'd
                    and brought out to us several Sorts of Food,
                    which we did not understand, being Cakes of
                    a Meal made of Roots, which they bake in the
                    Sun, and which eat very well. We went a little
                    Way farther, and pitched our Camp for that
                    Night, not doubting but our Civility to the
                    Women would produce some good Effect, when
                    their Husbands might come Home.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, the next Morning, the Women,
                    with eleven Men, five young Boys, and two good
                    big Girls, came to our Camp; before they came
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01550">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(153)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    quite to us, the Women called aloud, and made
                    an odd <sic>screeking</sic> Noise, to bring us out, and
                    accordingly we came out, when two of the Women, shewing us what we had given them, and
                    pointing to the Company behind, made such
                    Signs as we could easily understand signified
                    Friendship. When the Men advanced, having
                    Bows and Arrows, they laid them down on the
                    Ground, scraped, and threw Sand over their
                    Heads, and turned round three times with their
                    Hands laid up upon the Tops of their Heads.
                    This it seems, was a solemn Vow of Friendship.
                    Upon this we beckon'd them with our Hands to
                    come nearer; then they sent the Boys and Girls
                    to us first, which, it seems was to bring us more
                    Cakes of Bread, and some green Herbs, to eat,
                     which we receiv'd, and took the Boys up and kissed, 
                    them, and the little Girls too; then the Men came
                    up close to us, and sat them down on the Ground,
                    making Signs, that we should sit down by them,
                    which we did. They said much to one another,
                    but we could not understand them, nor could
                    we find any way to make them understand us;
                    much less whither we were going, or what we
                    wanted, only that we easily made them understand we wanted Victuals; whereupon one of
                    the Men casting his Eyes about him towards a
                    rising Ground that was about half a Mile off,
                     starts up as if he was frighted, flies to the Place 
                    where they had laid down their Bows and Arrows, snatches up a Bow and two Arrows, and
                    run like a race Horse to the Place: When he
                    came there, he let fly both his Arrows, and
                    comes back again to us with the same Speed;
                    we seeing he came with the Bow, but without the
                    Arrows, were the more inquisitive, but the Fellow
                    
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01560">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(154)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    saying nothing to us, beckons to one of our Negroes to come to him, and we bid him go; so he led
                    him back to the Place,where lay a kind of a Deer,
                    shot with two Arrows, but not quite dead; and,
                    between them, they brought it down to us. This
                    was for a Gift to us, and was very welcome, I
                    assure you, for our Stock was low. These People were all stark naked.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Day there came about a Hundred
                    Men to us, and Women, making the same aukward
                    Signals of Friendship; and dancing and shewing
                    themselves very well pleased, and any thing they
                    had they gave us. How the Man in the Wood
                    came to be so butcherly and rude, as to shoot at
                    our Men, without making any Breach first, we
                    could not imagine; for the People were simple,
                    plain, and inoffensive, in all our other Conversation with them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    From hence we went down the Bank of the
                    little River I mentioned, and where I found we
                    should see whole Nations of Negroes, but whether friendly to us, or not, that we could make
                    no Judgment of yet.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The River was of no Use to us, as to the Design
                    of making Canoes, a great while, and we traversed the Country, on the Edge of it about
                    five Days mores when our Carpenters finding
                    the Stream encrease, proposed to pitch our
                    Tents, and fall to work to make Canoes; but
                    after we had begun the Work, and cut down
                    two or three Trees, and spent five Days in the
                    Labour, some of our Men wandring further
                    down the River, brought us Word, that the
                    Stream rather decreased than encreased, sinking
                    away into the Sands, or drying up by the Heat
                    of the Sun; so that the River appeared not able
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01570">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(155)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to carry the least Canoe, that could be any way
                    useful to us, so we were obliged to give over our
                    Enterprize, and move on.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In our further Prospect this Way, we march'd
                    three Days full West the Country on the North
                    Side, being extraordinary mountainous, and more
                    parched and dry than any we had seen yet;
                    whereas, in the Part which looks due West, we
                    found a pleasant Valley, running a great way
                    between two great Ridges of Mountains: The
                    Hills look'd frightful, being entirely bare of
                    Trees or Grass, and even white with the Driness
                    of the Sand; but in the Valley we had Trees,
                    Grass, and some Creatures that were fit for
                    Food, and some Inhabitants.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We past by some of their Hutts or Houses,
                    and saw People about them, but they run up into
                    the Hills as soon as they saw us; at the End of
                    this Valley we met with a peopled Country,
                    and at first it put us to some doubt, whether
                    we should go among them, or keep up towards.
                    the Hills Northerly; and as our Aim was principally, as before, to make our Way to the River
                        <hi rend="italic">Niger</hi>, we enclined to the latter, pursuing our 
                    Course by the Compass to the N. W. We march'd
                    thus without Interruption seven Days more,
                    when we met with a surprizing Circumstance,
                    much more desolate and disconsolate than our
                    own, and, which, in time to come, will scarce
                    seem credible.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We did not much seek the conversing, or acquainting our selves with the Natives of the
                    Country, except where we found the Want of
                    them for our Provision, or their Direction for
                    our Way; so that whereas we found the Country
                    here begin to be very populous, especially to-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01580">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(156)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    wards our left Hand, that is, to the South, we
                     kept at the more Distance Northerly, still stretching towards the West.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In this Tract we found Something or other to
                    kill and eat, which always supplied our Necessity,
                    tho' not so well as we were provided in our first
                    setting out; being thus, as it were, pushing to
                    avoid the peopled Country, we at last came to a
                    very pleasant, agreeable Stream of Water, not
                    big enough to be called a River, but running to
                    the N. N. W. which was the very Course we
                    desired to go.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    On the farthest Bank of this Brook we perceiv'd
                    some Hutts of Negroes not many, and in a little
                     low Spot of Ground some <hi rend="italic">Maise</hi> or <hi rend="italic"
                            >Indian</hi> Corn 
                    growing, which intimated presently to us, that
                     there were some Inhabitants on that Side, less barbarous than what we had met with in other
                    Places where we had been.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">     
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As we went forward our whole Carravan being
                    in a Body, our Negroes, who were in the Front,
                     cry'd out, that they saw a <hi rend="italic">White Man</hi>; we were not 
                     much surprized at first, it being, as we thought, a 
                    Mistake of the Fellows, and asked them what
                    they meant; when one of them stept to me,
                    and pointing to a Hutt on the other Side of the
                    Hill, I was astonished to see a White Man
                    indeed, but stark naked, very busy near the
                    Door of his Hutt, and stooping down to
                    the Ground with something in his Hand, as if he
                    had been at some Work, and his back being towards us, he did not see us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I gave Notice to our Negroes to make no Noise,
                    and waited till some more of our Men were come
                    up, to shew the Sight to them, that they might be
                    sure I was not mistaken, and we were soon satis-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01590">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(157)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    fied of the Truth; for the Man having heard
                    some Noise, started up, and looked full at us,
                    as much surprized, to be sure, as we were,
                    but whether with Fear or Hope, we then
                    knew not.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As he discovered us, so did the rest of the Inhabitants belonging to the Hutts about him, and
                    all crouded together, looking at us at a Distance:
                    A little Bottom, in which the Brook ran, lying
                    between us, the white Man, and all the rest,
                    as he told us afterwards, not knowing well whether they should stay, or run away: However, it
                    presently came into my Thoughts, that if there
                    were white Men among them, it would be much
                    easier for us to make them understand what we
                    meant, as to Peace or War, than we found it with
                    others; so tying a Piece of white Rag to the End
                    of a Stick, we sent two Negroes with it to the
                    Bank of the Water, carrying the Pole up as
                    high as they could; it was presently understood
                    and two of their Men, and the white Man, came
                    to the Shore on the other Side.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     However, as the white Man spoke no <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, 
                    they could understand nothing of one another,
                    but by Signs; but our Men made the white Man
                    understand, that they had white Men with,
                    them too, at which they said the white Man
                    laught. However, to be short, our Men came
                    back, and told us they were all good Friends,
                    and in about an Hour four of our Men, two Negroes, and the Black Prince went to the River
                    Side, were the white Man came to them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They had not been half a Quarter of an Hour,
                    but a Negro came running to me, and told me
                     the white Man was <hi rend="italic">Inglese</hi>, as he called him; 
                    upon which I run back, eagerly enough you may
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01600">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(158)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    be sure with him, and found as he said, that he
                     was an <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi>; upon which he embraced 
                    me very passionately, the Tears running down
                    his Face. The first Surprize of his seeing us
                    was over before we came, but any one may conceive of it, by the brief Account he gave us afterwards of his very unhappy Circumstance; and
                    of so unexpeced a Deliverance, such as perhaps
                    never happened to any Man in the World; for it
                    was a Million to one odds, that ever he could
                    have been relieved; nothing but an Adventure
                    that never was heard or read of before, could
                    have suited his Case, unless Heaven by some Miracle that never was to be expected, had acted
                    for him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He appeared to be a Gentleman, not an ordinary bred Fellow, Seaman, or labouring Man;
                    this shewed it self in his Behaviour, in the first
                    Moment of our conversing with him, and in
                    spight of all the Disadvantages of his miserable
                    Circumstance.
                        </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He was a middle-aged Man, not above 37 or 38,
                    tho' his Beard was grown exceeding long, and the
                    Hair of his Head and face strangely covered him
                    to the Middle of his Back and Breast, he was
                    white, and his Skin very fine, tho' discoloured,
                    and in some Places blistered and covered with a
                    brown blackish Substance, scurfy, scaly, and hard
                    which was the Effect of the scorching Heat of
                    the Sun; he was stark naked, and had been so,
                    as he told us, upwards of two Years.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He was so exceedingly transported at our meeting with him, that he could scarce enter into
                    any Discourse at all with us for that Day, and
                    when he could get away from us for a little,
                    we saw him walking alone, and shewing all the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01610">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    (159)
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    most extravagant Tokens of an ungovernable
                    Joy; and even afterwards he was never without
                    Tears in his Eyes for several Days, upon the least
                    Word spoken by us of his Circumtances, or by
                    him of his Deliverance.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found his Behaviour the most courteous
                    and endearing I ever saw in any Man whatever,
                    and most evident Tokens of a mannerly well-bred Person appeared in all things he did or said;
                    and our People were exceedingly taken with him.
                    He was a Scholar, and a Mathematician; he
                    could not <choice><corr>speak</corr><sic>speek</sic></choice> <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> indeed, but he spoke 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Latin</hi> to our Surgeon, <hi rend="italic">French</hi>
                        to another of our 
                     Men, and <hi rend="italic">Italian</hi> to a Third. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He had no Leisure in his Thoughts to ask us
                    whence we came, whither we were going, or
                    who we were; but would have it always as an
                    Answer to himself, that to be sure wherever
                    we were a-going, we came from Heaven, and were
                    sent on purpose to save him from the most
                    wretched Condition that ever Man was reduced to.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men pitching their Camp on the Bank
                    of a little River, opposite to him, he began to
                    enquire what Store of Provision we had, and
                    how we proposed to be supplied; when he found
                    that our Store was but small, he said he would
                    talk with the Natives, and we should have Provisions enough; for he said they were the most
                    courteous, good natured Part of the Inhabitants
                    in all that Part of the Country, as, we might
                    suppose by his living so safe among them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first things this Gentleman did for us were
                    indeed of the greatest Consequence to us; for
                    first he perfectly informed us where we were,
                    and which was the properest Course for us to
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01620">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(160)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    steer: secondly, he put us in a Way how to furnish our selves effectually with Provisions; and
                    Thirdly, he was our compleat Interpreter and
                    Peace-maker with all the Natives, who now
                    began to be very numerous about us; and who
                    were a more fierce and politick People than
                    those we had met with before; not so easily
                    terrified with our Arms as those, and not so
                    ignorant, as to give their Provisions and Corn
                    for our little Toys, such as I said before our
                    Artificer made; but as they had frequently traded
                     and conversed with the <hi rend="italic">Europeans</hi> on the Coast, 
                    or with other Negro Nations that had traded
                    and been concerned with them, they were the less
                    ignorant, and the less fearful, and consequently
                    nothing was to be had from them but by Exchange for such things as they liked.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This I say of the Negro Natives, which we
                    soon came among; but as to these poor People that he lived among, they were not much
                    acquainted with Things, being at the Distance
                    of above 300 Miles from the Coast, only that
                    they found Elephants Teeth upon the Hills to
                    the North, which they took and carried about
                    sixty or seventy Miles South, where other trading
                    Negroes usually met them, and gave them Beads
                    Glass, Shels, and Cowries for them, such as
                     the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> and <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> and
                        other Traders, furnish 
                    them with from <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We now began to be more familiar with our new
                    Acquaintance; and first, tho' we made but a sorry
                    Figure as to Clothes our selves, having neither
                    Shoe, or Stocking, or Glove or Hat among us,
                    and but very few Shirts, yet as well as we could
                    we clothed him; and first our Surgeon having
                    Scissers and Razors, shaved him, and cut his
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01630">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(161)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     Hair; a Hat, as I say, we had not in all our Stores, 
                    but he supply'd himself by making himself a Cap
                    of a Piece of a Leopard Skin, most artificially.
                    As for Shoes or Stockings, he had gone so long
                    without them, that he cared not even for the Buskins and Foot-Gloves we wore, which I described above.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As he had been curious to hear the whole Story
                    of our Travels, and was exceedingly delighted
                    with the Relation; so we were no less to know,
                    and pleased with the Account of his Circumstance,
                    and the History of his coming to that strange
                    Place alone, and in that Condition, which we
                    found him in, as above.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Account of his would indeed be in it self
                    the Subject of an agreeable History, and would be
                    as long and as diverting as our own, having in
                    it many strange and extraordinary Incidents,
                    but we cannot have Room here to launch out
                    into so long a Digression; the Sum of his History
                    was this.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     He had been a Factor for the <hi rend="italic">Englih Guiney</hi>
                     Company at <hi rend="italic">Siera Leon</hi>, or some other of their 
                     Settlements which had been taken by the <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, 
                    where he had been plundered of all his own Effects, as well as of what was intrusted to him by
                    the Company. Whether it was, that the Company did not do him Justice in restoring his Circumstances, or in further employing him, he
                    quitted their Service, and was employed by those
                    they called Separate Traders; and being afterwards out of Employ there also, traded on his
                    own Account; when passing unwarily into one of
                    the Company's Settlements, he was either betray'd
                    into the Hands of some of the Natives, or some
                    how or other was surprized by them. Howe-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01640">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(162)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ver, as they did not kill him, he found Means to
                    escape from them at that time, and fled to another
                    Nation of the Natives, who being Enemies to the
                    other, entertained him friendly, and with them
                    he lived some time; but not liking his Quarters,
                    or his Company, he fled again, and several times
                    changed his Landlords; sometimes was carry'd
                    by Force, sometimes hurried by Fear, as Circumstances altered with him (the Variety of
                    which deserves a History by it self) till at last
                    he had wandred beyond all Possibility of Return,
                    and had taken up his Abode where we found him,
                    where he was well received by the petty King of
                    the Tribe he lived with; and he, in Return, instructed them how to value the Product of their
                    Labour, and on what Terms to trade with those
                    Negroes who came up to them for Teeth.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As he was naked, and had no Clothes, so he
                    was naked of Arms for his Defence, having neither Gun, Sword, Staff, or any Instrument of
                    War about him, no not to guard himself against
                    the Attacks of a wild Beast, of which the Country was very full. We asked him how he came
                    to be so entirely abandoned of all Concern for his
                    Safety? He answered, That to him that had so
                    often wish'd for Death, Life was not worth defending; and that as he was entirely at the Mercy of the Negroes, they had much the more Confidence in him, seeing he had no Weapons to hurt
                    them. As for wild Beasts, he was not much concerned about that; for he scarce ever went from
                    his Hutt; but if he did, the Negroe King and
                    his Men went all with him, and they were all armed with Bows and Arrows, and Lances, with
                    which they would kill any of the ravenous Creatures, Lions as well as others; but that they sel-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01650">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(163)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    dom came abroad in the Day; and if the Negroes wander any where in the Night, they always build a Hutt for themselves, and make a
                    Fire at the Door of it, which is Guard enough.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We enquired of him, what we should next do
                    towards getting to the Sea-side; he told us we
                     were about 120 <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Leagues from the Coast, 
                     where almost all the <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Settlements and 
                    Factories were, and which is called the Gold
                    Coast; but that there were so many different Nations of Negroes in the Way, that it wvas ten to
                    one if we were not either fought with continually, ot starv'd for Want of Provisions: But that
                    there were two other Ways to go, which, if he
                    had had any Company to go with him, he had often
                    contrived to make his Escape by. The one was
                    to travel full West, which, tho' it was farther to
                    go, yet was not so full of People; and the People
                    we should find, would be so much the civiller
                    to us, or be so much the easier to fight with: Or,
                    that the other Way was, if possible, to get to the
                        <hi rend="italic">Rio Grand</hi>, and go down the Stream in Canoes. 
                    We told him, that was the Way we had resolved on before we met with him; but then
                    he told us, there was a prodigious Desart to go
                     over, and as prodigious Woods to go <choice>
                            <sic>thro,'</sic>
                            <corr>thro',</corr>
                        </choice> before we came to it, and that both together were
                    at least twenty Days March for us, travel as hard
                    as we could.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We ask'd him, if there were no Horses in
                    the Country, or Asses, or even Bullocks or Buffloes to make use of in such a Journey, and we
                    shewed him ours, of which we had but three left;
                    he said No, all the Country did not afford any
                    thing of that kind.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01660">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(164)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He told us, that in this great Wood there
                    were innumerable Numbers of Elephants, and
                    upon the Desart, great Multitudes of Lions,
                     Linxes, Tygers, and Leopards, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. and that it 
                    was to that Wood, and to that Desart that the
                    Negroes went to get Elephants Teeth, where
                    they never failed to find a great Number.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We enquired still more, and particularly the
                    Way to the Gold Coast, and if there were no
                    Rivers to ease us in our Carriage; and told
                    him, as to the Negroes fighting with us, we
                    were not much concern'd at that; nor were we
                    afraid of starving; for if they had any Victuals
                    among them, we would have our Share of it:
                    And therefore, if he would venture to shew us
                    the Way, we would venture to go; and as for
                    himself, we told him we would live and dye
                    together, there should not a Man of us stir from
                    him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He told us, with all his Heart, if we resolv'd
                    it, and would venture, we might be assured he
                    would take his Fate with us, and he would endeavour to guide us such a Way, as we should
                    meet with some friendly Savages who would use
                    us well, and perhaps stand by us against some
                    others who were less tractable: So, in a Word,
                    we all resolved to go full South for the Gold
                    Coast.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Morning he came to us again, and
                    being all met in Council, as we may call it, he
                    began to talk very seriously with us, that since
                    we were now come after a long Journey to a View
                    of the End of our Troubles, and had been so obliging to him, as to offer Carrying him with
                    us, he had been all Night revolving in his
                    Minid what he and we all might do to make
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01670">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(165)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    our selves some Amends for all our Sorrows;
                    and first he said, he was to let me know, that
                    we were just then in one of the richest Parts of
                    the World, tho' it was really otherwise, but a
                    desolate, disconsolate Wilderness; for says he,
                    there's not a River here but runs Gold, not a
                    Desart but without Plowing bears a Crop of Ivory. What Mines of Gold, what immense Stores
                    of Gold those Mountains may contains, from
                    whence these Rivers come, or the Shores which
                    these Waters run by, we know not, but may
                     imagine that they must be inconceivably rich, seeing so much is washed down the Stream by the
                    Water washing the Sides of the Land, that the
                     Quantity suffices all the Traders which the <hi rend="italic">European</hi> World send thither. We ask'd him how 
                    far they went for it, seeing the Ships only trade
                    upon the Coast. He told us, that the Negroes
                    on the Coast search the Rivers up for the Length
                    of 150 or 200 Miles, and would be out a Month
                    or two or three at a Time, and always come
                    Home sufficiently rewarded; but, says he, they
                    never come thus far, and yet hereabouts is as
                    much Gold as there. Upon this he told us,
                    that he believed he might have gotten a Hundred Pound Weight of Gold, since he came thither, if he had employed himself to look and
                    work for it, but as he knew not what to do
                    with it, and had long since despaired of being
                    ever delivered from the Misery he was in, he
                    had entirely omitted it. For what Advantage
                    had it been to me, said he, or what richer had
                    I been, if I had a Ton of Gold Dust, and lay and
                     wallowed in it; the Richness of it, <hi rend="italic">said he</hi>, would
                        not 
                    give me one Moment's Felicity, or relieve me in
                     the present Exigency. Nay, says he, as you all see, 
                     
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01680">
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(166)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    it would not buy me Clothes to cover me, or a
                    Drop of Drink to save me from perishing. 'Tis
                    of no Value here, says he; there are several
                    People among there Hutts that would weigh Gold
                    against a few Glass Beads, or a Cockle-Shell, and
                    give you a Handful of Gold Dust for a Handful of Cowries. <hi rend="italic">N. B.</hi> These are little Shells 
                    which our Children call Blackamores Teeth.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When he had said thus, he pulled out a Piece
                    of an earthen Pot baked hard in the Sun: Here                    
                        <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, is some of the Dirt of this Country, and 
                    if I would, I could have got a great deal more;
                    and shewing it to us, I believe there was between two and three Pound Weight of Gold Dust,
                    of the same Kind and Colour with that we had
                    gotten already, as before. After we had look'd
                    at it a while, he told us smiling, we were his Deliverers, and all he had, as well as his Life, was
                    ours; and therefore, as this would be of Value
                    to us when we came to our own Country, so he
                    desired we would accept of it among us, and that
                    this was the only time that he had repented
                    that he had pickt up no more of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I spoke for him as his Interpreter to my Comrades, and in their Names thank'd him; but
                     speaking to them in <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, I desired them 
                    to refer the Accepting his Kindness to the next
                    Morning, and so I did, telling him we would farther talk of this Part in the Morning; so we
                    parted for that time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When he was gone, I found they were all wonderfully affected with his Discourse, and with the
                    Generosity of his Temper, as well as the Magnificence of his Present, which in another Place had
                    been extraordinary. Upon the whole, not to
                    detain you with Circumstances we agreed, that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01690">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(167)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    seeing he was now one of our Number, and that
                    as we were a Relief to him in carrying him out
                    of the dismal Condition he was in, so he was
                    equally a Relief to us, in being our Guide thro'
                    the rest of the Country, our Interpreter with the
                    Natives, and our Director how to manage with
                    the Savages, and how to enrich our selves with
                    the Wealth of the Country; that therefore we
                    would put his Gold among our common Stock,
                    and every one should give him as much as would
                    make his up just as much as any single Share of
                    our own, and for the future we would take our
                    Lot together, taking his solemn Engagement to
                    us, as we had before one to another, that we
                    would not conceal the least Grain of Gold we
                    found, one from another.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the next Conference we acquainted him with
                    the Adventures of the Golden River, and how
                    we had shared what we got there; so that every
                    Man had a larger Stock than he for his Share;
                    that therefore instead of taking any from him, we
                    had resolved every one to add a little to him. He
                    appeared very glad that we had met with such
                    good Success, but would not take a Grain from
                     us, till at last pressing him very hard, he told us, 
                    that then he would take it thus: That when we
                    came to get any more, he would have so much
                    out of the first as Should make him even, and
                    then we would go on as equal Adventurers; and
                    thus we agreed.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He then told us, he thought it would not be
                    an unprofitable Adventure, if before we set forward, and after we had got a Stock of Pro-
                    visions, we should make a Journey North to the
                    Edge of the Desart he had told us of, from
                    whence our Negroes might bring every one a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01700">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(168)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    large Elephant's Tooth, and that he would get
                    some more to assist; and that after a certain.
                    Length of Carriage, they might be conveyed by
                    Canoes to the Coast, where they would yield a
                    very great Profit.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I objected against this, on Account of our other
                    Design we had of getting Gold Dust; and that
                    our Negroes, who, we knew would be faithful
                    to us, would get much more by searching the
                    Rivers for Gold for us, than by lugging a great
                    Tooth of an Hundred and fifty Pound Weight, a
                    Hundred Mile, or more, which would be an
                    unsufferable Labour to them after so hard a Journey, and would certainly kill them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He acquiesced in the Justice of this Answer,
                    but fain would have had us gone to see the
                    woody Part of the Hills, and the Edge of the
                    Desart, that we might see how the Elephants
                    Teeth lay scattered up and down there; but
                    when we told him the Story of what we had seen
                    before, as is said above, he said no more.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We stay'd here twelve Days, during which
                    Time the Natives were very obliging to us, and
                    brought us Fruits, Pompions, and a Root like
                    Carrots, tho' of quite another Taste, but not
                     unpleasant neither, and some <hi rend="italic">Guiney</hi> Fowls whose 
                    Names we did not know. In short, they brought
                    us Plenty of what they had, and we lived very
                    well, and we gave them all such little Things as
                    our Cutler had made, for he had now a whole
                    Bag full of them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    On the thirteenth Day we set forward, taking
                    our new Gentleman with us. At Parting, the
                    Negroe King lent two Savages with a Present
                    to him, of some dried Flesh, but I do not remember what it was, and he gave him again three
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01710">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(169)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Silver Birds which our Cutler help'd him to,
                    which I assure you was a Present for a King.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We travelled now South, a little West, and
                    here we found the first River for above 2000
                    Miles March, whose Water run South, all the
                    rest running North or West. We followed this
                    River, which was no bigger than a good large
                     Brook in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, till it began to encrease its 
                     Water. Every now and then we found our <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi> went down as it were privately to the 
                    Water, which was to try the Land. At Length,
                    after a Day's March upon this River, he came
                    running up to us with his Hands full Sand, and
                     saying <hi rend="italic">Look here</hi>. Upon looking, we found that a 
                    good deal of Gold lay spangled among the Sand
                    of the River. Now, says he, I think we may
                    begin to work; so he divided our Negroes into Couples, and set them to Work, to search and
                    wash the Sand and Ooze in the Bottom of the
                    Water where it was not deep.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the first Day and a Quarter, our Men all
                    together had gathered a Pound and two Ounces
                    of Gold, or thereabouts; and as we found the
                    Quantity encreased, the farther we went, we
                    followed it about three Days, till another small
                    Rivulet join'd the first, and then searching up
                    the Stream, we found Gold there too; so we
                    pitch'd our Camp in the Angle where the Rivers join'd, and we diverted our selves, as I may
                    call it, in washing the Gold out of the Sand of
                    the River, and in getting Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we stay'd thirteen Days more, in which
                    time we had many pleasant Adventures with the
                    Savages, too long to mention here, and some of
                    them too homely to tell off; for some of our Men
                    had made something free with their Women,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01720">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(170)</fw>
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    which, had not our new Guide made Peace for
                    us with one of their Men, at the Price of seven
                    fine Bits of Silver, which our Artificer had cut
                    out into the Shapes of Lions, and Fishes, and
                    Birds, and had punch'd Holes to hang them up
                    by (an inestimable Treasure!) we must have gone
                    to War with them and all their People.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All the while we were busy washing Gold Dust
                    out of the Rivers, and our Negroes the like, our
                    ingenious Cutler was hammering and cutting, and
                    he was grown so dexterous by Use, that he formed all Manner of Images. He cut out Elephants, Tygers, Civet Cats, Ostriches, Eagles,
                    Cranes, Fowls, Fishes, and indeed whatever he
                    pleased, in thin Plates of hammer'd Gold, for
                    his Silver and Iron was almost all gone.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At one of the Towns of these Savage Nations we were very friendly received by their
                    King; and as he was very much taken with our
                    Workman's Toys, he sold him an Elephant cut
                    out of a Gold Plate as thin as a Six-pence, at
                    an extravagant Rate. He was so much taken
                    with it, that he would not be quiet till he had
                    given him almost a Handful of Gold Dust, as
                    they call it. I suppose it might weigh three
                    Quarters of a Pound; the Piece of Gold that
                    the Elephant was made of, might be about the
                    Weight of a Pistole, rather less than more. Our
                    Artist was so honest, tho' the Labour and Art was
                    all his own, that he brought all the Gold, and
                    put it into our common Stock: But we had indeed
                    no Manner of Reason in the least to be covetous; for, as our new Guide told us, we that
                    were strong enough to defend our selves, and
                    had Time enough to stay (for we were none of
                    us in Haste) might in time get together what
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01730">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(171)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Quantity of Gold we pleased, even to an Hundred Pound Weight a Man, if we thought fit; and
                    therefore he told us, tho' he had as much Reason
                    to be sick of the Country as any of us, yet if we
                    thought to turn our March a little to the South-East, and pitch upon a Place proper for our
                    Head Quarters, we might find Provisions plenty
                    enough, and extend our selves over the Country
                    among the Rivers for two or three Year to the
                    Right and Left, and we should soon find the Advantage of it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Proposal, however good as to the profitable Part of it, suited none of us; for we were all
                    more desirous to get Home, than to be rich, being tired of the excessive Fatigue of above a Year's 
                    continual Wandring among Desarts and wild
                    Beasts.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, the Tongue of our new Acquaintance had a Kind of Charm in it, and used
                    such Arguments, and had so much the Power of
                    Perswasion, that there was no resisting him. He
                    told us, it was preposterous not to take the Fruit
                    of all our Labours, now we were come to the
                    Harvest; that we might see the Hazard the
                        <hi rend="italic">Europeans</hi> run, with Ships and Men, and at great 
                    Expence, to fetch a little Gold; and that we
                    that were in the Center of it, to go away empty handed, was unaccountable; that we were
                    strong enough to fight our Way thro' whole
                    Nations, and might make our Journey afterward
                    to what Part of the Coast we pleased; and we
                    should never forgive our selves when we came
                    to our own Country, to see we had 500 Pistoles
                    in Gold, and might as easily have had 5000, or
                    10000, or what we pleased; that he was no more
                    covetous than we, but seeing it was in all our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01740">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(172)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Powers to retrieve our Misfortunes at once, and
                    to make our selves easy for all our Lives, he
                    could not be faithful to us, or grateful for the
                    Good we had done him, if he did not let us see
                    the Advantage we had in our Hands; and he
                    assured us, he would make it clear to our own
                    Understanding, that we might in two Years time,
                    by good Management, and by the Help of our
                    Negroes, gather every Man a Hundred Pound
                    Weight of Gold, and get together perhaps two
                    Hundred Ton of Teeth: Whereas, if once we
                    push'd on to the Coast and separated, we should
                    never be able to see that Place again with our
                    Eyes, or do any more than Sinners did with Heaven, wish themselves there, but know they can
                    never come at it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Surgeon was the first Man that yielded to
                    his Reasoning, and after him the Gunner; and
                    they two indeed had a great Influence over us, but
                    none of the rest had any Mind to stay, nor I neither, I must confess; for I had no Notion of a
                    great deal of Money, or what to do with my self,
                    or what to do with it if I had it. I thought I had
                    enough already, and all the Thoughts I had about
                     disposing of it, if I came to <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>, was only how 
                     to spend it as fast as I could, buy me some Clothes, 
                    and go to Sea again to be a Drudge for more.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, he prevailed with us by his good
                    Words at last, to stay but for six Months in the
                    Country, and then, if we did resolve to go, he
                    would submit: So at length we yielded to that,
                     and he carry'd us about fifty <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Miles South-East, where we found several Rivulets of Water,
                    which seem'd to come all from a great Ridge of
                    Mountains, which lay to the North-East, and
                    which, by our Calculation, must be the Beginning
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01750">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(173)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that Way of the great Wast, which we had been
                    forc'd Northward to avoid.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we found the Country barren enough,
                    but yet we had, by his Direction, Plenty of Food;
                    for the Savages round us, upon giving them some
                    of our Toys, as I have so often mentioned, brought
                    us in whatever they had: And here we found
                     some Maise, or <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Wheat, which the Negroe 
                    Women planted, as we sow Seeds in a Garden,
                    and immediately our new Proveditor ordered
                    some of our Negroes to plant it, and it grew up
                    presently, and by watering it often, we had a
                    Crop in less than three Months Growth.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as we were settled, and our Camp
                     fix'd, we fell to the old Trade of Fishing for Gold 
                     in the Rivers mentioned above; and our <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Gentleman so well knew how to direct our Search,
                    that we scarce ever lost our Labour.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    One time, having set us to Work, he asked, if
                    we would give him Leave, with four or five Negroes, to go out for six or seven Days, to seek his 
                    Fortune, and see what he could discover in the
                    Country, assuring us, whatever he got should be
                    for the publick Stock. We all gave him our Consent, lent him a Gun; and two of our Men desiring to go with him, they took then six Negroes with them, and two of our Buffloes that
                    came with us the whole Journey; they took about
                    eight Days Provision of Bread with them, but
                    no Flesh, except about as much dried Flesh as
                    would serve them two Days.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They travelled up to the Top of the Mountains I mentioned jus now, where they saw, (as
                    our Men afterwards vouch'd it to be) the same
                    Desart which we were so justly terrified at, when
                    we were on the further Side, and which, by our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01760">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(174)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Calculation, could not be less than 300 Miles
                    broad, and above 600 Miles in Length, without
                    knowing where it ended.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Journal of their Travels is too long to
                    enter upon here; they stayed out two and fifty
                    Days, when they brought us seventeen Pound,
                    and something more (for we had no exact Weight)
                    of Gold Dust, some of it in much larger Pieces
                    than any we found before; besides about fifteen
                    Ton of Elephants Teeth, which he had, partly
                    by good Usage, and partly by bad, obliged the
                    Savages of the Country to fetch, and bring down
                    to him from the Mountains, and which he made
                    others bring with him quite down to our Camp.
                    Indeed we wondered what was coming to us,
                    when we saw him attended with above 200 Negroes; but he soon undeceived us, when he made
                    them all throw down their Burthens on a Heap,
                    at the Entrance of our Camp.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Besides this, they brought two Lions Skins,
                    and five Leopards Skins, very large and very fine.
                    He asked our Pardon for his long Stay, and that
                    he had made no greater a Booty, but told us, he
                    had one Excursion more to make, which he hop'd
                    should turn to a better Account.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    So having rested himself, and rewarded the
                    Savages that brought the Teeth for him, with
                    some Bits of Silver and Iron cut out Diamond
                    Fashion, and with two shap'd like little Dogs, he
                    sent them away mightily pleased.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The second Journey he went, some more of
                    our Men desired to go with him, and they made
                    a Troop of ten white Men, and ten Savages, and
                    the two Buffloes to carry their Provisions and
                    Ammunition. They took the same Course, only not exactly the same Tract, and they stay'd
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01770">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(175)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thirty two Days only, in which time they killed
                    no less than fifteen Leopards, three Lions, and
                    several other Creatures, and brought us Home
                    four and twenty Pound, some Ounces of Gold
                    Dust, and only six Elephants Teeth, but they
                    were very great ones.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Our Friend the <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi> shewed us now, that 
                    our Time was well bestow'd; for in five Months
                    which we had stayed here, we had gathered so
                    much Gold Dust, that when we came to share it,
                    we had five Pound and a Quarter to a Man, besides what we had before, and besides six or seven
                    Pound Weight which we had at several times given our Artificer to make Baubles with; and now
                    we talk'd of going forward to the Coast, to put
                    an End to our Journey; but our Guide laught at
                     us then: Nay you can't go now, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>; for the 
                    rainy Season begins next Month, and there will
                    be no stirring then. This we found indeed reasonable, so we resolved to furnish our selves with
                    Provisions that we might not be obliged to go
                    abroad too much in the Rain, and we spread our
                    selves some one Way, some another, as far as
                    we cared to venture, to get Provisions, and our
                    Negroes killed us some Deer which we cured
                    as well as we could, in the Sun, for we had now
                    no Salt.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    By this time the rainy Months were set in,
                    and we could scarce, for above two Months,
                    look out of our Hutts. But that was not all, for
                    the Rivers were so swelled with the Land Floods
                    that we scarce knew the little Brooks and Rivulets from the great navigable Rivers. This had
                    been a very good Opportunity for to have convey'd by Water, upon Rafts, our Elephants
                    Teeth, of which we had a very great Pile; for
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01780">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(176)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    as we always gave the Savages some Reward for
                    their Labour, the very Women would bring us
                    Teeth upon every Opportunity, and Sometimes a
                    great Tooth carried between two; so that our
                    Quantity was encreased to about two and twenty
                    Ton of Teeth.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As soon as the Weather proved fair again, he
                    told us he would not press us to any further Stay,
                    since we did not care whether we got any more
                    Gold or no; that we were indeed the first Men
                    ever he met with in his Life, that said they had
                    Gold enough, and of whom it might be truly said,
                    that when it lay under our Feet, we would
                    not stoop to take it up. But since he had made
                    us a Promise, he would not break it, nor press
                    us to make any farther Stay, only he thought
                    he ought to tell us, that now was the Time,
                    after the Land Flood, when the greatest Quantity of Gold was found; and that if we stayed
                    but one Month, we should see Thousands of Savages spread themselves over the whole Country,
                     to wash the Gold out of the Sand, for the <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Ships who would come on the Coast; that they 
                    do it then, because the Rage of the Floods always
                    works down a great deal of Gold out of the
                    Hills; and if we took the Advantage to be there
                    before them, we did not know what extraordinary things we might find.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was so forcible, and so well argued, that
                    it appeared in all our Faces we were prevailed
                    upon; so we told him we would all stay: For
                    tho' it was true we were all eager to be gone, yet
                    the evident Prospect of so much Advantage,
                    could not well be resisted: That he was greatly
                    mistaken when he suggested, that we did not desire to encrease our Store of Gold, and in that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01790">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(177)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    we were resolved to make the utmost Use of the
                    Advantage that was in our Hands, and would
                    stay as long as any Gold was to be had, if it was
                    another Year.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He could hardly express the Joy he was in on
                    this Occasion, and the fair Weather coming on,
                    we began just as he directed, to search about
                    the Rivers for more Gold; at first we had but
                    little Encouragement, and began to be doubtful,
                    but it was very plain that the Reason was the
                    Water was not fully fallen, or the Rivers reduced
                    to there usual Channel; but in a few Days we
                    were fully requited, and found much more Gold
                    than at first, and in bigger Lumps; and one of
                    our Men washed out of the Sand a Piece of Gold
                    as big as a small Nut, which weighed by our Estimation, for we had no small Weights, almost an
                    Ounce and a half.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Success made us extreamly diligent, and
                    in little more than a Month, we had all together
                    gotten near sixty Pound Weight of Gold;
                    but after this, as he told us, we found Abundance of the Savages, both Men, Women and
                    Children, hunting every River and Brook, and
                    even the dry Land of the Hills for Gold, so that
                    we could do nothing like then, compared to what
                    we had done before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But our Artificer found a Way to make other
                    People find us in Gold without our own Labour;
                    for when these People began to appear, he had a
                    considerable Quantity of his Toys, Birds, Beasts,
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. such as before, ready for them, and the <hi
                            rend="italic">English</hi>
                    
                    Gentleman being the Interpreter, he brought the
                    Savages to admire them; so our Cutler had Trade
                    enough; and to be sure sold his Goods at a monstrous Rate; for he would get an Ounce of Gold,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01800">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(178)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    sometimes two, for a Bit of Silver, perhaps of
                    the Value of a Groat, nay if it were Iron; and if
                    it was of Gold, they would not give the more
                    for it; and it was incredible almost to think
                    what a Quantity of Gold he got that Way.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In a Word, to bring this happy Journey to a
                    Conclusion, we encreased our Stock of Gold here
                    in three Months Stay more, to such a Degree,
                    that bringing it all to a common Stock, in order
                    to Share it, we divided almost four Pound Weight
                    again to every Man, and then we set forward
                    for the Gold Coast, to see what Method we
                     could find out for our Passage into <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There happened several very remarkable Incidents in this Part of our Journey, as to how we
                     were, or were not, received friendly by the several 
                    Nations of Savages through whom we past; how
                    we delivered one Negroe King from Captivity,
                    who had been a Benefactor to our new Guide;
                    and how our Guide in Gratitude, by our Assistance, restored him to his Kingdom, which perhaps
                    might contain about 300 Subjects; how he entertained us; and how he made his Subjects go with
                     our <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi>, and fetch all our Elephants 
                    Teeth, which we had been obliged to leave behind us, and to carry them for us to the River,
                    the Name of which I forgot, where we made
                    Rafts, and in eleven Days more came down to
                     one of the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Settlements on the Gold Coast, 
                    where we arrived in perfect Health, and to our
                    great Satisfaction. As for our Cargo of Teeth,
                     we sold it to the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Factory, and received 
                    Clothes and other Necessaries for our selves, and
                    such of our Negroes as we thought fit to keep
                    with us; and it is to be observed, that we had
                    four Pound of Gunpowder left when we ended our
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01810">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(179)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     Journey. The <hi rend="italic">Negro Prince</hi> we made perfectly 
                    free, clothed him out of our common Stock,
                    and gave him a Pound and a half of Gold for
                    himself, which he knew very well how to manage, and here we all parted after the most friendly
                     Manner possible. Our <hi rend="italic">Englishman</hi> remained in the     
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Factory some time, and, as I heard afterwards died there of Grief; for he having sent a
                     Thousand Pound Sterling over to <hi rend="italic">England</hi> by the 
                     Way of <hi rend="italic">Holland</hi>, for his Refuge, at his Return 
                     to his Friends, the Ship Was taken by the <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, 
                    and the Effects all lost.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The rest of my Comrades went away in a
                     small Bark, to the two <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Factories, near       
                        <hi rend="italic">Gambia</hi>, in the Latitude of fourteen; and I with 
                    two Negroes which I kept with me, went away
                     to <hi rend="italic">Cape Coast Castle</hi>, where I got Passage for <hi
                            rend="italic">England</hi>, and arrived there in <hi rend="italic"
                            >September</hi>; and thus 
                     ended my first Harvest of <hi rend="italic">Wild Oats</hi>, the rest 
                    were not sowed to so much Advantage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I had neither Friend, Relation, nor Acquaintance in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, tho' it was my Native Country, I had consequently no Person to trust with
                    what I had, or to counsel me to secure or save
                    it; but falling into ill Company, and trusting the
                     Keeper of a Publick House in <hi rend="italic">Rotherhith</hi> with a 
                    great Part of my Money, and hastily squandering away the rest, all that great Sum, which I
                    got with so much Pains and Hazard, was gone
                    in little more than two Years Time; and as I even
                    rage in my own Thoughts to reflect upon the
                    Manner how it was wasted, so I need record no
                     more; the rest Merits to be conceal'd with Blushes, 
                    for that it was spent in all Kinds of Folly and
                    Wickedness; so this Scene of my Life may be said
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01820">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(180)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">  
                    to have begun in Theft, and ended in Luxury; a
                    sad Setting out, and a worse Coming home.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    About the Year I began to see the Bottom
                    of my Stock, and that it was Time to think
                    of farther Adventures, for my Spoilers, as I
                    call them, began to let me know, that as my
                    Money declined, their Respect would ebb with it,
                    and that I had nothing to expect of them farther
                    than as I might command it by the Force of my
                    Money, which in short would not go an Inch the
                    farther, for all that had been spent in their Favour before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This shocked me very much, and I conceived a
                    just Abhorrence of their Ingratitude; but it
                    wore off; nor had I with it any Regret at the wasting so glorious a Sum of Money, as I brought
                    to <hi rend="italic">England</hi> with me.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I next shipped my self, in an evil Hour to be
                     sure, on a Voyage to <hi rend="italic">Cadiz</hi>, in a Ship called the  <gap reason="intentional omission" extent="several characters"/>  and in the Course of our Voyage, being 
                     on the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Spain</hi>, was obliged to put in to 
                     the <hi rend="italic">Groyn</hi>, by a strong South West Wind. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here I fell into Company with some Masters
                    of Mischief, and among them, one forwarder
                    than the rest, began an intimate Confidence with
                    me, so that we called one another Brothers, and
                    communicated all our Circumstances to one another; his Name was <hi rend="italic">Harris</hi>. This Fellow came to 
                    me one Morning, asking me if I would go on Shore,
                    and I agreed; so we got the Captain's Leave
                    for the Boat, and went together. When we were
                    together, he asked me if I had a Mind for an Adventure that might make amends for all past
                    Misfortunes; I told him yes, with all my Heart;
                    for I did not care where I went, having nothing
                    to lose, and no Body to leave behind me.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01830">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(181)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He then asked me if I would swear to be secret, and that if I did not agree to what he proposed, I would nevertheless never betray him;
                    I readily bound my self to that, upon the most
                    solemn Imprecations and Curses that the Devil
                    and both of us could invent.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He told me then, there was a brave Fellow in
                     the other Ship, pointing to another <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Ship which rode in the Harbour, who in Concert with some of the Men had resolved to mutiny the next Morning, and run away with the
                    Ship; and that if we could get Strength enough
                    among our Ship's Company we might do the same.
                    I liked the Proposal very well, and he got eight
                    of us to join with him, and he told us, that as
                    soon as his Friend had begun the Work, and was
                    Master of the Ship, we should be ready to do
                    the like; this was his Plot, and I without the
                     least Hesitation, either at the Villainy of the Fact, 
                    or the Difficulty of performing it, came immediately into the wicked Conspiracy, and so it
                    went on among us; but we could not bring our
                    Part to Perfection.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly on the Day appointed, his Correspondent in the other Ship, whose Name was                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, began the Work, and having seized the 
                    Captain's Mate, and other Officers, secured the
                    Ship, and gave the Signal to us; we were but
                    eleven in our Ship, who were in the Conspiracy,
                    nor could we get any more that we could trust,
                    so that leaving the Ship, we all took the Boat
                    and went off to join the other.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having thus left the Ship I was in, we were
                    entertained with a great deal of Joy by Captain
                        <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> and his new Gang; and being well prepared for all manner of Roguery, bold, despe-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01840">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(182)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    rate, I mean my self, without the least Checks
                    of Conscience, for what I was entred upon, or
                    for any Thing I might do, much less with any
                    Apprehension of what might be the Consequence of it; I say, having thus embarked with
                    this Crew, which at last brought me to consort
                    with the most famous Pyrates of the Age, some of
                    whom have ended their Journals at the Gallows:
                    I think the giving an Account of some of my
                    other Adventures may be an agreeable Piece
                    of Story; and this I may venture to say before
                    Hand, upon the Word of a P Y R A T E, that I
                    shall not be able to recollect the full, no not by
                    far, of the great Variety which has formed one
                    of the most reprobate Schemes that ever Man was
                    capable to present to the World.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I that was, as I have hinted before, an original
                    Thief, and a Pyrate even by Inclination before,
                    was now in my Element, and never undertook
                    any Thing in my Life with more particular Satisfaiction.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, for so we are now to call him, 
                    being thus possesed of a Ship, and in the Manner
                    as you have heard, it may be easily concluded
                    he had nothing to do to stay in the Port, or to
                    wait either the Attempts which might be made
                    from the Shore, or any Change which might
                    happen among his Men. On the Contrary, we
                    weighed Anchor the same Tide, and stood out to
                     Sea, steering away for the <hi rend="italic">Canaries</hi>. Our Ship 
                    had Twenty Two Guns, but was able to carry
                    Thirty; and besides, as she was fitted out for a
                    Merchant Ship only, she was not furnished either
                    with Ammunition or small Arms sufficient for
                    our Design, or for the Occasion we might have
                     in Case of a Fight; so we put into <hi rend="italic">Cadiz</hi>, that is
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01850">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(183)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to say, we came to an Anchor in the Bay; and the
                    Captain and one whom we call'd young Captain
                        <hi rend="italic">Kid</hi>, who was the Gunner, and some of the Men 
                    who could best be trusted, among whom was my
                     Comrade <hi rend="italic">Harris</hi>, who was made second Mate, 
                    and my self who was made a Lieutenant; some
                     Bales of <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Goods were proposed to be carried on Shore with us for Sale; but my Comrade,
                    who was a compleat Fellow at his Business, proposed a better Way for it; and having been in
                    the Town before, told us in short, that he would
                    buy what Powder and Bullet, small Arms, or
                    any thing else we wanted, on his own Word, to
                    be paid for when they came on Board, in such    
                        <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Goods as we had there. This was by much 
                    the best Way, and accordingly he and the Captain went on Shore by themselves, and having made
                    such a Bargain as they found for their Turn, came
                    away again in two Hours time, and bringing only a Butt of Wine, and five Casks of Brady with
                    them, we all went on Board again.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The next Morning two Barco Longo's came
                     off to us deep loaden, with five <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> on board 
                    them, for Traffick. Our Captain sold them good
                    Pennyworths, and they delivered us sixteen Barrels of Powder, twelve small Runlets of fine Powder for our small Arms, sixty Musquets, and
                    twelve Fuzees for the Officers; seventeen Ton of
                    Cannon Ball, fifteen Barrels of Musquet Bullets,
                    with some Swords, and twenty good Pair of Pistols. Besides this, they brought thirteen Butts
                    of Wine (for we that were now all become Gentlemen scorn'd to drink the Ship's Beer) also sixteen Puncheons of Brandy, with twelve Barrels
                    of Raisins, and twenty Chests of Lemons: All
                     which were paid for in <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Goods; and over
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01860">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(184)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and above, the Captain received 600 Pieces of
                    Eight in Money. They would have come again,
                    but we would stay no longer.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     From hence we sailed to the <hi rend="italic">Canaries</hi>, and from 
                     thence onward to the <hi rend="italic">West-Indies</hi>, where we committed some Depredation upon the <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> for 
                    Provision, and took some Prizes, but none of
                    any great Value, while I remained with them,
                    which was not long at that Time; for having
                     taken a <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Sloop on the Coast of <hi
                            rend="italic">Cartagena</hi>, 
                    my Friend made a Motion to me, that we should
                     desire Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> to put us into the Sloop, 
                    with a Proportion of Arms and Ammunition,
                    and let us try what we could do; she being much
                    fitter for our Business than the great Ship, and a
                    better Sailer. This he contented to, and we appointed our Rendezvous at <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi>, making an 
                    Agreement, that whatever was taken by either of
                    our Ships, should be shared among the Ship's
                    Company of both; all which we very punctually
                    observed, and join'd our Ships again about fifteen
                     Months after, at the Island of <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi>, as above.
                    </p>                    
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We cruised near two Years in those Seas, chiefly upon the <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi>; not that we made any Difficulty of taking <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Ships, or <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutch</hi>, or <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, 
                    if they came in our Way; and particularly Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> attack'd a <hi rend="italic"
                            >New-England</hi> Ship bound 
                     from the <hi rend="italic">Maderas</hi> to <hi rend="italic">Jamaica</hi>;
                        and another bound 
                     from <hi rend="italic">New-York</hi> to <hi rend="italic">Berbadoes</hi>,
                        with Provisions; 
                    which last was a very happy Supply to us. But
                     the Reason why we meddled as little with <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Vessels as we could, was, first, because, if they
                    were Ships of any Force, we were sure of more
                    Resistance from them; and secondly, because we
                     found the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Ships had less Booty when taken; 
                     for the <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> generally had Money on board,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01870">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(185)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and that was what we best knew what to do with.
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> was indeed more particularly 
                     cruel when he took any <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Vessel, that they 
                     might not too soon have Advice of him in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, 
                    and so the Men of War have Orders to look out
                    for him. But this Part I bury in Silence for the
                    present.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We encreased our Stock in these two Years
                    considerably, having taken 60000 Pieces of Eight
                    in one Vessel, and 100000 in another; and being
                    thus first grown rich, we resolved to be strong
                     too; for we had taken a Brigantine built at <hi rend="italic">Virginia</hi>, an excellent Sea Boat, and a good Sailer, and 
                     able to carry twelve Guns; and a large <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi>                    
                    Frigat-built Ship, that sailed incomparably well
                    also, and which afterwards, by the Help of good
                    Carpenters, we fitted up to carry twenty eight
                    Guns. And now we wanted more Hands, so we
                     put away for the Bay of <hi rend="italic">Campeachy</hi>, not doubting 
                    we should ship as many Men there as we pleased, and so we did.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we sold the Sloop that I was in; and
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> keeping his own Ship, I took the 
                     Command of the <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Frigat, as Captain, and 
                     my Comrade <hi rend="italic">Harris</hi> as eldest Lieutenant, and a 
                    bold enterprizing Fellow he was as any the World
                     afforded. One <hi rend="italic">Culverdine</hi> was put into the Brigantine, so that we were now three stout Ships, well
                    Mann'd, and Victualled for twelve Months; for
                     we had taken two or three Sloops from <hi rend="italic">New-England</hi> and <hi rend="italic">New-York</hi>, loaden with
                        Flour, Pease, 
                     and Barrell'd Beef, and Pork, going for <hi rend="italic">Jamaica</hi>               
                     and <hi rend="italic">Berbadoes</hi>; and for more Beef we went on 
                     Shore on the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Cuba</hi>, where we killed as many 
                     black Cattel as we pleased, tho' we had very little 
                    Salt to cure them.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01880">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(186)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Out of all the Prizes we took here, we took
                    their Powder and Bullet, their small Arms and
                    Cutlasses; and as for their Men, we always took
                    the Surgeon and the Carpenter, as Persons who
                    were of particular Use to us upon many Occasions; nor were they always unwilling to go with
                    us, tho' for their own Security, in Case of Accidents, they might easily pretend they were carried away by Force, of which I shall give a pleasant Account in the Course of my other Expeditions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had one very merry Fellow here, a Quaker, whose Name was <hi rend="italic">William Walters</hi>, whom we 
                     took out of a Sloop bound from <hi rend="italic">Pensilvania</hi> to 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Berbadoes</hi>. He was a Surgeon, and they called 
                    him Doctor; but he was not employed in the
                     Sloop as a Surgeon, but was going to <hi rend="italic">Berbadoes</hi>
                    
                     to get a <hi rend="italic">Birth</hi>, as the Sailors call it. However, 
                    he had all his Surgeon's Chest on board, and we
                    made him go with us, and take all his Implements
                    with him. He was a comick Fellow indeed, a
                    Man of very good solid Sense, and an excellent
                    Surgeon; but what was worth all, very good humour'd and pleasant in his Conversation, and a
                    bold, stout, brave Fellow too, as any we had
                    among us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     I found <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, as I thought, not very averse 
                    to go along with us, and yet resolved to do it
                    so, that it might be apparent he was taken away
                    by Force; and to this Purpose he comes to me,
                    Friend, says he, thou sayest I must go with thee,
                    and it is not in my Power to resist thee, if I
                    would; but I desire thou wilt oblige the Master
                    of the Sloop which I am on board, to certify under his Hand that I was taken away by Force,
                    and against my Will; and this he said with so
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01890">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(187)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    much Satisfaction in his Face, that I could not
                     but understand him. Ay, ay, <hi rend="italic">says I</hi>, whether 
                    it be against your Will, or no, I'll make him and
                     all the Men give you a Certificate of it, or I'll take 
                    them all along with us, and keep them till they
                    do: So I drew up the Certificate my self, wherein I wrote that he was taken away by main Force,
                    as a Prisoner, by a Pyrate Ship; that they carried
                    away his Chest and Instruments first, and then
                    bound his Hands behind him, and forced him
                    into their Boat; and this was signed by the Master and all his Men.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly I fell a swearing at him, and called to my Men to tye his Hands behind him, and
                    so we put him into our Boat, and carry'd him
                    away. When I had him on board, I called him
                    to me: Now, Friend, says I, I have brought you
                    away by Force, it is true, but I am not of the
                    Opinion I have brought you away so much against
                    your Will as they imagine: Come, says I, you
                    will be a useful Man to us, and you shall have very good Usage among us; so I unbound his Hands,
                    and first ordered all things that belonged to him
                    to be restored to him, and our Captain gave
                    him a Dram.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Thou hast dealt friendly by me, says he, and
                    I'll be plain with thee, whether I came willingly
                    to thee, or not: I shall make my self as useful
                    to thee as I can; but thou knowest it is not
                    my Business to meddle when thou art to fight.
                    No, no, says the Captain, but you may meddle a
                    little when we share the Money. Those things
                    are useful to furnish a Surgeon's Chest, says
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, and smiled; but I shall be moderate. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     In short, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was a most agreeable Companion, but he had the better of us in this Part,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01900">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(188)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that, if we were taken, we were sure to be
                    hang'd, and he was sure to escape; and he knew
                    it well enough: But in short he was a sprightly
                    Fellow, and fitter to be Captain than any of
                    us. I shall have often an Occasion to speak of
                    him in the rest of the Story.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Cruising so long in these Seas began now
                     to be so well known, that not in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> only, 
                     but in <hi rend="italic">France</hi> and <hi rend="italic">Spain</hi>,
                        Accounts had been made 
                    publick of our Adventures, and many Stories told
                    how we murthered the People in cold Blood,
                    tying them Back to Back, and throwing them into the Sea; one Half of which however was not
                    true, tho' more was done than it is fit to speak
                    of here.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Consequence of this however was, that
                     several <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Men of War were sent to the 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">West Indies</hi>, and were particularly instructed to 
                     cruize in the Bay of <hi rend="italic">Mexico</hi>, and the Gulph of 
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Florida</hi>, and among the <hi rend="italic">Bahama</hi>
                        Islands, if possible, to attack us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were not so ignorant of things, as not to
                    expect this, after so long a Stay in that Part of
                    the World; but the first certain Account we had
                     of them, was at the <hi rend="italic">Honduras</hi>, when a Vessel coming in from <hi rend="italic">Jamaica</hi>, told us, that two <hi
                            rend="italic">English</hi>
                    
                     Men of War were coming directly from <hi rend="italic">Jamaica</hi>
                    
                    thither, in Quest of us. We were indeed as it were
                    embay'd, and could not have made the least Shift
                    to have got off, if they had come directly to us;
                    but as it happen'd, some body had informed them
                     that we were in the Bay of <hi rend="italic">Campeachy</hi>, and they 
                    went directly thither, by which we were not
                    only free of them, but were so much to the
                    Windward of them, that they could not make
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01910">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(189)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    any Attempt upon us, tho' they had known we
                    were there.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We took this Advantage, and stood away for
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Carthagena</hi>, and from thence with great Difficulty 
                    beat it up at a Distance from under the Shore for
                     St. <hi rend="italic">Martha</hi>, till we came to the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Dutch</hi> Island of <hi rend="italic">Curasoe</hi>, 
                     and from thence to the Island of <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi>; which, as 
                    before, was our Rendezvous; which being a deserted uninhabited Island, we at the same time made
                     use of for a Retreat: Here the Captain of the <hi rend="italic">Brigantine</hi> died, and Captain <hi rend="italic"
                            >Harris</hi> at that time my 
                     Lieutenant, took the Command of the <hi rend="italic">Brigantine</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we came to a Resolution, to go away to
                     the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>, and from thence to the Cape 
                     of <hi rend="italic">Good Hope</hi>, and so for the <hi rend="italic"
                            >East-Indies</hi>: But 
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Harris</hi>, as I have said, being now Captain of the <hi rend="italic">Brigantine</hi>, alledged that his Ship 
                    was too small for so long a Voyage; but that if
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> would consent, he would take 
                    the Hazard of another Cruize, and he would follow us in the first Ship he could take: So we
                     appointed our Rendezvous to be at <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, 
                    which was done by my Recommendation of the
                    Place, and the Plenty of Provisions to be had
                    there.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Accordingly he went away from us <hi rend="italic">in an evil Hour</hi>, for instead of taking a Ship to follow us, 
                     he was taken, as I heard afterwards, by an <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Man of War, and being laid in Irons, died of
                     meer Grief and Anger before he came to <hi rend="italic">England</hi>: 
                    His Lieutenant, I have heard, was afterwards executed in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> for a Pyrate, and this was the 
                    End of the Man who first brought me into this
                    unhappy Trade.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01920">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(190)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">  
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We parted from <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi> three Days after, bending our Course for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>, but had 
                    not been at Sea above Twenty Four Hours,
                    when we were separated by a terrible Storm,
                    which held three Days, with very little Abatement or Intermission. In this Juncture, Captain
                        <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> happen'd unluckily to be on board my 
                    Ship, very much to his Mortification; for we
                    not only lost Sight of his Ship, but never saw
                     her more, till we came to <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, where 
                    she was cast away. In short, after having in this
                    Tempest lost our Fore-Top Mast, we were forced
                     to put back to the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi> for Shelter, 
                    and to repair our Damage, which brought us all
                    very near our Destruction.
                        </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were no sooner on Shore here, and all very
                    busy looking out for a Piece of Timber for a
                    Top-Mast, but we perceived standing in for the
                     Shore, an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Man of War of Thirty six 
                     Guns: It was a great Surprize to us indeed, because 
                    we were disabled so much, but to our great good
                    Fortune we lay pretty snug and close among the
                    high Rocks, and the Man of War did not see us,
                    but stood off again upon his Cruise; so we only
                    observed which Way she went, and at Night
                    leaving our Work, resolved to stand off to Sea,
                    steering contrary Way from that which we
                    observed she went. And this we found had
                    the desired Success, for we saw him no more:
                    We had gotten an old Mizen Top-Mast on board,
                    which made us a Jury Fore-Top-Mast for the
                     present, and so we stood away for the Isle <hi rend="italic">Trinidad</hi>, where, though there were <hi rend="italic"
                            >Spaniards</hi> on 
                    Shore, yet we landed some Men with our Boat,
                    and cut a very good Piece of Fir to make us a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01930">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(191)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    new Top-Mast, which we got fitted up effectually,
                    and also we got some Cattle here to eke out our
                    Provisions, and calling a Council of War among
                    our selves, we resolved to quit those Seas for the
                     present, and steer away for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first thing we attempted here, was only
                    getting fresh Water; but we learnt, that there
                     lay the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Fleet at the Bay of <hi
                            rend="italic">All-Saints</hi>, 
                     bound for <hi rend="italic">Lisbon</hi>, ready to sail, and only waited 
                    for a fair Wind; this made us lye by, wishing to
                    see them put to Sea, and accordingly as they
                    were, with, or without Convoy, to attack or avoid
                    them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It sprung up a fresh Gale in the Evening, at
                     S. W. by W. which being fair for the <hi rend="italic">Portugal</hi> Fleet, 
                    and the Weather pleasant and agreeable, we
                    heard the Signal given to unmore, and running
                     in under the Island of <hi rend="italic">Si</hi>----- we hauled our 
                    Main-Sail and Fore-Sail up in the Brails, lower'd
                    the Top-Sail upon the Cap, and clewed them up
                    that we might lye as snug as we could, expecting their coming out; and the next Morning
                    saw the whole Fleet come out accordingly, but
                     not at all to our Satisfaction, for they consisted of 
                    Twenty six Sail, and most of them Ships of Force,
                    as well as Burthen, both Merchant Men and Men
                    of War; so seeing there was no meddling, we lay
                    still where we was also, till the Fleet was out of
                     Sight, and then stood off and on, in hopes of meeting with further Purchase.
                        </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was not long before we saw a Sail, and immediately gave her Chase, but she proved an excellent Sailer, and standing out to Sea, we saw
                     plainly she trusted to her Heels, that is to say, to 
                    her Sails; however, as we were a clean Ship we
                    gained upon her, tho' slowly, and had we had a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01940">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(192)</fw>
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Day before us, we should certainly have come
                    up with her, but it grew dark apace, and in that
                    Case we knew we should lose Sight of her.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our merry Quaker perceiving us to crowd
                    still after her in the Dark, wherein we could
                    not see which way she went, come very drily to
                     me; <hi rend="italic">Friend</hi> Singleton, says he, <hi rend="italic"
                            >doest thee know what we are a doing?</hi> Says I, <hi rend="italic">yes, why we
                            are chasing yon Ship, are we not? And how dost thou know that</hi>, says 
                     he very gravely still ? <hi rend="italic">Nay, that is true,</hi> says I 
                     again, <hi rend="italic">we cannot be sure. Yes Friend,</hi> says he, <hi
                            rend="italic">I think we may be sure that we are running away from her, not chasing her. I am afraid</hi>, adds he, <hi
                            rend="italic">thou art turned Quaker, and hast resolved not to use the Hand of Power, or art a Coward, and art flying from thy Enemy</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">What do you mean</hi>, says I, I think I swore at him; 
                        <hi rend="italic">what do ye sneer at now? you have always one dry Rub
                            or another to give us</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Nay</hi>, says he, <hi rend="italic">it's plain enough,
                            the Ship stood off to Sea, due East on purpose to lose us, and thou
                            may'st be sure her Business does not lie that Way; for what should she do at the Coast of</hi> Africa <hi
                            rend="italic">in this Latitude, which would be as far South as</hi> Congo <hi
                            rend="italic">or</hi> Angola; <hi rend="italic">but as soon as it is dark, that we shall lose Sight of her,
                            she will tack and stand away West again for the</hi> Brasil 
                        <hi rend="italic">Coast, and for the Bay, where thou knowest she was
                            going before; and are not we then a running away from her?</hi>
                     I am greately in hopes, Friend, <hi rend="italic">says the dry gibing</hi>
                        <hi rend="italic">Creature</hi>, Thou wilt turn Quaker, for I see thou 
                    art not for Fighting.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Very well</hi> WILLIAM, says I, <hi rend="italic">then I
                            shall make an excellent Pyrate</hi>. However, <hi rend="italic"
                            >William</hi> was in the right, 
                    and I apprehended what he meant immediately,
                     and Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, who lay very sick in his Cabin, overhearing us, understood him as well as
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01950">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(193)</fw>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    </div>
                     I, and called out to me, that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was right, 
                    and it was our best Way to change our Course,
                    and stand away for the Bay, where it was Ten
                    to one but we should snap her in the Morning.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly, we went about snip, got our
                    Larboard Tacks on board, set the Top-gallant
                     Sails, and crowded for the Bay of <hi rend="italic">All-Saints</hi>, 
                    where we came to an Anchor, early in the Morning just out of Gun Shot of the Forts; We furl'd
                    our Sails with Rope-Yarns, that we might haul
                    home the Sheets without going up to loose them,
                    and lowering our Main and Fore-Yards, looked
                    just as if we had lain there a good while.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In two Hours after, we saw our Game, standing in for the Bay with all the Sail he could make, 
                    and she came innocently into our very Mouths,
                    for we lay still, till we saw her almost within
                    Gun Shot; when our Fore Mast Geers being
                    stretched fore and aft, we first run up our Yards,
                    and then hauled home the Top-Sail Sheets; the
                    Rope-Yarns that furled them giving Way of
                    themselves, the Sails were set in a few Minutes;
                    at the same time slipping our Cable, we came
                    upon her before she could get under Way upon
                    'tother Tack: They were so surprized, that they
                    made little or no Resistance, but struck after the
                    first Broad-Side.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were considering what to do with her,
                     when <hi rend="italic">William</hi> came to me. <hi rend="italic">Hark thee
                            Friend</hi>, says 
                     he, <hi rend="italic">thou hast made a fine Spot of Work of it now,
                            hast thou not? To borrow thy Neighbour's Ship here, just
                            at thy Neighbour's Door, and never ask him Leave; now dost thou not think there are some Men of War in the Port, thou hast given them the Alarm sufficiently; 
                    thou will have them upon thy Back before Night,
                            depend upon it, to ask thee, wherefore, Thou dist so?</hi>
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01960">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(194)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Truly</hi> William, said I, <hi rend="italic">for ought I
                            know, that may be true: What then shall we do next?</hi> Says he, <hi
                            rend="italic">thou hast but two Things to do, either go in and take all the rest,
                            or else get thee gone before they come out, and take thee;
                            for I see they are hoisting a Top-Mast to yon great Ship,
                            in order to put to Sea immediately, and they won't be
                            long before they come to talk with thee; and what wilt,
                            thou say to them, when they ask thee why thou borrowedst
                            their Ship without Leave?</hi>
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     As <hi rend="italic">William</hi> said, so it was, we could see by our 
                    Glasses that they were all in a Hurry, manning
                     and fitting some Sloops they had there, and a large 
                    Man of War, and it was plain they would soon
                    be with us; but we were not at a Loss what to
                    do; we found the Ship we had taken was loaden
                    with nothing considerable for our Purpose, except
                    some Cocoa, some Sugar, and Twenty Barrels of
                    Flower; the rest of her Loading was Hides; so
                    we took out all we thought for our Turn, and
                    among the rest all her Ammunition, great Shot,
                    and small Arms, and turned her off; we also
                    took a Cable and three Anchors she had, which
                    were for our Purpose, and some of her Sails;
                    she had enough left just to carry her into Port,
                    and that was all.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Having done this, we stood on upon the <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>
                    Coast, Southward, till we came to the Mouth of
                     the River <hi rend="italic">Janiero</hi>: But as we had two Days the 
                    Wind blowing hard at S. E. and S. S. E. we
                    were obliged to come to an Anchor under a little
                    Island, and wait for a Wind. In this time the
                        <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> had it seems given Notice over Land to 
                    the Governour there, that a Pyrate was upon
                    the Coast; so that when we came in View of the
                    Port, we saw two Men of War riding just
                    without the Bar, whereof one we found was
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01970">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(195)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    getting under Sail with all possible Speed, having
                    slipt her Cable, on purpose to speak with us;
                    the other was not so forward, but was preparing
                    to follow: In less than an Hour they stood both
                    fair after us, with all the Sail they could make.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Had not the Night come on, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Words 
                    had been made good; they would certainly
                    have asked us the Question what we did there?
                    for we found the foremost Ship gained upon us,
                    especially upon one Tack; for we plied, away
                    from them to Windward, but in the Dark losing
                    Sight of them, we resolved to change our Course,
                    and stand away direcly to Sea, not doubting but
                    we should lose them in the Night.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Whether the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Commander guessed 
                    we would do so or no, I know not; but in the
                    Morning when the Day-light appeared, instead
                    of having lost him, we found him in Chase of us,
                    about a League a-Stern; only to our great good
                    Fortune we could see but one of the two; however this one was a great Ship, carried six and
                    forty Guns, and an admirable Sailer, as appeared
                    by her out-sailing us; for our Ship was an excellent Sailer too, as I have said before.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When I found this, I easily saw there was no
                    Remedy, but we must engage; and as we knew
                    we could expect no Quarters from those Scoundrels the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, a Nation I had an original 
                     Aversion to, I let Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> know how 
                    it was. The Captain, sick as he was, jumped
                    up in the Cabin, and would be led out upon the
                    Deck, for he was very weak, to see how it was;
                     well, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, we'll fight them. 
                    Our Men were all in good heart before, but to
                    see the Captain so brisk who had lain ill of a Calenture Ten or Eleven Days, gave them double
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01980">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(196)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Courage, and they went all Hands to work to
                     make a clear Ship and be ready. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> the 
                    Quaker comes to me with a kind of a Smile;
                    Friend, says he, what does yon Ship follow us
                    for? Why says I, to fight us you may be sure;
                    Well, says he, and will he come up with us dost
                    thou think? Yes, said I, you see he will. Why
                    then, Friend, says the dry Wretch, why dost thou
                    run from her still, when thou seest she will overtake thee? Will it be better for us to be overtaken further off than here? Much at one for
                    that, says I; why what would you have us do?
                    Do! says he, let us not give the poor Man more
                    Trouble than needs must; let us stay for him, and
                    hear what he has to say to us; he will talk to us
                    in Powder and Ball said I: Very well then, says he
                    if that be his Country Language, we must talk
                    to him in the same, must we not? Or else how
                     shall he understand us? Very well <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, says 
                    I, we understand you; and the Captain as ill as
                     he was, called to me, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s right again, says
                        he, 
                    as good here as a League further; so he gives
                     a Word of Command, <hi rend="italic">Haul up the Main-Sail</hi>, we'll 
                    shorten Sail for him.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly we shortened Sail; and as we
                    expected her upon our Lee Side, we being then
                    upon our Starboard Tack, brought 18 of our Guns
                    to the Larboard Side, resolving to give him a
                    Broad-Side that should warm him; it was about
                    half an Hour before he came up with us, all which
                    time we luffed up, that we might keep the
                    Wind of him, by which he was obliged to run up
                    under our Lee, as we designed him; when we
                    got him upon our Quarter we edg'd down, and
                    received the Fire of five or six of his Guns; by
                    this time you may be sure all our Hands were at
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="01990">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(197)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     their Quarters, so we clapt our Helm hard <hi rend="italic">a Weather</hi>, let go the Lee Braces of the Main Top-sail, and laid it a-back, and so our Ship fell athwart 
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Ship's Hawse; then we immediately 
                    poured in our Broad-Side, raking them fore and
                    aft, and killed them a great many Men.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     The <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, we could see were in the utmost Confusion; and not being aware of our Design, their Ship having fresh Way, run their
                    Boltsprit into the fore Part of our main Shrouds,
                     as that they could not easily get clear of us, and so 
                    we lay locked after that Manner, the Enemy could
                    not bring above five or six Guns, besides their
                    Small-Arms, to bear upon us, while we played
                    our whole Broadside upon him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the middle of the Heat of this Fight, as I
                    was very busy upon the Quarter Deck, the Captain calls to me, for he never stirred from us,
                     what the Devil is Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> a-doing yonder, 
                    says the Captain, has he any Business upon Deck?
                     I stept forward, and there was Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> with 
                    two or three stout Fellows lashing the Ships Boltsprit fast to our Main-Mast, for fear they should get 
                    away from us; and every now and then he pulled a
                     Bottle out of his Pocket and gave the Men a Dram to 
                    encourage them. The Shot flew about his Ears as
                    thick as may be supposed in such an Action, where
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>, to give them their due, fought very 
                     briskly, believing at first they were sure of their 
                    Game, and trusting to their Superiority; but there
                     was <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, as composed, and in as perfect Tranquillity as to Danger, as if he had been over a
                    Bowl of Punch, only very busy securing the Matter, that a Ship of Fourty six Guns should not run
                    away from a Ship of Eight and Twenty.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02000">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(198)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Work was too hot to hold long; our Men
                    behaved bravely; our Gunner, a gallant Man,
                    shouted below, pouring in his Shot at such a
                     Rate, that the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> began to slacken their 
                    Fire; we had dismounted several of their Guns
                    by firing in at their Forecastle, and raking them,
                     as I said, fore and aft; and presently comes <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                     up to me; <hi rend="italic">Friend</hi> says he, very calmly, <hi
                            rend="italic">What doest thou mean? Why dost thou not visit thy
                            Neighbbour in the Ship, the Door being open for thee?</hi> I
                        understood 
                    him immediately, for our Guns had so tore their
                    Hull, that we had beat two Port Holes into one,
                    and the Bulk Head of their Steerage was split
                     to Pieces, that they could not retire to their close 
                    Quarters; so I gave the Word immediately to
                    board them. Our Second Lieutenant, with about
                    Thirty Men, entered in an Instant over the Forecastle, followed by some more, with the Boatswain, and cutting in Pieces about Twenty five
                    Men that they found upon the Deck, and then
                    throwing some Grenadoes into the Steerage, they
                     entered there also; upon which the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                    cried Quarter presently, and we mastered the
                    Ship, contrary indeed to our own Expectation;
                    for we would have compounded with them, <choice>
                        <corr> </corr>
                        <sic>if</sic>
                    </choice>
                    if they would have sheered off, but laying them
                    athwart the Hawse at first, and following our
                    Fire furiously, without giving them any time to
                    get clear or us, and work their Ship, by this
                    means, tho' they had six and forty Guns, they
                     were not able to Fight above five or six, as I said 
                    above, for we beat them immediately from their
                    Guns in the Forecastle, and killed them Abundance of Men betweern Decks, so that when we
                    entered they had hardly sound Men enough to
                    fight us Hand to Hand upon their Deck.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02010">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(199)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     The Surprize of Joy, to hear the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                    cry Quarter, and see their Antient struck, was
                    so great to our Captain, who as I have said, was
                    reduced very weak with a high Fever, that it
                    gave him new Life; Nature conquered the Distemper, and the Fever abated that very Night:
                    So that in two or three Days he was sensibly better, his Strength began to come, and he was able
                    to give his Orders effectually in every thing that
                    was material, and in about ten Days was entirely
                    well, and about the Ship.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     In the mean time, I took Possession of the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Man of War, and Captain <hi rend="italic"
                            >Wilmot</hi> made me, 
                    or rather I made my self, Captain of her for the
                    present; about Thirty of their Seamen took Service with us, some of which were <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, some                        <hi rend="italic">Genoeses</hi>, and we set the rest on Shore the next 
                     Day, on a little lsland on the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>, except some wounded Men who were not in a Condition to be removed; and whom we were bound to
                    keep on board, but we had an Occasion afterwards
                    to dispose of them at the Cape, where at their
                    own Request we set them on Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, as soon as the Ship was taken, 
                    and the Prisoners stowed, was for standing in
                     for the River <hi rend="italic">Janiero</hi> again, not doubting but we 
                    should meet with the other Man of War, who
                    not having been able to find us, and having lost
                    the Company of her Comrade, would certainly
                    be returned, and might be surprized by the Ship
                     we had taken, if we carryed <hi rend="italic">Portuguese Colours</hi>, 
                    and our Men were all for it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     But our Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> gave us better Counsel; 
                    for he came to me, Friend, says he, I understand
                     the Captain is for sailing back to the <hi rend="italic">Rio Janiero</hi>,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02020">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(200)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    in Hopes to meet with the other Ship that was
                    in Chase of thee yesterday; is it true, dost thou
                     intend it? Why, yes, says I, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, pray why 
                     not? Nay, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, thou mayst do so if thou 
                     wilt. Well, I know that too, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, said I; 
                    but the Captain is a Man will be ruled by Reason; what have you to say to it? Why, says
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> gravely, I only ask what is thy Business, 
                    and the Business of all the People thou hast with
                     thee? Is it not to get Money ? Yes, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, it is 
                    so, in our honest Way: And wouldst thou, says
                    he, rather have Money without Fighting, or
                    Fighting without Money? I mean, which wouldst
                    thou have by Choice, suppose it to be left to
                     thee? <hi rend="italic">O William, says I</hi>, the first of the two, to 
                     be sure. Why then, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, what great Gain 
                    hast thou made of the Prize thou hast taken now,
                    tho' it has cost the Lives of thirteen of thy
                    Men, besides some hurt? It is true, thou hast
                    got the Ship and some Prisoners, but thou wouldst
                    have had twice the Booty in a Merchant Ship,
                    with not one Quarter of the Fighting; and how
                    dost thou know either what Force, or what Number of Men may be in the other Ship, and what
                    Loss thou mayst suffer, and what Gain it shall be
                    to thee, if thou take her? I think indeed thou
                    mayst much better let her alone.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Why, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, it is true said I, and I'll go tell 
                    the Captain what your Opinion is, and bring
                    you Word what he says. Accordingly I went
                     to the Captain, and told him <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Reasons, 
                    and the Captain was of his Mind, that our Business was indeed Fighting when we could not help
                    it, but that our main Affair was Money, and
                    that with as few Blows as we could; to that Adventure was laid aside, and we stood along Shore
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02030">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(201)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     again South, for the River <hi rend="italic">de la Plata</hi>, expecting 
                    some Purchase thereabouts; especially we had
                     our Eyes upon some of the <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Ships from the 
                        <hi rend="italic">Bruenos Ayres</hi>, which are generally very rich in 
                    Silver, and one such Prize would have done our
                    Business, We ply'd about here in the Latitude
                     of  <gap reason="intentional blank" extent="several characters"/>  South for
                        near a Month, and nothing offer'd; and here we began to consult what
                    we should do next, for we had come to no Resolution yet. Indeed my Design was always for the
                        <hi rend="italic">Cape de Bona Speranza</hi>, and so to the <hi
                            rend="italic">East Indies</hi>. 
                     I had heard some flaming Stories of Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, 
                     and the fine things he had done in the <hi rend="italic">Indies</hi>, 
                    which were doubled and doubled even Ten Thousand-fold, and from taking a great Prize in the
                     Bay of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, where he took a Lady said to be 
                     the <hi rend="italic">Great Mogul</hi>'s Daughter, with a great Quantity of Jewels about her. We had a Story told
                     us, that he took a <hi rend="italic">Mogul</hi> Ship, so the foolish Sailors called it, loaden with Diamonds.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     I would fain have had Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Advice, 
                    whither we should go, but he always put it off
                     with some <hi rend="italic">Quaking</hi> Quibble or other. In short, 
                    he did not care for directing us neither; whether
                    he made a Piece of Conscience of it, or whether
                    he did not care to venture having it come against
                    him afterwards, or no, this I know not; but we
                    concluded at last without him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were however pretty long in resolving,
                     and hanker'd about the <hi rend="italic">Rio de la Plata</hi> a long 
                    time; at last we spy'd a Sail to Windward, and
                     it was such a Sail as I believe had not been seen in 
                    that Part of the World a great while; it wanted
                    not that we should give it Chase, for it stood directly towards us, as well as they that steer'd
                    could make it; and even that was more Accident
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02040">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(202)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    of Weather than any thing else: For if the Wind
                    had chopt about any where, they must have gone
                    with it. I leave any Man that is a Sailor, or understands any thing of a Ship, to judge what a
                    Figure this Ship made when we first saw her,
                    and what we could imagine was the Matter with
                    her. Her Main Top-Mast was come by the Board,
                    about six Foot above the Cap, and fell forward,
                    the Head of the Top-gallant Mast, hanging in
                    the Fore Shrouds by the Stay; at the same time
                    the Pareil of the Mizen Topsail Yard, by
                    some Accident giving Way, the Mizen Topsail Braces (the standing Part of which being
                    fast to the Main Topsail Shrouds) brought the
                    Mizen Topsail, Yard and all, down with it,
                    which spread over Part of the Quarter Deck like
                    an Awning: The Fore-Topsail was hoisted up
                    two Thirds of the Mast, but the Sheets were
                    flown. The Fore Yard was lower'd down upon
                    the Forecastle, the Sail loose, and Part of it
                    hanging over-board. In this. Manner she came
                    down upon us with the Wind quartering: In a
                    Word, the Figure the whole Ship made, was the
                    most confounding to Men that understood the Sea,
                    that ever was seen; she had no Boat, neither had
                    she any Colours out.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came near to her, we fired a Gun to
                    bring her to. She took no Notice of it, nor of
                    us, but came on just as she did before. We fired
                    again, but 'twas all one: At length we came within Pistol Shot of one another, but no body answered nor appeared; so we began to think that
                    it was a Ship gone ashore somewhere in Distress,
                    and the Men having forsaken her, the high Tide
                    had floated her off to Sea. Coming nearer to her,
                    we run up along Side of her so close, that we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02050">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(203)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    could hear a Noise within her, and see the Motion of several People thro' her Ports.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon, this we Mann'd our two Boats full of
                    Men, and very well armed, and ordered them to
                    board her at the same Minute, as near as they
                    could, and to enter one at her Fore-chains on one
                    Side, and the other a Mid-ship on the other
                    Side. As soon as they came to the Ship's Side,
                     a surprizing Multitude of black Sailors, <hi rend="italic">such</hi>
                        <hi rend="italic">as they were</hi>, appeared upon Deck, and in short, 
                    terrify'd our Men so, much, that the Boat
                    which was to enter her Men in the Waste,
                    stood off again, and durst not board her; and
                    the Men that enter'd out of the other Boat,
                    finding the first Boat, as they thought, beaten
                    off, and seeing the Ship full of Men, jump'd all
                    back again into their Boat, and put off, not
                    knowing what the Matter was. Upon this we
                    prepared to pour in a Broadside upon her. But
                     our Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> set us to Rights again here; 
                    for it seems he guess'd how it was sooner than
                    we did, and coming up to me (for it was our
                    Ship that came up with her) Friend, says he,
                    I am of Opinion thou art wrong in this Matter,
                    and thy Men have been wrong also in their Conduct: I'll tell thee how thou shalt take this
                    Ship, without making use of those things call'd
                     Guns. How can that be, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, said I? Why, 
                    said he, thou mayst take her with thy Helm;
                    thou seest they keep no Steerage, and thou seest
                    the Condition they are in; board her with thy
                    Ship upon her Lee Quarter, and so enter her
                    from the Ship: I am perswaded thou wilt take
                    her without Fighting, for there is some Mischief
                    has befallen the Ship, which we know nothing
                    of.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02060">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(204)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In a Word, it being a smooth Sea, and little
                    Wind, I took his Advice, and lay'd her aboard.
                    Immediately our Men entred the Ship, where
                    we found a large Ship with upwards of 600 Negroes, Men and Women, Boys and Girls, and not
                    one Christian, or white Man, on board.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was struck with Horror at the Sight, for
                    immediately I concluded, as was partly the Case,
                    that these black Devils had got loose, had murthered all the white Men, and thrown them into the Sea; and I had no sooner told my Mind
                    to the Men, but the Thought of it so enraged
                    them, that I had much ado to keep my Men
                     from cutting them all in Pieces. But <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, 
                    with many Perswasions prevailed upon them,
                    by telling of them, that it was nothing but what,
                    if they were in the Negroes Condition, they
                    would do, if they could; and that the Negroes
                    had really the highest Injustice done them, to be
                    sold for Slaves without their Consent; and that
                    the Law of Nature dictated it to them; that they
                    ought not to kill them, and that it would be
                    wilful Murder to do it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This prevailed with them, and cooled their
                    first Heat; so they only knock'd down twenty
                    or thirty of them, and the rest run all down
                    between Decks, to their first Places, believing,
                    as we fancy'd, that we were their first Masters
                    come again.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was a most unaccountable Difficulty we had
                    next, for we could not make them understand
                    one Word we said, nor could we understand one
                    Word our selves that they said. We endeavoured by Signs to ask them whence they came,
                    but they could make nothing of it; we pointed
                    to the Great Cabin, to the Round-house, to the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02070">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(205)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Cook-room, then to our Faces, to ask if they had
                    no white Men on board, and where they were
                    gone? But they could not understand what we
                    meant: On the other Hand, they pointed to our
                    Boat, and to their Ship, asking Questions as well
                    as they could, and said a Thousand things, and
                    expressed themselves with great Earnestness, but
                    we could not understand a Word of it all, or
                    know what they meant by any of their Signs.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We knew very well they must have been taken
                    on board the Ship as Slaves, and that it must be
                     by some <hi rend="italic">European</hi> People too. We could easily 
                     see that the Ship was a <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>-built Ship, but 
                    very much alter'd, having been built upon, and
                     as we suppose, in <hi rend="italic">France</hi>; for we found two or 
                     three <hi rend="italic">French</hi> Books on board, and afterwards we 
                    found Clothes, Linnen, Lace, some old Shoes,
                    and several other things: We found among the
                     Provisions, some Barrels of <hi rend="italic">Irish</hi> Beef, some <hi
                            rend="italic">Newfoundland</hi> Fish, and several other Evidences that 
                    there had been Christians on board, but saw no
                    Remains of them. We found not a Sword, Gun,
                    Pistol, or Weapon of any kind, except some
                    Cutlasses; and the Negroes had hid them below
                    where they lay. We ask'd them what was become of all the small Arms, pointing to our own,
                    and to the Places where those belonging to the
                    Ship had hung: One of the Negroes understood
                    me presently, and beckon'd to me to come up
                    upon the Deck, where taking my Fuzee, which
                    I never let go out of my Hand for some time
                    after we had master'd the Ship; I say, offering
                    to take hold of it, he made the proper Motion of
                    throwing it into the Sea, by which I understood,
                    as I did afterwards, that they had thrown all
                     the small Arms, Powder, Shot, Swords, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. in-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02080">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(206)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to the Sea, believing, as I supposed, those things
                    would kill them, tho' the Men were gone.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    After we understood this, we made no Question but that the Ship's Crew having been surprized by these desperate Rogues, had gone the same
                    Way, and had been thrown over-board also. We
                    look'd all over the Ship, to see if we could find
                    any Blood, and we thought we did perceive some
                    in several Places; but the Heat of the Sun melting the Pitch and Tar upon the Decks, made it
                    impossible for us to discern it exactly, except in
                    the Round-house, where we plainly saw that
                    there had been much Blood. We found the
                    Skuttle open, by which we supposed the Captain
                    and those that were with him had made their
                    Retreat into the Great Cabin, or those in the
                    Cabin had made their Escape up into the Round-house.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But that which confirmed us most of all in
                    what had happen'd, was, that upon farther Enquiry we found that there were seven, or eight
                    of the Negroes very much wounded, two or
                    three of them with Shot; whereof one had his
                    Leg broke, and lay in a miserable Condition, the
                     Flesh being mortified, and, as our Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    said, in two Days more he would have died.
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was a most dexterous Surgeon, and he 
                    shew'd it in this Cure; for tho' all the Surgeons
                    we had on board both our Ships (and we had no
                    less than five that called themselves bred Surgeons, besides two or three who were Pretenders or
                    Assistants) and all there gave their Opinion that
                    the Negroe's Leg must be cut off, and that his
                    Life could net be saved without it; that the
                    Mortification had touch'd the Marrow in the
                    Bone, that the Tendons were mortified, and that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02090">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(207)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    he could never have the Use of his Leg, if it
                     should be cured. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> said nothing in general, but that his Opinion was otherwise, and that
                    he desired the Wound might be search'd, and
                    that he would then tell them farther. Accordingly he went to Work with the Leg, and, as
                    he desired he might have some of the Surgeons
                    to assist him, we appointed him two of the ablest
                    of them to help, and all of them to look on, if
                    they thought fit.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> went to Work his own Way, and some 
                    of them pretended to find Fault at first. However, he proceeded, and search'd every Part of
                    the Leg where he suspected the Mortification had
                    touch'd it: In a Word, he cut off a great deal
                    of mortified Flesh; in all which the poor Fellow
                     felt no Pain. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> proceeded till he brought 
                    the Vessels which he had cut to bleed, and the
                    Man to cry out: Then he reduced the Splinters
                     of the Bone, and calling for Help, <hi rend="italic">set it, as we
                            call it</hi>, and bound it up; and laid the Man to Rest, 
                    who found himself much easier than before.
                    At the first Opening, the Surgeons began to
                    triumph, the Mortification seem'd to spread, and
                    a long red Streak of Blood appeared from the
                    Wound upwards to the Middle of the Man's
                    Thigh, and the Surgeons told me the Man would
                    die in a few Hours. I went to look at it, and
                     found <hi rend="italic">William</hi> himself under some Surprize; but 
                    when I ask'd him how long he thought the poor
                    Fellow could live, he look'd gravely up at me,
                     and said, <hi rend="italic">As long as thou canst:</hi> I am not at all 
                    apprehensive of his Life, said he, but I would
                    cure him if I could, without making a Cripple of
                    him. I found he was not just then upon the Operation, as to his Leg, but was mixing up some-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02100">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(208)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thing to give the poor Creature, to repel, as I
                    thought, the spreading Contagion, and to abate
                    or prevent any feverish Temper that might
                    happen in the Blood: After which he went to
                    Work again, and open'd the Leg in two Places above the Wound, cutting out a great deal
                    of mortified Flesh, which it seems was occasioned by the Bandage which had press'd the Parts
                    too much, and withal, the Blood being at that
                    time in a more than common Disposition to
                    mortify, might assist to spread it.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Well, our Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> conquer'd all this, 
                    clear'd the spreading Mortification, that the red
                    Streak went off again, the Flesh began to heal,
                    and Matter to run; and in a few Days the Man's
                    Spirits began to recover, his Pulse beat regular,
                    he had no Fever, and gathered Strength daily;
                    and in a Word he was a perfect sound Man in
                    about ten Weeks, and we kept him amongst us,
                    and made him an able Seaman. But to return
                    to the Ship, we never could come at a certain Information about it, till some of the Negroes which
                    we kept on board, and whom we taught to speak
                        <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, gave the Account of it afterwards, and 
                    this maim'd Man in particular.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We enquired by all the Signs and Motions
                    we could imagine, what was become of the People, and yet we could get nothing from them.
                    Our Lieutenant was for torturing some of them
                     to make them confess; but <hi rend="italic">William</hi> opposed that 
                    vehemently; and when he heard it was under
                    Consideration, he came to me, Friend, says he,
                    I make a Request to thee, not to put any of
                     these poor Wretches to Torment. Why, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, said I, why not? You see they will not give 
                    any Account of what is become of the white
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02110">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(209)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     Men. Nay, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, do not say so; I suppose they have given thee a full Account of every
                    Particular of it. How so, says I, pray what are
                    we the wiser for all their Jabbering? Nay, says    
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, that may be thy Fault, for ought I 
                    know; thou wilt not punish the poor Men because they cannot speak <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, and perhaps they 
                     never heard a Word of <hi rend="italic">English</hi> before. Now I 
                    may very well suppose, that they have given
                    thee a large Account of every thing; for thou
                    seest with what Earnestness, and how long some
                    of them have talk'd to thee, and if thou canst
                    not understand their Language, nor they thine,
                    how can they help that; at the best thou doest
                    but suppose that they have not told thee the
                    whole Truth of the Story, and on the contrary
                    I suppose they have, and how wilt thou decide
                    the Question, whether thou art right, or whether
                    I am right? Besides, what can they say to thee,
                    when thou askest them a Question upon the Torture, and at the same time they do not understand the Question, and thou doest not know
                     whether they say <hi rend="italic">Ay</hi> or <hi rend="italic">No</hi>?
                    
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It is no Complement to my Moderation, to say
                    I was convinc'd by these Reasons; and yet we
                    had all much ado to keep our second Lieutenant from murthering some of them to make
                    them tell. What if they had told, he did not
                    understand one Word of it; but he would not
                    be perswaded but that the Negroes must needs
                    understand him, when he ask'd them, whether
                    the Ship had any Boat or no, like ours, and what
                    was become of it?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But there was no Remedy but to wait till
                     we made these People understand <hi rend="italic">English</hi>; and 
                    to adjourn the Story till that time. The Case was
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02120">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(210)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thus. Where they were taken on board the
                    Ship, that we could never understand, because they
                     never knew the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Names which we give to 
                    those Coasts, or what Nation they were who belong'd to the Ship, because they knew not one
                    Tongue from another; but thus far the Negroe
                     I examin'd, who was the same whose Leg <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    had cured, told us, that they did not speak the
                     same Language we spoke, nor the same our <hi rend="italic">Portugueze</hi> spoke; so that in all Probability they must 
                     be <hi rend="italic">French</hi> or <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Then he told us, that the white Men used
                    them barbarously; that they beat them unmercifully; that one of the Negroe Men had a Wife,
                    and two Negroe Children, one a Daughter about
                    sixteen Years old; that a White Man abused the
                    Negroe Man's Wife, and afterwards his Daughter, which, as he said, made all the Negroe Men
                    mad; and that the Woman's Husband was in a
                    great Rage, at which the White Man was so provoked, that he threaten'd to kill him; but in
                    the Night, the Negroe Man being loose, got a
                    great Club, by which he made us understand he
                    meant a Handspike, and that when the same
                        <hi rend="italic">Frenchman</hi> (<hi rend="italic">if it was a</hi>
                        Frenchman) came among 
                    them again, he began again to abuse the Negro Man's Wife; at which the Negroe taking
                    up the Handspike, knock'd his Brains out at one
                    Blow; and then taking the Key from him with
                    which he usually unlock'd the Hand-cuffs which
                    the Negroes were fetter'd with, he set about a
                    Hundred of them at Liberty, who getting up
                    upon the Deck by the same Skuttle that the
                    White Man came down; and taking the Man's
                    Cutlass who was killed, and laying hold of what
                    came next them, they fell upon the Men that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02130">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(211)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    were upon the Deck, and killed them all, and
                    afterwards those they found upon the Forecastle;
                    that the Captain and his other Men, who were
                    in the Cabin, and the Round-house, defended
                    themselves with great Courage, and shot out at
                    the Loopholes at them, by which he and several
                    other Men were wounded, and some killed; but
                    that they broke into the Round-house after a
                    long Dispute, where they killed two of the
                    white Men, but own'd that the two white Men
                    killed eleven of their Men before they could
                    break in; and then the rest having got down
                    the Skuttle into the Great Cabin, wounded three
                    more of them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    That after this, the Gunner of the Ship having secured himself in the Gun-room, one of
                    his Men haul'd up the Long-Boat close under
                    the Stern, and putting into her all the Arms
                    and Ammunition they could come at, got all into the Boat, and afterwards took in the Captain,
                    and those that were with him, out of the Great
                    Cabin. When they were all thus embark'd, they
                    resolved to lay the Ship aboard again, and try to
                    recover it; that they boarded the Ship in a desperate Manner, and killed at first all that stood
                    in their Way; but the Negroes being by this
                    time all loose, and having gotten some Arms,
                    tho' they understood nothing of Powder and
                    Bullet or Guns; yet the Men could never master them. However, they lay under the Ship's
                    Bow, and got out all the Men they had left in the
                    Cook-room, who had maintained themselves
                    there, notwithstanding all the Negroes could do,
                    and with their small Arms killed between thirty
                    and forty of the Negroes, but were at last forc'd
                    to leave them.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02140">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(212)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They could give me no Account whereabouts
                     this was, whether near the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, or 
                    far off, or how long it was before the Ship fell
                    into our Hands; only in general, it was a great
                     while ago, <hi rend="italic">as they called it</hi>, and by all we could 
                    learn, it was within two or three Days after they
                    had set Sail from the Coast. They told us, that
                    they had killed about thirty of the white Men,
                    having knock'd them on the Head with Crows and
                    Hand-spikes, and such things as they could get;
                    and one strong Negroe killed three of them with
                    an Iron Crow, after he was shot twice thro' the
                    Body, and that he was afterwards shot thro' the
                    Head by the Captain himself at the Door of
                    the Round-house, which he had split open with
                    the Crow; and this we suppose was the Occasion of the great Quantity of Blood which we
                    saw at the Round-house Door.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The same Negroe told us, that they threw all
                    the Powder and Shot they could find, into the
                    Sea, and they would have thrown the great Guns
                    into the Sea, if they could have lifted them.
                    Being ask'd how they came to have their Sails
                     in such a Condition, his Answer was, <hi rend="italic">they no understand, they no know what the Sails do</hi>; that was, 
                    they did not so much as know that it was the
                    Sails that made the Ship go; or understand what
                    they meant, or what to do with them. When
                    we asked him whither they were going, he said,
                    they did not know, but believed they should go
                    Home to their own Country again. I asked
                    him in particular, what he thought we were,
                    when we came first up with them? He said,
                    they were terribly frighted, believing we were
                    the same white Men that had gone away in their
                    Boats, and were come again in a great Ship, with
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02150">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(213)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the two Boats with them, and expected they
                    would kill them all.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was the Account we got out of them,
                     after we had taught them to speak <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, and 
                    to understand the Names and Use of the things
                    belonging to the Ship, which they had Occasion to speak of, and we observed that the Fellows were too innocent to dissemble in their
                    Relation, and that they all agreed in the Particulars, and were always in the same Story,
                    which confirm'd very much the Truth of what
                    they said.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having taken this Ship, our next Difficulty
                     was, what to do with the Negroes. The <hi rend="italic">Portugueze</hi> in the <hi rend="italic">Brasils</hi> would
                        have bought them all of 
                    us, and been glad of the Purchase, if we had
                    not shew'd our selves Enemies there, and been
                    known for Pyrates; but as it was, we durst not
                    go on Shore any where thereabouts, or treat with
                    any of the Planters, because we should raise the
                    whole Country upon us; and if there were any
                    such things as Men of War in any of their
                    Ports, we should be assured to be attack'd by
                    them, and by all the Force they had by Land
                    or Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Nor could we think of any better Success,
                    if we went Northward to our own Plantations.
                    One while we determined to carry them all away
                     to the <hi rend="italic">Buenos Ayres</hi>, and sell them there to the 
                        <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi>; but they were really too many for 
                    them to make Use of; and to carry them round
                    to the South-Seas, which was the only Remedy
                    that was left, was so far, that we should be
                    no Way able to subsist them for so long a
                    Voyage.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02160">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(214)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     At last, our old never-failing Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    help'd us out again, as he had often done, at
                    a Dead-lift. His Propoal was this, that he
                    should go as Master of the Ship, and about
                    twenty Men such as we could best trust, and
                    attempt to trade privately upon the Coast of
                        <hi rend="italic">Brasil</hi>, with the Planters, not at the principal 
                    Ports, because that would not be admitted.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We all agreed to this, and appointed to go
                     away our selves towards the <hi rend="italic">Rio de la Plata</hi>, where 
                    we had Thought of going before, and to wait
                     for him not there, but at <hi rend="italic">Port St. Pedro</hi>, as the 
                        <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> call it, lying at the Mouth of the River which they call <hi rend="italic">Rio Grande</hi>, and where the 
                        <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> had a small Fort, and a few People, 
                    but we believe there was no Body in it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we took up our Station, cruising off and
                    on, to see if we could meet any Ships going
                     to, or coming from the <hi rend="italic">Buenos Ayres</hi>, or the <hi
                            rend="italic">Rio de la Plata</hi>, but we met with nothing worth 
                    Notice. However, we employed our selves in
                    things necessary for our going off to Sea; for
                    we filled all our Water Casks, and got some Fish
                    for our present Use, to spare as much as possible our Ship's Stores.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> in the mean time went away to the 
                     North, and made the Land about the <hi rend="italic">Cape de St. Thomas</hi>, and betwixt that and the Isles <hi
                            rend="italic">de Tuberon</hi>, he found Means to trade with the Planters for all his Negroes, as well the Women as
                     the Men, and at a very good Price too; for <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, who spoke <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                        pretty well, told them a 
                    fair Story enough, that the Ship was in Scarcity
                    or Provisions, that they were. driven a great
                     Way out of their Way, and indeed, <hi rend="italic">as we say</hi>, 
                    put of their Knowledge, and that they must go
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02170">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(215)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     up to the Northward as far as <hi rend="italic">Jamaica</hi>, or sell 
                    there upon the Coast. This was a very plausible Tale, and was easily believed; and if you
                    observe the Manner of the Negroes Sailing, and
                    what happened in their Voyage, was every Word
                    of it true.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    By this Method, and being true to one another, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> past for what he was; I mean, for 
                    a very honest Fellow, and by Assistance of one
                    Planter, who sent to some of his Neighbour
                    Planters, and managed the Trade among themselves, he got a quick Market; for in less than
                     five Weeks, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> sold all his Negroes, and at 
                     last sold the Ship it self, and shipp'd himself and 
                    his twenty Men, and two Negroe Boys whom he
                    had left, in a Sloop, one of those which the Planters used to send on board for the Negroes.
                     With this Sloop Captain <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, as we then called him, came away, and found us at <hi rend="italic">Port St. Pedro</hi>, in the Latitude of 32 Degrees, 30 Minutes 
                    South.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Nothing was more surprizing to us, than to
                     see a Sloop come along the Coast, carrying <hi rend="italic">Portugueze</hi> Colours, and come in direfly to us, after 
                    we were assured he had discovered both our
                    Ships. We fired a Gun upon her nearer Approach, to bring her to an Anchor, but immediately she fired five Guns by Way of Salute,
                     and spread her <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Antient: Then we began 
                     to guess it was Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, but wondered 
                    what was the Meaning of his being in a Sloop,
                    whereas we sent him away in a Ship of near
                    300 Tuns; but he soon let us into the whole
                    History of his Management, with which we had
                    a great deal of Reason to be very well satisfy'd.
                    As soon as he had brought the Sloop to an An-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02180">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(216)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    chor, he came aboard of my Ship, and there
                    he gave us an Account how he began to
                     trade, by the Help of a <hi rend="italic">Portugueze</hi> Planter, 
                    who lived near the Sea-side; how he went
                    on Shore, and went up to the first House he
                    could see, and asked the Man of the House to
                    sell him some Hoggs, pretending at first he only stood in upon the Coast to take in fresh Water, and buy some Provisions; and the Man not
                    only sold him seven fat Hoggs, but invited him
                    in, and gave him and five Men he had with him,
                    a very good Dinner, and he invited the Planter
                    on board his Ship, and in Return for his Kindness, gave him a Negroe Girl for his Wife.
                    This so obliged the Planter, that the next
                    Morning he sent him on board, in a great
                    Luggage Boat, a Cow and two Sheep, with a
                    Chest of Sweet-meats, and some Sugar, and a
                     great Bag of Tobacco, and invited Captain <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    on Shore again: That after this, they grew from
                    one Kindness to another, that they began to talk
                     about Trading for some Negroes; and <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    pretending it was to do him Service, consented
                    to sell him thirty Negroes for his private Use
                     in his Plantation, for which he gave <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    ready Money in Gold, at the Rate of five and
                     thirty Moydores <hi rend="italic">per</hi> Head; but the Planter was 
                    obliged to use great Caution in the bringing them
                     on Shore: For which Purpose, he made <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    weigh and stand out to Sea, and put in again,
                    above fifty Miles farther North, where at a
                    little Creek he took the Negroes on Shore at
                    another Plantation, being a Friend's of his whom
                    it seems he could trust.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     This Remove brought <hi rend="italic">William</hi> into a farther Intimacy, not only with the first Planter, but also
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02190">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(217)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    with his Friends, who desired to have some of the
                    Negroes also; so that from one to another, they
                    bought so many, till one over-grown Planter took
                     100 Negroes, which was all <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had left, and 
                    sharing them with another Planter, that other
                     Planter chaffer'd with <hi rend="italic">William</hi> for Ship and all, 
                    giving him in Exchange a very clean, large,
                    well-built Sloop of near sixty Tons, very well
                    furnish'd, carrying six Guns, but we made her
                     afterwards carry twelve Guns. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had 300 
                    Moydores of Gold, besides the Sloop, in Payment
                    for the Ship, and with this Money, he stored the
                    Sloop as full as she could hold with Provisions,
                    especially Bread, some Pork, and about sixty
                     Hoggs alive: Among the rest, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> got eighty 
                    Barrels of good Gunpowder, which was very
                    much for our Purpose, and all the Provisions
                     which were in the <hi rend="italic">French</hi> Ship he took out also.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was a very agreeable Account to us, especially when we saw, that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had received in 
                     Gold coin'd, or by Weight, and some <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Silver, 60000 Pieces of Eight, besides a new Sloop,
                    and a vast Quantity of Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were very glad of the Sloop in particular,
                    and began to consult what we should do, whether we had not best turn off our great <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                    Ship, and stick to our first Ship and the Sloop,
                    seeing we had scarce Men enough for all three,
                    and that the biggest Ship was thought too big
                    for our Business; however, another Dispute which
                     was now decided, brought the first to a Conclusion. 
                    The first Dispute was, whither we should go? My
                    Comrade, as I called him now, that is to say, he
                     that was my Captain before we took this <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Man of War, was for going to the South 
                     Seas, and coasting up the West Side of <hi rend="italic">America</hi>,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02200">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(218)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    where we could not fail of making several good
                     Prizes upon the <hi rend="italic">Spaniards</hi> and that then if Occasion required, we might come home by the
                     South-Seas to the <hi rend="italic">East-Indies</hi> and so go round the 
                    Globe as others had done before us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But my Head lay another Way, I had been in
                     the <hi rend="italic">East-Indies</hi>, and had entertained a Notion 
                    ever since that, that if we went thither we could
                    not fail of making good Work of it, and that we
                     might have a safe Retreat, and good Beef to Victual 
                    our Ship, among my old Friends the Natives of
                        <hi rend="italic">Zamguebar</hi>, on the Coast of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Mozambique</hi>, or the 
                     Island of St. <hi rend="italic">Laurence</hi>: I say, my Thoughts lay this 
                     Way and I read so many Lectures to them all, of the 
                    Advantages they would certainly make of their
                    Strength, by the Prizes they would take in the
                     Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi> or the <hi rend="italic"
                        >Red-Sea</hi>, and on the Coast of 
                        <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> or the Bay of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>,
                        that I amaz'd them. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    With these Arguments I prevailed on them,
                    and we all resolved to steer away S. E. for the
                     Cape of <hi rend="italic">Good Hope</hi>; and in Consequence of this 
                    Resolution, we concluded to keep the Sloop, and
                     sail with all three, not doubting, as I assured them, 
                    but we should find Men there to make up the
                    Number wanting, and if not, we might cast any
                    of them off when we pleased.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We could do no less than make our Friend
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> Captain of the Sloop, which with such 
                    good Management he had brought us. He told
                    us, tho' with much good Manners, he would
                    not command her as a Fregat, but if we would
                     give her to him for his Share of, the <hi rend="italic">Guinea</hi> Ship, 
                    which we came very honestly by he would keep
                    us Company as a Victualler, if we commanded
                    him, as long as he was under the same Force
                    that took him away.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02210">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(219)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We understood him, so we gave him the Sloop,
                    but upon Condition that he should not go from
                    us, and should be entirely under our Command:
                     However, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was not so easy as before; and 
                    indeed, as we afterwards wanted the Sloop, to
                    cruise for Purchase, and a Right thorow-paced
                     Pyrate in her; so I was in such Pain for <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, 
                    that I could not be without him, for he was my
                    Privy-Counsellour and Companion upon all Occasions; so I put a <hi rend="italic">Scotsman</hi>, a bold enterprizing 
                     gallant Fellow into her, named <hi rend="italic">Gordon</hi>, and made 
                    her carry 12 Guns, and four Paterero's, though
                    indeed we wanted Men, for we were none of us
                    Mann'd in Proportion to our Force.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We sailed away for the Cape of <hi rend="italic">Good Hope</hi>, the 
                     Beginning of <hi rend="italic">October</hi> 1706, and passed by in 
                     Sight of the Cape, the 12 of <hi rend="italic">November</hi> following, having met with a great deal of bad Weather: We saw several Merchant Ships in the
                     Road there, as well <hi rend="italic">English</hi> as <hi rend="italic"
                            >Dutch</hi>, whether 
                    outward bound or homeward we could not tell;
                        <hi rend="italic">be it what it would</hi>, we did not think fit to come to 
                    an Anchor, not knowing what they might be,
                    or what they might attempt against us, when
                    they knew what we were: However, as we wanted
                    fresh Water, we sent the two Boats belonging to
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Man of War, with all <hi
                            rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                     Seamen or <hi rend="italic">Negroes</hi> in them, to the Watering 
                    Place, to take in Water: And in the mean time
                     we hung out a <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Antient at Sea, and lay by 
                    all that Night. They knew not what we was,
                    but it seems we past for any thing but really what
                    we was.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Boats returning the third time loaden,
                    about five a Clock next Morning, we thought
                    our selves sufficiently water'd, and stood away
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02220">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(220)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to the Eastward; but before our Men returned
                    the last time, the Wind blowing an easy Gale at
                    West, we perceived a Boat in the Grey of the
                    Morning, under Sail, crowding to come up with
                    us, as if they were afraid we should be gone.
                    We soon found it was an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Long-Boat, and 
                    that it was pretty full of Men; we could not
                    imagine what the Meaning of it should be; but
                    as it was but a Boat, we thought there could
                    be no great Harm in it to let them come on
                    board: And if it appeared they came only to
                    enquire who we were, we would give them a full
                    Account of our Business, by taking them along
                    with us, seeing we wanted Men as much as any
                    thing; but they saved us the Labour of being in
                    doubt how to dispose of them, for it seems our
                    <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Seamen who went for Water, had not 
                    been so silent at the Watering Place, as we
                    thought they would have been. But the Case,
                     in short was this. Captain  <gap
                            reason="personal name intentionally left blank"
                            extent="several characters"/>  ,<hi rend="italic"> I forbear his Name at present, for a particular Reason</hi>,
                        Captain 
                     of an <hi rend="italic">East India</hi> Merchant Ship, bound afterwards for <hi rend="italic">China</hi>, had found some Reason to be 
                    very severe with his Men, and had handled some
                     of them very roughly at St. <hi rend="italic">Helena</hi>; insomuch, 
                    that they threaten'd among themselves to leave
                    the Ship the first Opportunity, and had long
                    wish'd for that Opportunity: Some of these
                    Men, it seems, had met with our Boat at the Watering Place, and enquiring of one another who
                    we were, and upon what Account; whether the
                        <hi rend="italic">Portguese</hi> Seamen, by faultring in their Account, 
                    made them suspect that we were out upon the
                     Cruise, or whether they told it in plain <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, 
                     or no (for they all spoke <hi rend="italic">English</hi> enough to be understood) but so it was, that as soon as ever the
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02230">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(221)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Men carried the News on board, that the Ships
                     which lay by to the Eastward were <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, and 
                     that they were going upon <hi rend="italic">the Account</hi>, which by 
                    the Way was a Sea Term for a Pyrate; I say,
                    as soon as ever they heard it, they went to work,
                    and getting all things ready in the Night, their
                    Chests and Clothes, and whatever else they could,
                    they came away before it was Day, and came up
                    with us about seven a Clock.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When they came by the Ship's Side which I
                    commanded, we hailed them in the usual Manner, to know what and who they were, and
                    what their Business? They answered, they were
                        <hi rend="italic">Englishmen</hi>, and desired to come aboard: We told 
                    them they might lay the Ship on board, but ordered they should let only one Man enter the
                    Ship, till the Captain knew their Businiess, and
                    that he should come without any Arms: They
                    said Ay, with all their Hearts.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We presently found their Business, and that
                    they desired to go with us; and as for their Arms,
                    they desired we would send Men on board the
                    Boat, and that they would deliver them all to us,
                    which was done. The Fellow that came up to
                    me, told me how they had been used by their
                    Captain, how he had starved the Men, and used
                    them like Dogs; and that if the rest of the Men
                    knew they should be admitted, he was satisfied
                    two Thirds of them would leave the Ship. We
                    found the Fellows were very hearty in their Resolution, and jolly brisk Sailors they were; so I
                    told them I would do nothing without our Admiral, that was, the Captain of the other Ship: So
                     I sent my Pinnace on board Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, to 
                    desire him to come on board; but he was indisposed, and being to Leeward, excused his coming,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02240">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(222)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    but left it all to me: But before my Boat was
                     returned, Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> called to me by his 
                    Speaking Trumpet, which all the Men might
                    hear as well as I, thus, calling me by my Name,
                        <hi rend="italic">I hear they are honest Fellows, pray tell them they
                            are all welcome, and make them a Bowl of Punch.</hi>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As the Men heard it as well as I, there was
                    no need to tell them what the Captain said; and
                    as soon as the Trumpet had done, they set up a
                    Huzza that shewed us they were very hearty in
                    their coming to us; but we bound them to us by
                    a stronger Obligation still, after this: For when
                     we came to <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, Captain <hi rend="italic"
                            >Wilmot</hi>, with 
                    Consent of all the Ship's Company, ordered that
                    these Men should have as much Money given
                    them out of the Stock, as was due to them for
                    their Pay in the Ship they had left; and after
                    that, we allowed them Twenty Pieces of Eight
                    a Man Bounty Money: And thus we entred them
                    upon Shares, as we were all, and brave stout Fellows they were, being Eighteen in Number,
                    whereof two were Midship-Men, and one a Carpenter.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     It was the 28th of <hi rend="italic">November</hi>, when having had 
                    some bad Weather, we came to an Anchor in the
                     Road off of St. <hi rend="italic">Augustine</hi> Bay, at the South West 
                     End of my old Acquaintance the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Madgascar</hi>: We lay here a while, and traffick'd with the 
                    Natives for some good Beef, tho' the Weather
                     was so hot, that we could not promise our selves to 
                    salt any of it up to keep; but I shewed them the
                    Way which we practised before, to salt it first
                     with <hi rend="italic">Salt-Petre</hi>, then cure it, by drying it in the 
                    Sun, which made it eat very agreeably, tho' not
                    so wholesome for our Men, that not agreeing with
                     our Way of Cooking, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. Boiling with Pud- 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02250">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(223)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     ding, Brewes, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. and particularly this Way 
                    would be too <sic>salt</sic>, and the Fat of the Meat be
                    resty, or dry'd away, so as not to be eaten.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This however we could not help, and made
                    our selves amends by feeding heartily on the fresh
                    Beef while we were there, which was excellent
                    good and fat, every Way as tender, and as well
                     relished as in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> and thought to be much 
                     better to us who had not tasted any in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> for 
                    so long a Time.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having now for some time remained here,
                    we began to consider that this was not a Place for
                    our Business; and I that had some Views, a particular Way of my owns told them, that this was
                    not a Station for those that look'd for Purchase;
                    that there were two Parts of the Island which
                    were particularly proper for our Purposes; first
                    the Bay on the East Side of the Island, and
                     from thence to the Island <hi rend="italic">Mauritius</hi>, which was 
                    the usual Way which Ships that came from the
                        <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> Coast, or the Coast of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Coromandel</hi>, Fort 
                        <hi rend="italic">St. George</hi>, &amp;c. used to take, and where, if we 
                    waited for them, we ought to take our Station.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But on the other Hand, as we did not resolve
                     to fall upon the <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Traders, who were 
                    generally Ships of Force, and well Manned, and
                    where Blows must be looked for; so I had another Prospect, which I promised my self would
                    yield equal Profit, or perhaps greater, without
                    any of the Hazard and Difficulty of the former,
                     and this was the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi> or the <hi
                            rend="italic">Red Sea</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I told them that the Trade here was great, the
                     Ships rich, and the Streight of <hi rend="italic">Babelmandel</hi> narrow; 
                    so that there was no doubt but we might cruise
                    so as to let nothing slip our Hands, having the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02260">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(224)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     Seas open from the <hi rend="italic">Red Sea</hi> along the Coast of
                        <hi rend="italic">Arabia</hi>, to the <hi rend="italic">Persian</hi> Gulph
                        and the <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> Side 
                    of the <hi rend="italic">Indies</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I told them, what I had observed when I sailed
                    round the Island, in my former Progress, how
                    that on the Northmost Point of the Island were
                    several very good Harbours, and Roads for our
                    Ships: That the Natives were even more civil,
                    and tractable, if possible, than those where we
                    were, not having been so often ill treated by
                        <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Sailors, as those had in the South and 
                    East Sides; and that we might always be sure of
                    a Retreat, if we were driven to put in by any Necessity, either of Enemies or of Weather.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They were easily convinced of the Reasonableness of my Scheme, and Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, whom 
                    I now called our Admiral, tho' he was at first
                     of the Mind to go and lye at the Island <hi rend="italic">Mauritius</hi>, 
                     and wait for some of the <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Merchant 
                     Ships from the Road of <hi rend="italic">Coromandel</hi>, or the Bay 
                     of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, was now of my Mind. It is true, 
                     we were strong enough to have attacked an <hi rend="italic">English East India</hi> Ship of the greatest Force, though 
                    some of them were said to carry fifty Guns; but
                    I represented to him, that we were sure to have
                    Blows, and Blood if we took them, and after
                    we had done, their Loading was not of equal
                    Value to us, because we had no room to dispose
                    of their Merchandize: And as our Circumstances
                    stood, we had rather have taken one outward
                     bound <hi rend="italic">East India</hi> Ship, with her ready Cash on 
                    board, perhaps to the Vallue of forty or fifty
                    Thousand Pound, than three homeward bound,
                     though their Loading would at <hi rend="italic">London</hi> be worth 
                    three times the Money; because, we knew not
                    whither to go to dispose of the Cargo whereas
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02270">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(209)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     the Ships from <hi rend="italic">London</hi> had Abundance of things 
                    we knew how to make use of, besides their Money; such as their Stores of Provisions, and Liquors, and great Quantities of the like sent to
                     the Governours and Factories at the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Settlements, for their Use: So that if we resolved to
                    look for our own Country Ships, it should be
                     those that were outward bound, not the <hi rend="italic">London</hi>
                    Ships homeward.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    All these things considered, brought the
                    Admiral to be of my Mind entirely; so after taking in Water, and some fresh Provisions where we lay, which was near <hi rend="italic">Cape St. Mary</hi>, 
                    on the South-West Corner of the Island, we
                    weighed, and stood away South, and afterwards
                    S. S. E. to round the Island, and in about six Days
                    Sail, got out of the Wake of the Island, and
                     steer'd away North, till we came off of <hi rend="italic">Port Dauphin</hi>, and then North by East, to the Latitude 
                    of 13 Degrees, 40 Minutes, which was, in short
                    just at the farthest Part of the Island; and the
                    Admiral keeping a-head, made the open Sea fair
                    to the West, clear of the whole Island; upon
                    which he brought to, and we sent the Sloop to
                    stand in round the farthest Point North, and
                    coast along the Shore, and see for a Harbour
                    to put into, which they did, and soon brought
                    us an Account, that there was a deep Bay, with
                    a very good Road, and several little Islands under
                    which they found good Riding, in 10 to 17 Fathom Water, and accordingly there we put in.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, we afterwards found Occasion to
                    remove our Station, as you shall hear presently.
                    We had now nothing to do, but go on Shore,
                    and acquaint our selves a little with the Natives,
                    take in fresh Water and some fresh Provisions,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02280">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(210)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and then to Sea again. We found the People very easy to deal with, and some Cattel they had;
                    but it being at the Extremity of the Island,
                    they had not such Quantities of Cattel here.
                    However, for the present, we resolved to appoint this for our Place of Rendezvous, and go
                    and look out. This was about the latter End
                    of <hi rend="italic">April</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly we put to Sea, and cruised away
                     to the Northward, for the <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Coast: It was 
                    a long Run, but as the Winds generally blow
                     Trade from the South, and S. S. E. from <hi rend="italic">May</hi>
                     to <hi rend="italic">September</hi>, we had good Weather, and in about 
                     twenty Days we made the Island of <hi rend="italic">Saccatia</hi>, 
                     lying South from the <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Coast, and E. S. E. 
                     from the Mouth of the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi>, or the 
                    Red Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we took in Water, and stood off and on
                     upon the <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Shore. We had not cruised 
                    here above three Days, or thereabouts, but I
                    spy'd a Sail, and gave her Chase; but when we
                    came up with her, never was such a poor Prize
                    chased by Pyrates that look'd for Booty; for we
                     found nothing in her, but poor, half-naked <hi rend="italic">Turks</hi>
                     going a Pilgrimage to <hi rend="italic">Mecca</hi>, to the Tomb of 
                     their Prophet <hi rend="italic">Mahomet</hi>; the Jonk that carry'd 
                    them had no one thing worth taking away, but
                    a little Rice, and some Coffee, which was all the
                    poor Wretches had for their Subsistence; so we
                    let them go, for indeed we knew not what to do
                    with them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The same Evening we chased another Jonk
                    with two Masts, and in something better Plight
                    to look at than the former. When we came
                    on board, we found them upon the same Errand,
                    but only that they were People of some better
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02290">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(211)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Fashion than the other; and here we got some
                     Plunder, some <hi rend="italic">Turkish</hi> Stores, a few Diamonds in 
                    the Ear-drops of five or six Persons, some fine
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Persian</hi> Carpets, of which they made their Saffra's 
                    to lye upon, and some Money; so We let them go
                    also.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We continued here eleven Days longer, and
                    saw nothing but now and then a Fishing-Boat;
                    but the twelfth Day of our Cruise, we spy'd a
                    Ship: Indeed I thought at first it had been an
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Ship, but it appeared to be an <hi
                            rend="italic">European</hi>
                    
                     freighted for a Voyage from <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi>, on the Coast of 
                        <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi>, to the Red Sea, and was very rich. We 
                    chased her, and took her, without any Fight,
                    tho' they had some Guns on board too, but not
                     many. We found her Manned with <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi>
                    Seamen, but under the Direction of five Merchant <hi rend="italic">Turks</hi>, who had hired her on the Coast of                     
                        <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi>, of some <hi rend="italic">Portugal</hi>
                        Merchants, and had 
                    loaden her with Pepper, Salt-petre, some Spices,
                    and the rest of the Loading was chiefly Callicoes
                    and wrought Silks, some of them very rich.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We took her, and carried her to <hi rend="italic">Saccatia</hi>, but 
                    we really knew not what to do with her, for the
                    same Reasons as before; for all their Goods were
                    of little or no Value to us. After some Days we
                     found Means to let one of the <hi rend="italic">Turkish</hi> Merchants 
                    know, that if he would ransom the Ship, we
                    would take a Sum of Money, and let them go.
                    He told me, if I would let one of them go on
                    Shore for the Money, they would do it: So we
                    adjusted the Value of the Cargo at 30000 Ducats. Upon this Agreement we allowed the Sloop
                     to carry him on Shore at <hi rend="italic">Dofar</hi> in <hi rend="italic"
                            >Arabia</hi>, where 
                    a rich Merchant laid down the Money for them,
                    and came off with our Sloop; and on Payment
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02300">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(212)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    of the Money, we very fairly and honestly let
                    them go.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Some Days after this, we took an <hi rend="italic">Arabian</hi> Jonk 
                     going from the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Persia</hi> to <hi rend="italic"
                            >Mocha</hi>, with a 
                    good Quantity of Pearl on board; we gutted
                    him of the Pearl, which, it seems, was belonging to some Merchants at <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi>, and let him go, 
                    for there was nothing else worth our taking.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We continued cruising up and down here, till
                    we began to find our Provisions grow low, when
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> our Admiral told us, 'twas time 
                    to think of going back to the Rendezvous, and
                    the rest of the Men said the same, being a little
                    weary of beating about for above three Months
                    together, and meeting with little or nothing compar'd to our great Expectations. But I was very
                    loath to part with the Red Sea at so cheap a Rate,
                    and press'd them to tarry a little longer, which
                    at my Instance we did; but three Days afterwards, to our great Misfortune, understood, that
                     by Landing the <hi rend="italic">Turkish Merchants</hi> at <hi
                            rend="italic">Dofar</hi>, we 
                    had alarmed the Coast as far as the Gulph of
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Persia</hi>, so that no Vessel would stir that Way, and 
                    consequently nothing was to be expected on that
                    Side.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was greatly mortify'd at this News, and
                    could no longer withstand the Importunities of
                     the Men, to return to <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>. However, as 
                    the Winds continued still to blow at S. S. E. to
                    E. by S. we were obliged to stand away towards
                     the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Africa</hi>, and the <hi rend="italic">Cape
                            Guarde Foy</hi>, the 
                    Winds being more variable under the Shore, than
                    in the open Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we chopp'd upon a Booty which we did
                    not look for, and which made Amends for all our
                    Waiting for the very same Hour that we made
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02310">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(213)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Land, we spy'd a large Vessel sailing along the
                     Shore, to the Southward. The Ship was of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, 
                     belonging to the Great <hi rend="italic">Mogul</hi>'s Country, but had 
                     on board a <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Pilot, whole Name, if I remember right, was <hi rend="italic">Vanderdiest</hi>, and several <hi
                            rend="italic">European</hi>         
                     Seamen, whereof three were <hi rend="italic">English</hi>. She was in 
                    no Condition to resist us; the rest of her Seamen
                     were <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> of the Mogul's Subjects, some <hi
                            rend="italic">Malabars</hi>, and some others. There were five <hi
                            rend="italic">Indian</hi>
                     Merchants on board, and some <hi rend="italic">Armenian</hi>: It seems 
                     they had been at <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi> with Spices, Silks, Diamonds, Pearls, Callicoe, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. such Goods as the 
                    Country afforded, and had little on board now
                    but Money in Pieces of Eight, which, by the
                    Way, was just what we wanted; and the three
                        <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Seamen came along with us, and the <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutch</hi>
                     Pilot would have done so too but the two <hi rend="italic">Armenian</hi> Merchants entreated us not to take him; 
                    for that he being their Pilot, there was none of
                    the Men knew how to guide the Ship: So, at
                    their Request, we refused him; but we made
                    them promise he should not be used ill for being willing to go with us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We got near 200000 Pieces of Eight in this
                     Vessel; and if they said true, there was a <hi rend="italic">Jew</hi> of 
                        <hi rend="italic">Goa</hi> who intended to have embark'd with them, 
                    who had 200000 Pieces of Eight with him, all
                    his own; but his good Fortune springing out of
                    his ill Fortune, hinder'd him, for he fell sick at
                        <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi>, and could not be ready to travel, which 
                    was the Saving of his Money.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There was none with me at the Taking this
                     Prize, but the Sloop; for Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>'s Ship 
                    proving leaky, he went away for the Rendezvous
                     before us, and arrived there the Middle of <hi rend="italic">December</hi>; but not liking the Port, he left a great Cross
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02320">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(214)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    on Shore, with Directions written on a Plate of
                    Lead fixt to it, for us to come after him to the
                     great Bay of <hi rend="italic">Mangahelly</hi>, where he found a very good Harbour; but we learnt a Piece of News
                    here, that kept us from him a great while, which
                    the Admiral took Offence at; but we stopt his
                    Mouth with his Share of 200000 Pieces of Eight
                    to him and his Ship's Crew. But the Story which
                    interrupted our coming to him was this. Between
                        <hi rend="italic">Mangahelly</hi> and another Point called <hi rend="italic"
                            >Cape St. Sebastian</hi>, there came on Shore in the Night, an 
                        <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Ship; and whether by Stress of Weather, or Want of a Pilot, I know not, but the
                    Ship stranded, and could not be got off.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We lay in the Cove, or Harbour, where, as
                    I have said, our Rendezvous was appointed, and
                    had not yet been on Shore, so we had not seen
                    the Directions our Admiral had left for us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Our Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, of whom I have said nothing a great while, had a great Mind one Day
                    to go on Shore, and importuned me to let him
                    have a little Troop to go with him, for Safety,
                    that they might see the Country. I was mightily against it for many Reasons; but particularly
                    I told him, he knew the Natives were but Savages, and they were very treacherous, and I desired him that he would not go; and had he gone
                    on much farther, I believe I should have downright refused him, and commanded him not to
                    go.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But in order to perswade me to let him go,
                    he told me, he would give me an Account of the
                    Reason why he was so importunate. He told
                    me, the last Night he had a Dream, which was
                    so forcible, and made such an Impression upon
                    his Mind, that he could not be quiet till he had
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02330">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(215)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    made the Proposal to me to go, and if I refused him, then he thought his Dream was significant, and if not, then his Dream was at an
                    End.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    His Dream was, he said, that he went on Shore
                    with 30 Men, of which the Cockswain he said
                    was one, upon the Island, and that they found a
                    Mine of Gold, and enrich'd them all; but this
                    was not the main thing he said, but that the
                    same Morning he had dreamt so, the Cockswain
                    came to him just then, and told him, that he
                     dreamt he went on Shore on the Island of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, and that some Men came to him and 
                    told him, they would shew him where he should
                    get a Prize would make them all rich.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These two things put together began to weigh
                    with me a little, tho' I was never inclined to
                     give any Heed to Dreams; but <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Importunity turn'd me effectually, for I always put
                    a great deal of Stress upon his Judgment: So
                    that in short, I gave them Leave to go; but I
                    charged them not to go far off from the Sea Coast,
                    that if they were forced down to the Sea-Side
                    upon any Occasion, we might perhaps see them,
                    and fetch them off with our Boats.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They went away early in the Morning, one and
                    thirty Men of them in Number, very well arm'd,
                     and very stout Fellows; they travell'd all the Day, 
                    and at Night made us a Signal that all was well,
                    from the Top of a Hill, which we had agreed on,
                    by making a great Fire.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Next Day they march'd down the Hill on the
                    other Side, inclining towards the Sea-Side, as
                    they had promised, and saw a very pleasant Valley
                    before them with a River in the Middle of it,
                    which a little farther below them seemed to be
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02340">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(216)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    big enough to bear small Ships: They marched
                    a-pace towards this River, and were surprized
                    with the Noise of a Piece going off, which by
                    the Sound could not be far off; they listened
                    long, but could hear no more, so they went
                    on to the River Side, which was a very fine
                    fresh Stream, but widened a-pace, and they
                    kept on by the Banks of it, till almost at once
                    it opened or widened into a good large Creek,
                    or Harbour, about five Miles from the Sea;
                    and that which was still more surprizing, as
                    they marched forward, they plainly saw in
                    the Mouth of the Harbour, or Creek, the Wreck
                    of a Ship.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Tide was up, as we call it, that did not
                    appear very much above the Water, but as they
                    made downwards, they found it grew bigger,
                    and bigger, and the Tide soon after ebbing out,
                    they found it lay dry upon the Sands, and appeared to be the Wreck of a considerable
                    Vessel, larger than could be expected in that
                    Country.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     After some time, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> taking out his Glass 
                    to look at it more nearly, was surprized with
                    hearing a Musquet Shot whistle by him, and
                    immediately after that, he heard the Gun, and
                    saw the Smoke from the other Side; upon which
                    our Men immediately fired three Musquets to
                    discover, if possible, what or who they were.
                    Upon the Noise of these Guns, Abundance of Men
                    came running down to the Shore, from among
                    some Trees, and our Men could eaily perceive
                     that they were <hi rend="italic">Europeans</hi>, tho' they knew not of 
                    what Nation: However, our Men halloo'd to
                    them, as loud as they could, and by and by
                    they got a long Pole and set it up, and hung a
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02350">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(217)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    white Shirt upon it for a Flag of Truce. They
                    on the other Side saw it, by the help of their
                    Glasses too, and quickly after, our Men see
                    a Boat launch off from the Shore, as they
                    thought, but it was from another Creek it seems,
                    and immediately they came rowing over the
                    Creek to our Men, carrying also a white Flag as
                    a Token of Truce.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It is not easy to describe the Surprize of Joy
                    and Satisfaction that appeared on both Sides, to
                     see not only white Men, but <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Men, in a 
                    Place so remote; but what then must it be, when
                    they came to know one another, and to find that
                    they were not only Country Men, but Comrades,
                    and that this was the very Ship that Captain
                        <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, our Admiral, commanded, and whose 
                     Company we had lost in the Storm at <hi rend="italic">Tobago</hi>, 
                    after making an Agreement to Rendezvous at
                    <hi rend="italic">Madagascar?</hi>
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They had, it seems, got Intelligence of us, when
                    they came to the South Part of the Island, and
                     had been a roving as far as the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, 
                     when they met Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, with whom they 
                    joined, took several rich Prizes, and amongst the
                     rest, one Ship with the great <hi rend="italic">Mogul</hi>'s Daughter, 
                    and an immense Treasure in Money and Jewels,
                    and from thence they came about the Coast of
                        <hi rend="italic">Coromandel</hi>, and afterwards that of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Malabar</hi>, into 
                     the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Persia</hi>, where they also took 
                    some Prize, and then designed for the South Part
                     of <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>; but the Winds blowing hard at 
                    S. E. and S. E. by E. they came to the Northward of the Isle, and being after that separated
                    by a furious Tempest from the N. W. they were
                    forced into the Mouth of that Creek, where they
                    lost their Ship. And they told us also, that they
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02360">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(218)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                     heard that Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> himself had lost his 
                    Ship also, not far off.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    When they had thus acquainted one another
                    with their Fortunes, the poor over-joyed Men
                    were in Haste to go back to communicate their
                    Joy to their Comrades; and leaving some of their
                     Men with ours, the rest went back; and <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    was so earnest to see them, that he and two more
                    went back with them, and there he came to
                    their little Camp where they lived. There were
                    about a hundred and sixty Men of them in all; they
                    had got their Guns on Shore, and some Ammunition, but a good deal of their Powder was
                    spoil'd. However they had raised a fair Platform,
                    and mounted twelve Pieces of Cannon upon it,
                    which was a sufficient Defence to them on
                    that Side of the Sea; and just at the End of
                    the Platform they had made a Launch, and a
                    little Yard, and were all hard at Work building
                     another little Ship, as I may call it, to go to Sea 
                    in, but they put a Stop to this Work upon the
                    News they had of our being come in.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When our Men went into their Hutts, it was
                    surprizing indeed to see the vast Stock of Wealth
                    they had got, in Gold, and Silver, and Jewels,
                    which however they told was a Trifle to what
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi><sic>,</sic> had wherever he was gone.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was five Days we had waited for out Men,
                    and no News of them, and indeed, I gave them
                    over for lost; but was surprized, after five
                    Days waiting, to see a Ship's Boat come rowing
                    towards us along Shore; what to make of it, I
                    could not tell, but was at last better satisfied,
                    when our Men told me they heard them halloo,
                    and saw them wave their Caps to us.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02370">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(219)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In a little time they came quite up to us, and
                     I saw Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> stand up in the Boat and 
                    make Signs to us; so they came on Board: But
                    when I saw there was but fifteen of our one and
                    thirty Men, I asked him what was become of
                     their Fellows? <hi rend="italic">O!</hi> says William, <hi rend="italic"
                            >they are all very well, and my Dream is fully made good, and the Cockswain's too.</hi>
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This made me very impatient to know how
                    the Case stood; so he told us the whole Story,
                    which indeed surprized us all. The next Day
                    we weighed, and stood away Southerly to join
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> and his Ship at <hi rend="italic"
                            >Mangahelly</hi>, where 
                    we found him, as I said, a little chagrin at our
                    Stay; but we pacified him afterwards with telling him the History of <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Dream, and the 
                    Consequence of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the mean time, the Camp of our Comrades
                     was so near <hi rend="italic">Mangahelly</hi>, that our Admiral, and I, 
                     Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, and some of the Men, resolved 
                    to take the Sloop, and go and see them, and
                    fetch them all, and their Goods, Bag and
                    Baggage, on board our Ship, which accordingly we did; and found their Camp, their Fortifications, the Battery of Guns they had erected,
                     their Treasure, and all the Men, just as <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                     had related it; so after some Stay, we took all the 
                    Men into the Sloop, and brought them away
                    with us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was some time before we knew what was
                     become of Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>; but after about a 
                    Month, by the Direction of the Men who had
                    lost their Ship, we sent the Sloop to cruise along
                    the Shore, to find out, if possible, where they
                    were, and in about a Week's Cruise our Men
                    found them; and particularly, that they had lost
                    their Ship, as well as our Men had lost theirs,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02380">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(220)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and that they were every Way in as bad a Condition as ours.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was about ten Days before the Sloop returned, and Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> with them; and 
                    this was the whole Force that, as I remember,
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> ever had with him; for now 
                    we joined all our Companies together, and it
                    stood thus: We had two Ships and a Sloop, in
                    which, we had three Hundred and twenty Men,
                    but much too few to Man them as they ought
                     to be, the great <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Ship requiring of 
                    her self near 400 Men to Man her compleatly:
                     As for our lost, <hi rend="italic">but now found</hi> Comrade, her Compliment of Men was 180, or there abouts, and
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> had about three Hundred Men 
                    with him, whereof, he had ten Carpenters with
                    him, most of which were taken aboard the Prize
                    they had taken; so that, in a Word, all the Force
                        <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> had at <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi> in the
                        Year 1699, or 
                    thereabouts, amounted to our three Ships, for
                    his own was lost, as you have heard, and never
                    had any more than about twelve Hundred Men
                    in all.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was about a Month after this; that all our
                     Crews got together, and as <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> was unshipt, 
                    we all agreed to bring our own Company into
                     the <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> Man of War and the Sloop, and 
                     give Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Spanish</hi> Frigate, with all 
                    the Tackles, and Furniture Guns, and Ammunition for his Crew by themselves; for which they
                    being full of Wealth, agreed to give us Forty
                    Thousand Pieces of Eight.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It was next considered, what Course we should
                     take: Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, to give him his due, proposed our building a little City here, establishing our selves on Shore, with a good Fortifica-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02390">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(221)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    tion, and Works proper to defend our selves;
                    and that, as we had Wealth enough, and could
                    encrease, it to what Degree we pleased we
                    should content our selves to retire here, and bid
                    Defiance to the World. But I soon convinc'd him
                    that this Place would be no Security to us, if we
                    pretended to carry on our cruising Trade: For
                     that then all the Nations of <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>, and indeed of 
                    that Part of the World, would be engaged to root
                    us out. But if we resolved to live there, as in a
                    Retirement, and plant in the Country, as private
                    Men, and give over our Trade of Pyrating, then
                    indeed we might Plant, and settle our selves
                    where we pleased; but then I told him, the
                    best Way would be to treat with the Natives,
                    and buy a Tract of Land of them, farther up the
                    Country, seated upon some navigable River, where
                    Boats might go up and down for Pleasure, but
                    not Ships to endanger us: That thus Planting the
                    high Ground with Cattle, such as Cows and
                    Goats, of which the Country also was full, to be
                    sure we might live here as well as any Men in
                    the World; and I owned to him, I thought it was
                     a good Retreat for those that were willing to leave 
                    off, and lay down, and yet did not care to venture
                    home and be hanged; that is to say, to run the
                    Risque of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, however he made no positive 
                    Discovery of his Intentions, seemed to me to decline my Notion of going up into the Country
                    to Plant; on the contrary, it was apparent he was
                     of Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>'s Opinion, that they might 
                    maintain themselves on Shore, and yet carry on
                    their cruising Trade too; and upon this they
                    resolved: But as I afterwards understood, about
                    fifty of their Men went up the Country, and
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02400">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(222)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    settled themselves in an Inland place, as a Colony; whether they are there still or not, I cannot 
                    tell, or how many of them are left alive; but it's
                    my Opinion, they are there still, and that they
                    are considerably encreased, for as I hear, they
                    have got some Women among them, tho' not
                     many; for it seems five <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Women, and three 
                    or four little Girls were taken by them in a
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Ship which they afterwards took going to 
                        <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi>, and three of those Women marrying 
                    some of these Men, went with them to live in
                    their new Plantation; but of this I only speak
                    by Hear-say.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As we lay here some time, I found our People mightily divided in their Notions; some were
                    for going this Way, and some that, till at last I
                    began to foresee they would part Company, and
                    perhaps we should not have Men enough to keep
                    together, to Man the great Ship, so I took Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> aside, and began to talk to him 
                    about it; but soon perceived that he enclined
                     himself to stay at <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>, and having got a 
                    vast Wealth for his own Share, had secret Designs
                    of getting Home some Way or other.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I argued the Impossibility of it, and the Hazard
                    he would run, either of falling into the Hands
                     of Thieves and Murtherers in the <hi rend="italic">Red Sea</hi>, who 
                    would never let such a Treasure as his was
                    pass their Hands, or of his falling into the
                     Hands of the <hi rend="italic">English</hi>, <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>,
                        or <hi rend="italic">French</hi>, who would 
                    certainly hang him for a Pyrate. I gave him an
                    Account of the Voyage I had made from this
                     very Place to the Continent of <hi rend="italic">Africk</hi>, and what 
                    a Journey it was to travel on Foot.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In short, nothing could perswade him, but he
                     would go into the <hi rend="italic">Red Sea</hi> with the Sloop, and 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02410">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(223)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     where the Children of <hi rend="italic">Israel</hi> past through the 
                    Sea dry-shod, and landing there, would travel
                     to <hi rend="italic">Grand Cairo</hi> by Land, which is not above 
                    eighty Miles, and from thence he said he could
                     Ship himself by the Way of <hi rend="italic">Alexandria</hi>, to any 
                    Part of the World.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I represented the Hazard, and indeed the Impossibility of his passing by <hi rend="italic">Mocha</hi>, and <hi
                            rend="italic">Judda</hi>, 
                    without being attack'd, if he offered it by Force;
                    or plundered, if he went to get Leave, and explained the Reasons of it so much, and so effectually, that tho' at last he would not hearken to
                    it himself, none of his Men would go with him.
                    They told him, they would go any where with
                    him, to serve him, but that this was running
                    himself and them into certain Destruction, without any Possibility of avoiding it, or Probability
                    of answering his End. The Captain took what I
                    said to him quite wrong, and pretended to resent
                    it, and gave me some Buccanier Words upon it;
                    but I gave him no Return to it, but this, that I
                    advised him for his Advantage, that if he did
                    not understand it so, it was his Fault, not mine;
                    that I did not forbid him to go, nor had I offered
                    to perswade any of the Men not to go with him,
                    tho' it was to their apparent Destruction.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    However, warm Heads are not easily cooled;
                    the Captain was so eager, that he quitted our
                    Company, and with most Part of his Crew, went
                     over to Captain <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, and sorted with his People, taking all the Treasure with him, which, by
                    the Way, was not very fair in him, we having
                    agreed to share all our Gains, whether more or
                    less, whether absent or present.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men mutter'd a little at it, but I pacified them as well as I could, and told them, it
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02420">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(224)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    was easy for us to get as much, if we minded
                     our Hits; and Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> had set us a very 
                    good Example: For by the same Rule, the Agreement of any farther Sharing of Profits with them,
                    was at an End. I took this Occasion to put into
                    their Heads, some Part of my farther Designs,
                    which were, to range over the Eastern Sea, and
                    see if we could not make our selves as rich as
                     Mr. <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi>, who, it was true, had gotten a prodigious deal of Money, tho' not one Half of
                     what was said of it in <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men were so pleased with my forward,
                    enterprizing Temper, that they assured me that
                    they would go with me, one and all, over the
                    whole Globe, wherever I would carry them;
                     and as for Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi>, they would have 
                    nothing more to do with him. This came to
                    his Ears, and put him into a great Rage; so
                    that he threaten'd, if I came on Shore, he would
                    cut my Throat.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I had Information of it privately, but took no
                    Notice of it at all, only I took Care not to go
                    unprovided for him, and seldom walked about
                    but in very good Company. However, at last
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Wilmot</hi> and I met, and talked over the 
                    Matter very seriously, and I offered him the Sloop
                    to go where he pleased: Or, if he was not satisfied with that, I offered to take the Sloop, and
                    leave him the great Ship. But he declined both,
                    and only desired that I would leave him six Carpenters, which I had in our Ship, more than I
                    had need of, to help his Men to finish the Sloop
                    that was begun before we came thither, by the
                    Men that lost his Ship. This I consented readily to, and lent him several other Hands that
                    were useful to them, and in a little time they
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02430">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="catch">(225)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    built a stout Brigantine able to carry fourteen
                    Guns, and two Hundred Men.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    What Measures they took, and how Captain
                        <hi rend="italic">Avery</hi> managed afterwards, is too long a Story 
                    to meddle with here; nor is it any of my Business, having my own Story still upon my Hands.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We lay here about these several simple Disputes almost five Months, when about the latter
                     End of <hi rend="italic">March</hi> I set Sail with the great Ship, 
                    having in her forty four Guns, and four hundred
                    Men, and the Sloop, carrying eighty Men. We
                     did not steer to the <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi> Coast, and so to the 
                     Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Persia</hi>, as was at first intended, the 
                    East Monsoons blowing yet too strong, but we
                     kept more under the <hi rend="italic">African</hi> Coast, where we had 
                    the Wind variable till we pass'd the Line, and
                     made the Cape <hi rend="italic">Bassa</hi> in the Latitude of four Degrees 10 Minutes; from thence, the Monsoons beginning to change to the N. E. and N. N. E. we
                     led it away, with the Wind large, to the <hi rend="italic">Maldivies</hi>, a famous Ledge of Islands, well known by 
                    all the Sailors who have gone into those Parts
                    of the World; and, leaving these Islands a little
                     to the South, we made Cape <hi rend="italic">Comerin</hi>, the Southermost Land of the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Malabar</hi>, and went 
                     round the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>. Here we lay by a while, 
                    to wait for Purchase; and here we saw three
                     large <hi rend="italic">English East-India</hi> Ships going from <hi
                            rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, 
                     or from Fort St. <hi rend="italic">George</hi>, home ward for <hi
                            rend="italic">England</hi>, 
                     or rather for <hi rend="italic">Bombay</hi> and <hi rend="italic"
                            >Surat</hi>, till the Trade 
                    set in.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We brought to, and hoisting an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Ancient and Pendant, lay by for them, as if we
                    intended to attack them. They could not tell
                    what to make of us a good while, though they
                    saw our Colours; and, I believe, at first they
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02440">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(226)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     thought us to be <hi rend="italic">French</hi>; but as they came nearer 
                    to us, we let them soon see what we were, for
                    we hoisted a black Flag with two cross Daggers
                    in it, on our Main Top-mast Head, which let
                    them see what they were to expect.
                    We soon found the Effect of this; for, at first
                    they spread their Antients, and made up to us
                    in a Line as if they would fight us, having the
                    Wind off Shore fair enough, to have brought
                    them on board us; but when they saw what
                    Force we were of, and found we were Cruisers
                    of another kind, they stood away from us again,
                    with all the Sail they could make. If they had
                    come up, we should have given them an unexpect Welcome, but as it was, we had no Mind to
                    follow them, so we let them go for the same
                    Reasons which I mentioned before.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But though we let them pass, we did not design to let others go, at so easy a Price: It was
                    but the next Morning that we saw a Sail, standing round Cape <hi rend="italic">Comeriw</hi>, and steering, as we 
                    thought, the same Course with us. We knew not
                    at first what to do with her, because she had
                    the Shore on her Larboard Quarter, and if we
                    offered to chase her, she might put into any Port
                    or Creek, and escape us; but to prevent this,
                    we sent the Sloop, to get in between her and the
                    Land; as soon as she saw that, she haled in to
                    keep the Land aboard, and when the Sloop stood
                    towards her, she made right ashore with all the
                    Canvas she could spread.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Sloop however came up with her, and
                    engaged her, and found she was a Vessel of ten
                     Guns, <hi rend="italic">Portuguese</hi> built, but in the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Dutch</hi> Traders 
                     Hands, and manned by <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi>, who were bound 
                     from the Gulph of <hi rend="italic">Persia</hi> to <hi rend="italic"
                            >Batavia</hi>, to fetch 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02450">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(227)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    Spices and other Goods from thence. The Stoop's
                    Men took her, and had the Rummaging of her
                     before we came up: She had in her some <hi rend="italic">European</hi>
                    Goods, and a good round Sum of Money, and
                    some Pearl; so that tho' we did not go to the
                    Gulph for the Pearl, the Pearl came to us out
                    of the Gulph, and we had our Share of it. This
                    was a rich Ship, and the Goods were of very
                    considerable Value, besides the Money and the
                    Pearl.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had a long Consultation here, what we
                    should do with the Men; for, to give them the
                     Ship, and let them pursue their Voyage to <hi rend="italic">Java</hi>, 
                     would be to alarm the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Factory there, who 
                     are by far the strongest in the <hi rend="italic">Indies</hi>, and to 
                    make our Passage that Way impracticable; whereas we resolved to visit that Part of the World,
                    in our Way, but were not willing to pass the
                     great Bay of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, where we hoped for a great 
                    deal of Purchase; and therefore it behoved us not
                    to be Way-laid before we came there, because they
                     knew we must pass by the Streights of <hi rend="italic">Malacca</hi>
                     or those of <hi rend="italic">Sundy</hi>, and either Way it was very 
                    easy to prevent us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    While we were consulting this in the great
                    Cabin, the Men had had the same Debate before the Mast, and it seems the Majority there
                     were for pickling up the poor <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi> among 
                    the Herrings; in a Word, they were for throwing them all into the Sea. Poor <hi rend="italic">William</hi> the 
                    Quaker was in great Concern about this, and
                     comes directly to me, to talk about it. <hi rend="italic">Hark</hi>
                        <hi rend="italic">thee</hi>, says William, <hi rend="italic">what wilt thou
                            do with these</hi>
                     Dutchmen <hi rend="italic">thou hast on board, thou wilt not let them go I suppose</hi>, says he? <hi rend="italic">Why</hi>
                        says I, William, <hi rend="italic">would you advise me to let them go? No</hi>, says William, <hi
                            rend="italic">I can-</hi>
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02460">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(228)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">     
                        <hi rend="italic">not say it is fit for thee to let them go; that is, to
                            say to go on with their Voyage to</hi> Batavia, <hi
                            rend="italic">because it is not for thy Turn, that the</hi> Dutch <hi rend="italic"
                            >at</hi> Batavia <hi rend="italic">should have any Knrowledge of thy being in these Seas. Well then,</hi>
                        says 
                     I, <hi rend="italic">to him, I know no Remedy but to throw them Overboard. You know</hi> William, says I, <hi rend="italic"
                            >a</hi> Dutchman <hi rend="italic">swims like a Fish, and all our People here are of the same
                            Opinion as well as I; at the same time I resolv'd it should
                            not be done, but wanted to hear what</hi> William <hi
                            rend="italic">would say</hi>: 
                        <hi rend="italic">But he gravely replyed, if all the Men in the Ship
                            were of that Mind, I will never believe that thou wilt be
                            of that Mind thy self; for I have heard thee protest against Cruelty in all other Cases. Well</hi> William says
                        I, 
                        <hi rend="italic">that is true, but what then shall we do with them? Why</hi>, says William, <hi rend="italic">is there no way
                            but to murther them? I am perswaded thou canst not be in earnest; no indeed</hi> William, says I, <hi rend="italic">I am not in
                            earnest, but they shall not go</hi> Java, <hi rend="italic">no nor
                            to</hi> Ceylon, <hi rend="italic">that is certain. But</hi>, says William, <hi rend="italic">the Men have
                            done thee no Injury at all, Thou hast taken a great Treasure from them, what canst thou pretend to hurt them for? Nay,
                        </hi>William, 
                     says I, <hi rend="italic">do not talk of that, I have Pretence enough
                            if that be all: My Pretence is to prevent doing me hurt, and that is as necessary a Piece of the Law of
                            Self-Preservation as any you can name; but the main Thing is, I know not what to do with them to prevent their prating.</hi>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     While <hi rend="italic">William</hi> and I was talking, the poor         
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi> were openly condemned to die as it 
                    maybe called, by the whole Ship's Company; and
                    so warm were the Men upon it, that they grew
                     very clamorous; and when they heard that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was against it, some of them swore they 
                     should die, and if <hi rend="italic">William</hi> opposed it, he should 
                    drown along with them.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02470">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(229)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But, as I was resolved to put an End
                    to their cruel Project, so I found it was time to
                    take upon me a little, or the bloody Humour
                     might grow too strong; so I called the <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi>
                    up, and talked a little with them. First, I asked
                    them if they were willing to go with us; two of
                    them offered it presently, but the rest, which
                    were fourteen, declined it. Well then, said I,
                    where, would you go? They desired they should
                     go to <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>. No, I told them, I could not allow 
                     them to go to any <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Factory, and told them 
                    very plainly the Reasons of it, which they could
                    not deny to be just. I let them know also the
                    cruel bloody Measures of our Men, but that I
                     had resolved to save them, if possiible, and therefore I told them, I would set them on Shore at
                     some <hi rend="italic">English</hi> factory in the Bay of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Bengal</hi>, or put 
                     them on board any <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Ship I met, after I 
                     was past the Streights of <hi rend="italic">Sundy</hi> or of <hi
                            rend="italic">Malacca</hi>, but 
                    not before; for as to my coming back again, I told
                     them, I would run the venture of their <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Power 
                     from <hi rend="italic">Batavia</hi>, but I would not have the News 
                    come there before me, because it would make all
                    their Merchant Ships lay up, and keep out of
                    our Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It come next into our Consideration, what we
                    should do with their Ship? but this was not long
                    resolving; for there were but two Ways, either
                    to set her on Fire, or to run her on Shore, and we
                    chose the last; so we set her Fore-Sail with the
                    Tack at the Cat-head, and leasht her Helm a little
                    to Starboard, to answer her Head-Sail, and so set
                    her a-going, with neither Cat or Dog in her, and
                    it was not above two Hours before we saw her
                    run right ashore upon the Coast, a little beyond
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02480">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(230)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     the Cape <hi rend="italic">Comerin</hi>, and away we went round about 
                        <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, for the Coast of <hi rend="italic"
                            >Coromandel</hi>. 
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We sailed along there, not in Sight of the Shore,
                    only, but so near, as to see the Ships in the Road
                     at <hi rend="italic">Fort St. David, Fort St. George</hi>, and at the 
                    other Factories along that Shore, as well as along
                     the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Galconda</hi>, carying our <hi rend="italic"
                            >English</hi> Antient, when we came near the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Factories, 
                     and <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Colours when we past by the <hi
                            rend="italic">English</hi>
                    Factories. We met with little Purchase upon
                     this Coast, except two small Vessels of <hi rend="italic">Golconda</hi>, 
                    bound cross the Bay with Bales of Callicoes and
                    Muslins, and wrought Silks, and fifteen Bales of
                    Romalls, from the Bottom of the Bay, which were
                     going, on whose Account we knew not, to <hi rend="italic">Achin</hi>, 
                     and to other Ports on the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Malacca</hi>; we 
                    did not enquire to what Place in particular, but
                     we let the Vessels go, having none but <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> on 
                    board.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the Bottom of the Bay, we met with a
                     great <hi rend="italic">Jonk</hi> belonging to the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Mogul</hi>'s Court, with 
                    a great many People, Passengers as we supposed
                    them to be; it seems they were bound for the
                     River <hi rend="italic">Hugely</hi>, or <hi rend="italic">Ganges</hi> and
                        came from <hi rend="italic">Sumatra</hi>; 
                    this was a Prize worth taking indeed, and we
                    got so much Gold in her, besides other Goods
                    which we did not meddle with, <sic>Peper</sic> in particular, that it had like to have put an End to
                    our Cruise; for almost all my Men said we
                    were rich enough, and desired to go back again
                     to <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>; but I had other things in my 
                    Head still, and when I came to talk to them,
                     and set Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi> to talk with them, we 
                    put such further Golden Hopes into their Heads,
                    that we soon prevailed with them to let us
                    go on.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02490">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(231)</fw>
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    My next Design was, to leave all the dangerous Streights of <hi rend="italic">Malacca</hi>, <hi rend="italic"
                            >Sincapore</hi>, and <hi rend="italic">Sundy</hi>, 
                    where we could expect no great Booty, but
                     what we might, light on in <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Ships, 
                    which we must fight for; and tho' we were able to
                    fight, and wanted no Courage, even to Desperation; yet we were rich too, and resolved to be
                    richer, and took this for our Maxim: That while
                    we were sure the Wealth we sought was to be
                    had without fighting, we had no Occasion to
                    put our selves to the Necessity of fighting for
                    that which would come upon easy Terms.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We left therefore the Bay of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>, and coming 
                     to the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Sumatra</hi>, we put in at a small 
                    Port, where there was a Town, inhabited only
                     by <hi rend="italic">Mallayans</hi>, and here we took in fresh Water, 
                    and a large Quantity of good Pork pickled up,
                    and well salted, notwithstanding the Heat of
                    the Climate, being in the very Middle of the
                        <hi rend="italic">Torrid Zone</hi>, viz. In three Degrees, fifteen Minutes North Latitude. We also took on board
                    both our Vessels, forty Hogs alive, which served us for fresh Provisions, having Abundance of
                    Food for them such as the Country produced;
                    such as Guams, Potatoes, and a sort of coarse
                    Rice good for nothing else, but to feed the
                    Swine. We killed one of these Hogs every Day,
                    and found them to be excellent Meat. We took
                    in also a monstrous Quantity of Ducks, and Cocks
                     and Hens, the same kind as we have in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, 
                    which we kept for Change of Provisions, and if I
                    remember right, we had no less than two Thousand of them; so that at first we were pestered
                    with them very much, but we soon lessened
                     them by boiling, roasting, stewing, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. for we 
                    never wanted while we had them.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02500">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(232)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    My long projected Design now lay open to
                     me, which was, to fall in amongst the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>
                    Spice Islands, and see what Mischief I could do
                    there; accordingly we put out to Sea, the 12th
                     of <hi rend="italic">August</hi>, and passing the Line the 17th, we stood 
                     away due South leaving the Straits of <hi rend="italic">Sundy</hi>, and 
                     the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Iava</hi> on the East, till we came to the 
                    Latitude of eleven Degrees, twenty Minutes,
                    when we steered East and E. N. E. having easy
                    Gales from the W. S. W. till we came among
                     the <hi rend="italic">Moluccas</hi>, or Spice Islands. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We passed those Seas with less Difficulty than
                     in other Places, the Winds to the South of <hi rend="italic">Iava</hi>, 
                    being more variable, and the Weather good, tho'
                    sometimes we met with Squauly Weather, and
                    short Storms; but when we came in among
                    the Spice Islands themselves, we had a Share of
                    the Monsoones, or Trade Winds, and made use
                    of them accordingly.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The infinite Number of Islands which lye in
                     these Seas, embarrast us strangely, and it was with 
                    great Difficulty that we worked our Way thro'
                    them; then we steered for the North Side of the
                        <hi rend="italic">Phillipines</hi>, where we had a double Chance for Purchase, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. either to meet with the <hi
                            rend="italic">Spanish</hi>
                     Ships from <hi rend="italic">Acapulco</hi> on the Coast of <hi
                            rend="italic">New-Spain</hi>, 
                    or we were certain not to fail of finding some
                     Ships or Jonks of <hi rend="italic">China</hi>, who, if they came 
                     from <hi rend="italic">China</hi>, would have a great Quantity of 
                    Goods of Value on Board, as well as Money;
                    or if we took them going back, we should find
                     them loaden with Nutmegs and Cloves from <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi> and <hi rend="italic">Ternate</hi>, or from some
                        of the other Islands.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were right in our Guesses here to a tittle,
                    and we steered directly through a large Out-let,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02510">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(233)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">     
                     which they call a Streight, tho' it be fifteen Miles 
                     broad, and to an Island they call <hi rend="italic">Daurma</hi>, and 
                     from thence N. N. E. to <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi>; between these 
                     Islands we met with a <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Jonque, or Vessel 
                     going to <hi rend="italic">Amboyna</hi>. We took her without much 
                    Trouble, and I had much ado to prevent our
                    Men murthering all the Men, as soon as they
                     heard them say, they belonged to <hi rend="italic">Amboyna</hi>, the 
                    Reason I suppose any one will guess.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We took out of her about sixteen Ton of Nutmegs, some Provisions, and their small Arms,
                    for they had no great Guns, and let the Ship go:
                     From thence we sailed directly to the <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi>
                    Island or Islands, where we were sure to get
                    more Nutmegs, if we thought fit; for my Part
                    I would willingly have got more Nutmegs, tho'
                    I had paid for them, but our People abhorred
                    paying for any thing; so we got about twelve
                    Ton more at several times, most of them from
                    Shore, and only a few in a small Boat of the Natives, which was going to <hi rend="italic">Gilolo</hi>. We would have 
                     traded openly, but the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>, who have made 
                    themselves Masters of all those Islands, forbid
                    the People dealing with us, or any Strangers
                    whatever, and keep them so in Awe, that they
                    durst not do it; so we could indeed have made
                    nothing of it, if we had stay'd longer, and therefore resolved to be gone for <hi rend="italic">Ternate</hi>, and see if we 
                    could make up our Loading with Cloves.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly we stood away North, but found
                    our selves so intangled among innumerable Islands,
                    and without any Pilot that understood the Channel and Races between them, that we were obliged to give it over, and resolved to go back again
                     to <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi>, and see what we could get among the 
                    other Islands thereabouts.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02520">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(234)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The first Adventure we made here, had like to
                    have been fatal to us all, for the Sloop being ahead, made the Signal to us for seeing a Sail, and
                    afterwards another, and a third, by which we
                    understood she saw three Sail, whereupon we
                    made more Sail to come up with her, but on a
                    sudden was gotten among ome Rocks, falling
                    foul upon them in such a Manner as frighted us
                    all very heartily; for having it seems but just
                    Water enough as it were to an Inch, our Rudder
                    struck upon the Top of a Rock, which gave us a
                    terrible Shock, and split a great Piece off of the
                    Rudder, and indeed disabled it so, that our Ship
                     would not steer at all; at least not so as to be depended upon, and we were glad to Hand all our
                    Sails, except our Fore-sail and Main-top-sail, and
                    with them we stood away to the East, to see if we
                    could find any Creek or Harbour, where we
                    might lay the Ship on Shore, and repair our Rudder; besides, we found the Ship her self had received some Damage, for she had some little Leak
                    near her Stern Post, but a great Way under
                    Water.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    By this Mischance we lost the Advantages,
                    whatever they were, of the three Sail of Ships
                    which we afterward came to hear, were small
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Ships from <hi rend="italic">Batavia</hi>,
                        going to <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi> and 
                        <hi rend="italic">Amboyna</hi>, to load Spice, and no doubt had a good 
                    Quantity of Money on board.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon the Disaster I have been speaking of, you
                    may very well suppose that we came to an Anchor as soon as we could, which was upon a small
                     Island not far from <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi>, where tho' the <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutch</hi>
                    keep no Factory, yet they come at the Season to
                    buy Nutmegs and Mace. We stay'd there thirteen Days; but there being no Place where we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02530">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(235)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    could lay the Ship on Shore, we sent the Sloop to
                    cruise among the Islands, to look out for a Place
                    fit for us. In the mean time we got very good
                    Water here, some Provisions, Roots, and Fruits,
                    and a good Quantity of Nutmegs and Mace, which
                    we found Ways to trade with the Natives for,
                    without the Knowledge of their Masters the
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    At length our Sloop return'd, having found another Island where there was a very good Harbour, we run in, and came to an Anchor. We
                    immediately unbent all our Sails, sent them ashore upon the Island, and set up seven or eight
                    Tents with them: Then we unrigged our Top-masts, and cut them down, hoisted all our Guns
                    out, our Provisions and Loading, and put them
                    ashore in the Tents. With the Guns we made
                    two small Batteries, for fear of a Surprize, and
                    kept a Look out upon the Hill. When we were
                    all ready, we laid the Ship a-ground upon a
                    hard Sand, the upper End of the Harbour, and
                    shor'd her up on each Side. At low Water she
                    lay almost dry, so we mended her Bottom, and
                    stopt the Leak which was occasioned by straining
                    some of the Rudder Irons with the Shock which
                    the Ship had against the Rock.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Having done this, we also took Occasion to
                    clean her Bottom, which, having been at Sea so
                    long, was very foul. The Sloop Wash'd and Tallow'd also, but was ready before us, and cruised
                    eight or ten Days among the Islands, but met
                    with no Purchase; so that we began to be tired
                    of the Place, having little to divert us, but the
                    most furious Claps of Thunder that ever were
                    read or heard of in the World.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02540">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(236)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were in Hopes to have met with some Purchase here among the <hi rend="italic">Chinese</hi>, who we had been 
                     told came to <hi rend="italic">Ternate</hi> to trade for Cloves, and to 
                     the <hi rend="italic">Banda</hi> Isles, for Nutmegs, and we could have 
                    been very glad to have loaded our Galleon, or
                    great Ship, with these two Sorts of Spice, and
                    have thought it a glorious Voyage; but we found
                    nothing stirring more than what I have said, except <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi>, who by what Means we could not 
                    imagine, had either a Jealousy of us, or Intelligence of us, and kept themselves close in their
                    Ports.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was once resolved to have made a Descent at
                     the Island of <hi rend="italic">Dumas</hi>, the Place most famous for 
                     the best Nutmegs; but Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, who was 
                    always for doing our Business without Fighting,
                    disswaded me from it, and gave such Reasons for
                     it, that we could not resist; particularly the great 
                    Heats of the Season, and of the Place, for we
                    were now in the Latitude of just half a Degree
                    South; but while we were disputing this Point,
                    we were soon determined by the following Accident. We had a strong Gale of Wind at S. W.
                    by W. and the Ship had fresh Way, but a great
                    Sea rolling in upon us from the N. E. which we
                    afterwards found was the Pouring in of the Great
                     Ocean East of <hi rend="italic">New Guinea</hi>. However, as I said, 
                    we stood away large, and made fresh Way, when
                    on the sudden, from a dark Cloud which hover'd
                    over our Heads, came a Flash or rather Blast of
                    Lightning, which was so terrible, and quiver'd
                    so long among us, that not I only, but all our
                    Men thought the Ship was on Fire. The Heat
                     of the Flash or Fire was so sensibly felt in our Faces, that some of our Men had Blisters raised by
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02550">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(237)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">     
                    it on their Skins, not immediately perhaps by the
                    Heat, but by the poisonous or noxious Particles,
                    which mix'd themselves with the Matter inflam'd. But this was not all; the Shock of the
                    Air which the Fracture in the Clouds made, was
                    such, that our Ship shook as when a Broadside is
                    fired, and her Motion being check'd as it were at
                    once by a Repulse superior to the Force that gave
                    her Way before, the Sails all flew back in a Moment, and the Ship lay, as we might truly say,
                    Thunder-struck. As the Blast from the Cloud
                    was so very near us, it was but a few Moments
                    after the Flash, that the terriblest Clap of Thunder followed that was ever heard by Mortals. I
                    firmly believe a Blast of a Hundred Thousand
                    Barrels of Gunpowder could not have been greater
                    to our Hearing; nay indeed, to some of our Men
                    it took away their Hearing.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    It is not possible for me to describe, or any one
                    to conceive the Terrour of that Minute. Our
                    Men were in such a Consternation, that not a
                    Man on board the Ship had Presence of Mind to
                    apply to the proper Duty of a Sailor, except
                     Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>; and had not he run very nimbly, 
                    and with a Composure that I am sure I was not
                    Master of, to let go the Fore-sheet, set in the
                    Weather Brace of the Fore-yard, and haul'd
                    down the Topsails, we had certainly brought all
                    our Masts by the Board, and perhaps have been
                    overwhelm'd in the Sea.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As for my self, I must confess my Eyes were
                    open to my Danger, tho' not the least to any
                    thing of Application for Remedy. I was all
                    Amazement and Confusion, and this was the first
                    Time that I can say I began to feel the Effects of
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02560">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(238)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that Horrour which I know since much more of,
                    upon the just Reflection on my former Life. I
                    thought my self doom'd by Heaven to sink that
                    Moment into eternal Destruction; and with this
                     peculiar Mark of Terror, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. That the Vengeance was not executed in the ordinary Way
                    of human Justice, but that God had taken me
                    into his immediate Disposing, and had resolved
                    to be the Executer of his own Vengeance.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Let them alone describe the Confusion I was in,
                     who know what was the Case of ----- <hi rend="italic">Child</hi> of 
                        <hi rend="italic">Shadwell</hi>, or <hi rend="italic">Francis Spira</hi>. It
                        is impossible to describe. My Soul was all Amazement and Surprize; I thought my self just sinking into Eternity, owning the divine Justice of my Punishment,
                    but not at all feeling any of the moving, softning Tokens of a sincere Penitent, afflicted at the 
                    Punishment, but not at the Crime, alarmed at
                    the Vengeance, but not terrify'd at the Guilt, having the same Gust to the Crime, tho' terrified
                    to the last Degree at the Thought of the Punishment, which I concluded I was just now
                    going to receive.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But perhaps many that read this will be sensible of the Thunder and Lightning, that may
                    think nothing of the rest, or rather may make
                    a Jest of it all, so I say no more of it at this
                    time, but proceed to the Story of the Voyage.
                    When the Amazement was over, and the Men
                    began to come to themselves, they fell a calling
                    for one another, every one for his Friend, or for
                    those he had most Respect for; and it was a singular Satisfaction to find that no body was hurt.
                    The next thing was to enquire if the Ship had
                    received no Damage, when the Boatswain step-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02570">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(239)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ping forward, found that Part of the Head was
                    gone, but not so as as to endanger the Boltsprit; so we hoisted our Topsails again, haul'd
                    aft the Fore-sheet, brac'd the Yards, and went
                    went our Course as before: Nor can I deny but
                    that we were all somewhat like the Ship, our
                     first Astonishment being a little over, and that we 
                    found the Ship swim again, we were soon the
                    same irreligious hardned Crew that we were before, and I among the rest.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As we now steer'd, our Course lay N. N. E.
                    and we passed thus with a fair Wind, thro' the
                     Streight or Channel between the Island of <hi rend="italic">Gilolo</hi>, 
                     and the Land of <hi rend="italic">Nova Guinea</hi>, when we were soon 
                    in the open Sea or Ocean, on the South East of
                     the <hi rend="italic">Philippines</hi>, being the great Pacifick, or South 
                    Sea, where it may be said to join it self with the
                    vast <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Ocean.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As we passed into these Seas steering due North,
                    so we soon cross'd the Line to the North Side,
                     and so sailed on towards <hi rend="italic">Mindanoa</hi> and <hi
                            rend="italic">Manilla</hi>, the 
                     chief of the <hi rend="italic">Philippine</hi> Islands, without meeting 
                    with any Purchase, till we came to the Northward of <hi rend="italic">Manilla</hi>, and then our Trade began; for 
                     here we took three <hi rend="italic">Japonese</hi> Vessels, tho' at some 
                     Distance from <hi rend="italic">Manilla</hi>. Two of them had made 
                    their Market, and were going Home with Nutmegs, Cinnamon, Cloves, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. besides all Sorts 
                     of <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Goods brought with the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Spanish</hi> Ships 
                     from <hi rend="italic">Acapulco</hi>. They had together eight and 
                    thirty Ton of Cloves, and five or six Ton of
                    Nutmegs, and as much Cinnamon. We took
                    the Spice, but meddled with very little of the
                        <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Goods, they being, as we thought, not 
                    worth our while, but we were very sorry for it
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02580">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(240)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    soon after, and therefore grew wiser upon the
                    next Occasion.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     The third <hi rend="italic">Japonese</hi> was the best Prize to us, for 
                    he came with Money, and a great deal of Gold
                    uncoin'd, to buy such Goods as we mentioned
                    above: We eased him of his Gold, and did
                    him no other Harm, and having no Intention to
                     stay long here, we stood away for <hi rend="italic">China</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were at Sea above two Months upon this
                    Voyage, beating it up against the Wind, which
                    blew steadily from the North East, and within a
                    Point or two one Way or other; and this indeed
                    was the Reason why we met with the more Prizes in our Voyage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We were just gotten clear of the <hi rend="italic">Philippines</hi>, and 
                     as we purposed to go to the Isle of <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>, when 
                    the Wind blew so fresh at N. N. E. that there
                    was no making any thing of it, and we were
                     forced to put back to <hi rend="italic">Laconia</hi>, the most Northerly of those Islands. We rode here very secure,
                    and shifted our Situation not in View of any Danger, for there was none, but for a better Supply
                    of Provisions, which we found the People very
                    willing to supply us with.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    There lay while we remained here, three very great Galleons or <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Ships, from the South 
                    Seas, whether newly come in, or ready to sail, we
                    could not understand at first; but as we found
                     the <hi rend="italic">China</hi> Traders began to load and set forward 
                     to the North, we concluded the <hi rend="italic">Spanish</hi> Ships had 
                    newly unloaded their Cargo, and these had been
                    buying; so we doubted not but we should meet
                    with Purchase in the rest of our Voyage, neither
                    indeed could we well miss of it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We stay'd here till the beginning of <hi rend="italic">May</hi>, 
                     when we were told the <hi rend="italic">Chinese</hi> Traders would 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02590">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(241)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    set forward, for the Northern Monsoons end
                     about the latter End of <hi rend="italic">March</hi>, or the Beginning 
                     of <hi rend="italic">April</hi>; so that they are sure of fair Winds 
                    Home. Accordingly we hired some of the Country Boats, which are very swift Sailers, to go
                     and bring us Word how Affairs stood at <hi rend="italic">Manilla</hi>, and when the <hi rend="italic">China</hi> Jonks
                        would sail, and by 
                    this Intelligence we ordered our Matters so well,
                    that three Days after we set Sail, we fell in with
                    no less than eleven of them, out of which however having by Misfortune of discovering our
                    selves, taken but three, we contented our selves,
                     and pursued our Voyage to <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>. In these 
                    three Vessels we took in short such a Quantity of
                    Cloves, Nutmegs, Cinnamon, and Mace, besides
                    Silver, that bur Men began to be of my Opinion,
                        <hi rend="italic">That we were rich enough</hi>; and in short, we had 
                    nothing to do now, but to consider by what Methods to secure the immense Treasure we had
                    got.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I was secretly glad to hear, that they were of
                    this Opinion; for I had long before resolved, if
                    it was possible, to perswade them to think of returning, having fully perfected my first projected
                    Design, of Rummaging among the Spice Islands,
                    and all those Prizes, which were exceeding rich
                     at <hi rend="italic">Manilla</hi> was quite beyond my Design.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But now I had heard what the Men said, and how
                    they thought we were very well. I let them know
                     by Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, that I intended only to sail to 
                     the Island <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>, where I should find Opportunity to turn our Spices and <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Goods into 
                    ready Money, and that then I would tack about
                    for the South, the Northern Monsoons being perhaps by that time also ready to set in. They all
                    approved of my Design, and willingly went for-
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02600">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(242)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    ward, because, besides the Winds, which would
                     not permit until <hi rend="italic">October</hi>, to go to the South: I 
                    say, besides this, we were now a very deep Ship,
                    having near two Hundred Ton of Goods on board,
                    and particularly some very valuable. The Sloop
                    also had a Proportion.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    With this Resolution we went on chearfully,
                    when within about twelve Days Sail more, we
                     made the Island <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>, at a great Distance, but 
                    were our selves shot beyond the Southermost
                    Part of the Island, being to Leeward, and almost
                     upon the Coast of <hi rend="italic">China</hi>. Here we were a little 
                     at a Loss; for the <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Factories were not far 
                    off, and we might be obliged to fight some of
                    their Ships, if we met with them; which tho'
                    we were able enough to do, yet we did not
                    desire it on many Accounts; and particularly
                    because we did not think it was our Business to
                    have it known who we were, or that such a kind
                    of People as we had been seen on the Coast.
                    However, we were obliged to keep up to the
                    Northward, keeping as good an Offing as we could,
                     with respect to the Coast of <hi rend="italic">China</hi>. We had not 
                     sailed long, but we chased a small <hi rend="italic">Chinese</hi> Jonk; 
                    and having taken her, we found she was bound
                     to the Island of <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>, having no Goods on 
                    board but some Rice, and a small Quantity of
                     Tea; but she had three <hi rend="italic">Chinese</hi> Merchants in her, 
                    and they told us they were going to meet a
                     large Vessel of their <choice>
                            <corr>Country</corr>
                            <sic>Conntry</sic>
                        </choice>, which came from 
                        <hi rend="italic">Tonquin</hi>, and lay in a River in <hi rend="italic"
                            >Formosa</hi> whose Name 
                     I forget, and they were going to the <hi rend="italic">Philippine</hi>
                    Islands, with Silks, Muslins, Callicoes, and such
                     Goods as are the Product of <hi rend="italic">China</hi>, and some Gold; 
                    that their Business was to sell their Cargo, and
                     buy Spices and <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Goods.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02610">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(243)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This suited very well with our Purpose; so I
                    resolved now that we would leave off being Pyrates, and turn Merchants; so we told them
                    what Goods we had on board, and that if they
                    would bring their Super-Cargoes or Merchants
                    on board, we would trade with them. They
                    were very willing to trade with us, but terribly
                    afraid to trust us; nor was it an unjust Fear,
                    for we had plundered them already of what they
                    had. On the other Hand, we were as diffident
                    as they, and very uncertain what to do; but
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> the Quaker put this Matter into a Way 
                    of Barter. He came to me, and told me he really thought the Merchants look'd like fair Men,
                     that meant honestly; and besides, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, 
                    it is their Interest to be honest now; for as they
                    know upon what Terms we got the Goods we
                    are to truck with them, so they know we can
                    afford good Pennyworths and in the next place,
                    it saves them going the whole Voyage: So that
                    the Southerly Monsoons yet holding, if they
                    traded with us, they could immediately return
                     with their Cargo to <hi rend="italic">China, tho' by the Way we afterwards found they intended for</hi> Japan. But that 
                    was all one, for by this Means they sav'd at
                    least eight Months Voyage. Upon these Foundations <hi rend="italic">William</hi> said he was satisfied we might 
                     trust them: For, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, I would as soon 
                    trust a Man whose Interest binds him to be just
                    to me, as a Man whose Principle binds himself.
                     Upon the whole, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> proposed that two of 
                    the Merchants should be left on board our Ship
                    as Hostages, and that Part of our Goods should
                    be loaded in their Vessel, and let the third go
                    with it into the Port where their Ship lay; and
                    when he had delivered the Spices, he should
                        </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02620">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(244)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    bring back such things as it was agreed should be
                     exchanged. This was concluded on, and <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    the Quaker ventured to go along with them, which
                    upon my Word I should not have cared to have
                    done, nor was I willing that he should; but he
                    went still upon the Notion, that it was their Interest to treat him friendly.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In the mean time we came to an Anchor under a little Island, in the Latitude of 23 Degrees, 
                    28 Minutes, being just under the Northern Tropick, and about twenty Leagues from the Island.
                    Here we lay thirteen Days, and I began to be very uneasy for my Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, for they had 
                    promised to be back again in four Days, which
                    they might very easily have done. However, at
                    the End of thirteen Days we saw three Sail coming
                    directly to us, which a little surprized us all at
                    first, not knowing what might be the Case, and
                    we began to put our selves in a Posture of Defence; but as they came nearer us, we were soon
                     satisfy'd: For the first Vessel was that which <hi rend="italic">William</hi> went in, who carried a Flag of Truce, 
                    and in a few Hours they all came to an Anchor,
                     and <hi rend="italic">William</hi> came on board us with a little Boat, 
                     with the <hi rend="italic">Chinese</hi> Merchant in his Company, and 
                    two other Merchants, which seem'd to be a kind
                    of Brokers for the rest.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here he gave us an Account, how civilly he
                    had been used, how they had treated him with
                    all imaginable Frankness and Openness, that they
                    had not only given him the full Value of his
                    Spices and other Goods which he carry'd, in Gold,
                    by good Weight, but had loaded the Vessel again
                    with such Goods as he knew we were willing to
                    trade for; and that afterwards they had resolved
                    to bring the great Ship out of the Harbour, to
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02630">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(245)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    lye where we were, that so we might make what
                     Bargain we thought fit; only <hi rend="italic">William</hi> said he had 
                    promised in our Name, that we should use no
                    Violence with them, nor detain any of the Vessels after we had done trading with them. I told
                    him, we would strive to outdo them in Civility,
                    and that we would make good every Part of his
                    Agreement. In Token whereof I caused a white
                    Flag likewise to be spread at the Poop of our
                    great Ship, which was the Signal agreed on.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As to the third Vessel which came with them,
                    it was a kind of Bark of the Country, who
                    having Intelligence of our Design to traffick,
                    came off to deal with us, bringing a great deal
                    of Gold, and some Provisions, which at that time
                    we were very glad of.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In short, we traded upon the high Seas with
                    these Men, and indeed we made a very good Market, and yet sold Thieves Pennyworths too. We
                    sold here above sixty Ton of Spice, chiefly Cloves
                    and Nutmegs, and above two Hundred Bales of
                        <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Goods; such as Linnen and Wollen Manufactures. We considered we should have Occasion for some such things our selves, and so we
                     kept a good Quantity of <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Stuffs, Cloaths, 
                     Bays, <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>. for our selves. I shall not take up 
                    any of the little Room I have left here, with the
                    further Particulars of our Trade; 'tis enough to
                    mention, that except a Parcel of Tea, and twelve
                     Bales of fine <hi rend="italic">China</hi> wrought Silks, we took nothing 
                    in Exchange for our Goods but Gold: So that the
                    Sum we took here in that glittering Commodity,
                    amounted to above Fifty Thousand Ounces good
                    Weight.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we had finished our Barter, we restored
                    the Hostages, and gave the three Merchants about
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02640">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(246)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the Quantity of Twelve Hundred Weight of
                    Nutmegs, and as many of Cloves, with a handsom Present or <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Linnen and Stuff for themselves, as a Recompence for what we had taken
                    from them; and so we sent them away exceedingly well satisfy'd.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Here it was that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> gave me an Account, 
                     that while he was on board the <hi rend="italic">Japonese</hi> Vessel, he 
                     met with a kind of Religious, or <hi rend="italic">Japan</hi> Priest, 
                     who spoke some Words of <hi rend="italic">English</hi> to him; and 
                    being very inquisitive to know how he came to
                    learn any of those Words, he told him, that there
                     was in his Country <hi rend="italic">thirteen Englishmen</hi>; he called 
                     them <hi rend="italic">Englishmen</hi> very articulately and distinctly, 
                    for he had conversed with them very frequently
                    and freely: He said they were all that were left
                    of two and thirty Men, who came on Shore on the
                     North Side of <hi rend="italic">Japan</hi>, being driven upon a great 
                    Rock in a stormy Night, where they lost their
                    Ship, and the rest of their Men were drowned:
                    That he had perswaded the King of his Country
                    to send Boats off to the Rock or Island, where
                    the Ship was lost, to save the rest of the Men,
                    and to bring them on Shore; which was done,
                    and they were used very kindly; and had Houses
                    built for them, and Land given them to plant for
                    Provision, and that they lived by themselves.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He said he went frequently among them, to
                    perswade them to worship their God, an Idol, I
                    suppose, of their own making, which he said
                    they ungratefully refused; and that therefore the
                    King had once or twice ordered them to be all put
                     to Death; but that, <hi rend="italic">as he said</hi>, he had prevailed 
                    upon the King to spare them, and let them live
                    their own Way, as long as they were quiet and
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02650">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(247)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    peaceable, and did not go about to withdraw
                    others from the Worship of the Country.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     I ask'd <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, why he did not enquire from 
                     whence they came? I did, <hi rend="italic">said William</hi>, for how 
                    could I but think it strange, said he, to hear him
                     talk of <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Men on the North Side of <hi
                            rend="italic">Japan</hi>. 
                    Well, said I, what Account did he give of it?
                     An Account, said <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, that will surprize thee, 
                     and all the World after thee, that shall hear of it, 
                    and which makes me wish thou wouldst go up to
                        <hi rend="italic">Japan</hi>, and find them out. What do ye mean, 
                    said I? Whence could they come? Why, says
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, he pull'd out a little Book, and in it a 
                     Piece of Paper, where it was written in an <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                     Man's Hand, and in plain <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Words, thus; 
                     and says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, I read it my self: <hi
                            rend="italic">We came from Greenland</hi>, and from the <hi rend="italic">North
                            Pole</hi>. This indeed 
                    was amazing to us all, and more to those Seamen among us who knew any thing of the infinite Attempts which had been made from <hi rend="italic">Europe</hi>, as well by the <hi rend="italic">English</hi>
                        as the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>, to discover a Passage that Way into those Parts of the
                     World; and as <hi rend="italic">William</hi> press'd us earnestly to go 
                    on to the North, to rescue those poor Men, so
                    the Ship's Company began to incline to it; and
                    in a Word, we all came to this, that we would
                     stand in to the Shore of <hi rend="italic">Formosa</hi>, to find this 
                    Priest again, and have a farther Account of it
                    all from him. Accordingly the Sloop went over,
                    but when they came there, the Vessels were very
                    unhappily sail'd, and this put an End to our Enquiry after them, and perhaps may have disappointed Mankind of one of the most noble Discoveries that ever was made, or will again be made
                    in the World, for the Good of Mankind in general: But so much for that.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02660">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(248)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was so uneasy at losing this Opportunity, that he press'd us earnestly to go up to
                        <hi rend="italic">Japan</hi>, to find out these Men. He told us, that 
                    if it was nothing but to recover Thirteen honest poor Men from a kind of Captivity, which
                    they would otherwise never be redeemed from,
                    and where perhaps they might some time or other
                    be murdered by the barbarous People, in Defence
                    of their Idolatry; it were very well worth our
                    while, and it would be in some Measure making
                    amends for the Mischiefs we had done in the
                    World: But we that had no Concern upon us
                    for the Mischiefs we had done, had much less
                    about any Satisfaction to be made for it; so he
                    found that kind of Discourse would weigh very
                    little with us. Then he press'd us very earnestly to let him have the Sloop to go by himself,
                    and I told him I would not oppose it; but when
                    he came to the Sloop, none of the Men would
                    go with him; for the Case was plain, they had
                    all a Share in the Cargo of the great Ship, as
                    well as in that of the Sloop, and the Richness
                    of the Cargo was such, that they would not leave
                     it by any means: So poor <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, much to his 
                    Mortification, was obliged to give it over. What
                    became of those thirteen Men, or whether they
                    are not there still, I can give no Account of.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now at the End of our Cruise; what
                    we had taken was indeed so considerable, that it
                    was not only enough to satisfy the most covetous
                    and the most ambitious Minds in the World, but
                    it did indeed satisfy us; and our Men declared
                    they did not desire any more. The next Motion
                    therefore was about going back, and the Way by
                    which we should perform the Voyage, so as not
                     to be attack'd by the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> in the Straits of <hi
                            rend="italic">Sundy</hi>. 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02670">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(249)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We had pretty well stored our selves here with
                    Provisions, and it being now near the Return
                    of the Monsoons, we resolved to stand away to
                    the Southward; and not only to keep without
                     the <hi rend="italic">Philippine</hi> Islands, that is to say, to the Eastward of them, but to keep on to the Southward,
                     and see if we could not leave, not only the <hi rend="italic">Molucco</hi>'s, or Spice Islands, behind us, but even <hi
                            rend="italic">Nova Guinea</hi> and <hi rend="italic">Nova Hollandia</hi>
                        also; and so getting 
                    into the variable Winds, to the South of the
                     Tropick of <hi rend="italic">Capricorn</hi>, steer away to the West, 
                     over the great <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Ocean.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was indeed at first a Monstrous Voyage
                    in its Appearance, and the Want of Provisions
                     threaten'd us. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> told us in so many Words, 
                    that it was impossible we could carry Provisions
                    enough to subsist us for such a Voyage, and especially fresh Water; and that as there would be
                    no Land for us to touch at, where we could get
                    any Supply, it was a Madness to undertake it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But I undertook to remedy this Evil, and
                    therefore desired them not to be uneasy as that,
                     for I knew we might supply our selves at <hi rend="italic">Mindanao</hi>, the more Southerly Island of the <hi
                            rend="italic">Philippines</hi>. Accordingly, we set Sail, having taken 
                    all the Provisions here that we could get, the
                     28th of <hi rend="italic">September</hi>, the Wind veering a little at 
                    first from the N. N. W. to the N. E. by E. but
                     afterwards settled about the the N. E. and the E. N. E. 
                    We were nine Weeks in this Voyage, having met
                    with several Interruptions by the Weather, and
                    put in under the Lee of a small Island in the Latitude of 16 Degrees, 12 Minutes, of which we
                    never knew the Name, none of our Charts having given any Account of it: I say, we put in
                     here, by reason of a strange <hi rend="italic">Tornado</hi> or Hurricane,
                    </p>      
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02680">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(250)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    which brought us into a great deal of Danger.
                    Here we rode about sixteen Days, the Winds
                    being very tempestuous, and the Weather uncertain. However, we got some Provisions on
                    Shore, such as Plants and Roots, and a few Hoggs.
                    We believed there were Inhabitants on the Island,
                    but we saw none of them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    From hence, the Weather settling again, we
                     went on, and came to the Southmost Part of <hi rend="italic">Mindanao</hi>, where we took in fresh Water, and some 
                    Cows; but the Climate was so hot, that we did
                    not attempt to salt up any more, than so as to
                    keep a Fortnight or three Weeks, and away
                    we stood South ward crossing the Line, and
                     leaving <hi rend="italic">Gillolo</hi> on the Starboard Side, we coasted 
                     the Country they call <hi rend="italic">New Guiney</hi>, where, in the 
                    Latitude of eight Degrees South, we put in again
                    for Provisions and Water, and where we found
                    Inhabitants, but they fled from us, and were altogether inconversable. From thence, sailing still
                    Southward, we left all behind us that any of
                    our Charts or Maps take any Notice of, and went
                    on till we came to the Latitude of 17 Degrees,
                    the Wind continuing still N. E.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Here we made Land to the Westward, which
                    when we had kept in Sight for three Days, coasting along the Shore, for the Distance of about
                    four Leagues, we began to fear we should find
                    no Outlet West, and so should be obliged to go
                     hack again, and put in among the <hi rend="italic">Molucco</hi>'s at 
                    last; but at length we found the Land break
                    off, and go trending away to the West Sea, seeming to be all open to the South and S. W. and
                    a great Sea came rowling out of the South, which
                    gave us to understand, that there was no Land
                    that Way for a great Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02690">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(251)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    In a Word, we kept on our Course to the South,
                    a little Westerly, till we pass'd the South Tropick, where we found the Winds variable; and
                    now we stood away fair West, and held it out
                    for about twenty Days, when we discovered Land
                    right a-head, and on our Larboard Bow, we made
                     directly to the Shore, being willing to take all Advantages now for supplying our selves with fresh
                    Provisions and Water, knowing we were now <sic>entring</sic> on that vast unknown <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Ocean, perhaps the greatest Sea on the Globe, having with
                    very little Interruption of Islands, a continued
                    Sea quite round the Globe.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found a good Road here, and some People on Shore; but when we landed, they fled
                    up the Country, nor would they hold any Correspondence with us, or come near us, but shot
                    at us several Times with Arrows as long as Launces. We set up white Flags for a Truce, but
                    they either did not, or would not, understand it:
                    On the contrary, they shot our Flag of Truce
                    thro' several times with their Arrows; so that, in
                    a Word, we never came near any of them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found good Water here, tho' it was something difficult to get at it, but for living Creatures we could see none; for the People, if they
                    had any Cattle, drove them all away, and shew'd
                    us nothing but themselves, and that sometimes
                    in a threatning Posture, and in Number so great,
                    that made us suppose the Island to be greater than
                    we at first imagined. It is true, they would not
                    come near enough for us to engage with them,
                    at least, not openly; but they came near enough
                    for us to see them, and by the Help of our
                    Glasses, to see that they were clothed and arm'd,
                    but their Clothes were only about their lower
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02700">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(252)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and middle Parts; that they had long Launces,
                    like Half Pikes, in their Hands, besides Bows and
                    Arrows; that they had great high Things on
                    their Heads, made, as we believed, of Feathers,
                    and which look'd something like our Grenadiers Caps in <hi rend="italic">England</hi>.
                    When we saw them so shye, that they would
                    not come near us, our Men began to range over
                     the Island, <hi rend="italic">if it was such, for we never surrounded it</hi>, to search for Cattel, and for any of the <hi
                            rend="italic">Indians</hi> Plantations, for Fruits or Plants; but they 
                    soon found, to their Cost, that they were to use
                    more Caution than that came to, and that they
                    were to discover perfectly every Bush and every
                    Tree, before they ventured abroad in the Country; for, about fourteen of our Men going further than the rest, into a Part of the Country
                    which seemed to be planted, as they thought,
                    for it did but seem so, only I think it was overgrown with Canes, such as we make our Cane
                    Chairs with: I say, venturing too far, they were
                    suddenly attack'd with a Shower of Arrows from
                    almost every Side of them, as they thought,
                    out of the Tops of the Trees.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They had nothing to do, but to fly for it,
                    which however they could not resolve on, till
                    five of them were wounded; nor had they escaped so, if one of them had not been so much
                    wiser, or thoughtfuller than the rest, as to consider, that tho' they could not see the Enemy,
                    so as to shoot at them, yet perhaps the Noise
                    of their Shot might terrify them, and that they
                    should rather fire at a Venture. Accordingly
                    Ten of them faced about, and fired at random
                    any where among the Canes.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02710">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(253)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Noise and the Fire not only terrify'd
                    the Enemy, but, as they believed, their Shot had
                    luckily hit some of them; for they found not only that the Arrows which came thick among
                     them before, ceased, but they heard the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi>
                    halloo, after their Way, to one another, and make
                    a strange Noise more uncouth and inimitably
                    strange, than any they had ever heard, more like
                    the Howling and Barking of wild Creatures in
                    the Woods, than like the Voice of Men, only
                    that sometimes they seemed to speak Words.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     They observ'd also, that this Noise of the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> went farther and farther off, so that they were 
                     satisfied the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> fled away, except on one Side, 
                    where they heard a doleful Groaning and Howling, and where it continued a good while, which
                    they supposed was from some or other of them
                    being wounded, and howling by reason of their
                    Wounds; or kill'd, and others howling over
                    them: But our Men had enough of making Discoveries; so they did not trouble themselves to
                    look farther, but resolved to take this Opportunity to retreat. But the worst of their Adventure
                    was to come; for as they came back, they pass'd
                    by a prodigious great Trunk of an old Tree,
                    what Tree it was they said they did not know, but
                    it stood like an old decay'd Oak in a Park, where
                     the Keepers in <hi rend="italic">England</hi> take <hi rend="italic">a
                            Stand</hi>, as they call 
                    it, to shoot a Deer, and it stood just under the
                    steep Side of a great Rock or Hill, that our People could not see what was beyond it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As they came by this Tree, they were of a sudden shot at from the Top of the Tree, with seven
                    Arrows and three Launces, which, to our great
                    Grief, kill'd two of our Men, and wounded three
                    more. This was the more surprizing, because
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02720">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(254)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    being without any Defence, and so near the Trees,
                    they expected more Launces and Arrows every
                    Moment; nor would flying do them any Service,
                     the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> being, as appeared, very good Marksmen. In this Extremity they had happily this
                     Presence of Mind, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. to run close to the Tree, 
                    and stand, as it were under it; so that those
                    above could not come at, or see them, to throw
                    their Launces at them. This succeeded, and gave
                    them Time to consider what to do: They knew
                    their Enemies and Murtherers were above, for
                    they heard them talk, and those above knew
                    those were below; but they below were obliged to keep close for fear of their Launces from
                    above. At length, one of our Men looking a
                    little more strictly than the rest, thought he
                     saw the Head of one of the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi>, just over a 
                    dead Limb of the Tree, which, it seems, the
                    Creature sat upon. One Man immediately fired,
                    and levell'd his Piece so true, that the Shot went
                    thro' the Fellow's Head, and down he fell out of
                    the Tree immediately, and came upon the Ground
                    with such Force, with the Height of his Fall,
                    that if he had not been killed with the Shot,
                    he would certainly have been killed with dashing
                    his Body against the Ground.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This so frighted themselves, that besides the
                    howling Noise they made in the Tree, our Men
                    heard a strange Clutter of them in the Body of
                    the Tree, from whence they concluded they had
                    made the Tree hollow, and were got to hide
                    themselves there. Now, had this been the Case,
                    they were secure enough from our Men; for it
                    was impossible any of our Men could get up the
                    Tree on the Out-side, there being no Branches
                    to climb by; and, to shoot at the Tree, that
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02730">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(255)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    they tried several times to no Purpose, for the
                    Tree was so thick, that no Shot would enter
                    it. They made no Doubt however, but that they
                    had their Enemies in a Trap, and that a small
                    Siege would either bring them down Tree and all,
                    or starve them out: So they resolved to keep
                    their Post, and send to us for Help. Accordingly two of them came away to us for more Hands,
                    and particularly desired, that some of our Carpenters might come with Tools, to help cut down
                    the Tree, or at least to cut down other Wood,
                    and set Fire to it; and That they concluded
                    would not fail to bring them out.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Accordingly our Men went like a little Army, and with mighty Preparations for an Enterprize, the like of which has scarce been ever
                    heard, to form the Siege of a great Tree. However, when they came there, they found the
                    Task difficult enough, for the old Trunk was indeed a very great one, and very tall, being at
                    least Two and Twenty Foot high, with seven old
                    Limbs standing out every Way on the Top, but
                    decay'd, and very few Leaves, if any, left on it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> the Quaker, whose Curiosity led him 
                    to go among the rest, proposed, that they should
                    make a Ladder, and get up upon the Top, and
                    then throw Wild-fire into the Tree, and smoke
                    them out. Others proposed going back, and
                    getting a great Gun out of the Ship, which
                    should split the Tree in Pieces with the Iron
                    Bullets: Others, that they should cut down a
                    great deal of Wood, and pile it up round the
                    Tree, and set it on Fire, and to burn the Tree,
                    and the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> in it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These Consultations took up our People no
                    less than two or three Days, in all which Time
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02740">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(256)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    they heard nothing of the supposed Garrison
                    within this wooden Castle, nor any Noise within. <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Project was first gone about, and 
                    a large strong Ladder was made, to scale this
                    wooden Tower; and in two or three Hours time,
                    it would have been ready to mount: When, on
                     a sudden, they heard the Noise of the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> in 
                     the Body of the Tree again, and a little after, several of them appeared in the Top of the Tree,
                    and threw some Launces down at our Men; one
                    of which struck one of our Seamen a-top of the
                    Shoulder, and gave him such a desperate Wound,
                    that the Surgeons not only had a great deal of
                    Difficulty to cure him, but the poor Man endured such horrible Tortures, that we all said they
                    had better have killed him outright. However,
                    he was cured at last, tho' he never recover'd the
                    perfect Use of his Arm, the Launce having cut
                    some of the Tendons on the Top of the Arm,
                    near the Shoulder, which, as I suppose, performed the Office of Motion to the Limb before;
                    so that the poor Man was a Criple all the Days of
                    his Life. But to return to the desperate Rogues
                    in the Tree; our Men shot at them, but did not
                    find they had hit them, or any of them; but as
                    soon as ever they shot at them, they could hear
                    them huddle down into the Trunk of the Tree
                    again, and there to be sure they were safe.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Well, however, it was this which put by the
                     Project of <hi rend="italic">William</hi>'s Ladder; for when it was done, 
                    who would venture up among such a Troop of
                    bold Creatures as were there? And who, they
                    supposed, were desperate by their Circumstances:
                    And as but one Man at a time could go up, they
                    began to think that it would not do; and indeed I was of the Opinion, <hi rend="italic">for about this time I</hi>
                    </p> 
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02750">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(257)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">     
                        <hi rend="italic">was come to their Assistance</hi>, that the going up the 
                    Ladder would not do, unless it was thus, that
                    a Man should, as it were run just up to the Top,
                    and throw some Fire-works into the Tree, and
                    so come down again; and this we did two or
                    three Times, but found no Effect of it. At last,
                    one of our Gunners made a Stink-pot, as we called it, being a Composition which only smokes,
                    but does not flame or burn; but withal the
                    Smoke of it is so thick, and the Smell of it so
                    intolerably nauseous, that it is not to be suffered. This he threw into the Tree himself, and
                    we waited for the Effect of it, but heard or saw
                    nothing all that Night, or the next Day; so we
                    concluded the Men within were all smother'd:
                    When, on a sudden, the next Night, we heard
                    them upon the Top of the Tree again, shouting
                    and hallooing like Madmen.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We concluded, as any body would, that this
                    was to call for Help, and we resolved to continue our Siege; for we were all enraged to see
                    our selves so baulk'd by a few wild People whom
                    we thought we had safe in our Clutches; and
                    indeed never was there so many concurring Circumstances to delude Men, in any Case we had
                    met with. We resolved however to try another
                    Stink-pot the next Night, and our Engineer and
                    Gunner had got it ready, when hearing a Noise
                    of the Enemy, on the Top of the Tree, and in
                    the Body of the Tree, I was not willing to let
                    the Gunner go up the Ladder, which, I said,
                    would be but to be certain of being murthered.
                     However, he found a <hi rend="italic">Medium</hi> for it, and that was 
                    to go up a few Steps, and with a long Pole in
                    his Hand, to throw it in upon the Top of the
                    Tree, the Ladder being standing all this while
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02760">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(258)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    against the Top of the Tree; but when the Gunner, with his Machine at the Top of his Pole,
                    came to the Tree with three other Men to help
                    him, behold the Ladder was gone.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This perfectly confounded us, and we now concluded the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> in the Tree had by this Piece 
                    of Negligence taken the Opportunity, and come
                    all down the Ladder, made their Escape, and had
                    carried away the Ladder with them. I laugh'd
                     most heartily at my Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, who, as I 
                    said, had the Direction of the Siege, and had set
                     up a Ladder, for the Garrison, <hi rend="italic">as we called them</hi>, 
                    to get down upon, and run away. But when
                    Day-Light came, we were all set to rights again;
                    for there stood our Ladder haul'd up on the Top
                    of the Tree, with about Half of it in the Hollow of the Tree, and the other Half upright in
                     the Air. Then we began to laugh at the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> for Fools, that they could not as well have 
                    found their Way down by the Ladder, and have
                    made their Escape, as to have pull'd it up by main
                    Strength into the Tree.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We then resolved upon Fire, and so to put an
                    End to the Work at once, and burn the Tree
                    and its Inhabitants together; and accordingly
                    we went to Work to cut Wood, and in a few
                    Hours time we got enough, as we thought,
                    together; and piling it up round the Bottom
                    of the Tree, we set it on Fire: So waiting at a
                    Distance, to see when the Gentlemens Quarters
                    being too hot for them, they would come flying
                    out at the Top. But we were quite confounded,
                    when, on a sudden, we found the Fire all put
                    out by a great Quantity of Water thrown upon
                    it. We then thought the Devil must be in them
                     to be sure. Says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, this is certainly the
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02770">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(259)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph"> 
                     cunningst Piece of <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Engineering that ever 
                    was heard of, and there can be but one thing more
                    to guess at, besides Witchcraft and Dealing with
                     the Devil, <hi rend="italic">which I believe not one Word of, says he</hi>; 
                    and that must be, that this is an artificial Tree,
                    or a natural Tree artificially made hollow down
                    into the Earth, thro' Root and all; and that these
                    Creatures have an artificial Cavity underneath it,
                    quite into the Hills or a Way to go thro', and
                    under the Hill, to some other Place, and where
                    that other Place is, we know not; but if it be
                    not our own Fault, I'll find the Place, and follow them into it, before I am two Days older.
                    He then called the Carpenters to know of them,
                    if they had any large Saws that would cut thro'
                    the Body, and they told him they had not any
                    Saws that were long enough, nor could Men
                    work into such a monstrous old Stump in a great
                    while; but that they would go to Work with
                    it with their Axes, and undertake to cut it down
                    in two Days, and stock up the Root of it in two
                     more. But <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was for another Way, which 
                    proved much better than all this; for he was
                    for silent Work, that, if possible, he might catch
                    some of the Fellows in it; so he sets twelve
                    Men to it with large Augurs, to bore great Holes
                    into the Side of the Tree, to go almost thro', but
                    not quite thro'; which Holes were bored without Noise, and when they were done, he filled
                    them all with Gun-Powder, stopping strong Plugs
                    bolted cross-ways into the Holes, and then boring
                     a slanting Hole of a less Size down into the greater 
                    Hole, all which were fill'd with Powder, and at
                    once blown up. When they took Fire, they
                    made such a Noise, and tore and split the Tree
                    in so many Places, and in such, a Manner, that
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02780">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(260)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    we could see plainly, such another Blast would
                    demolish it, and so it did. Thus at the second
                    time we could at two or three Places put our
                    Hands into them, and discovered the Cheat,
                    namely, that there was a Cave or Hole dug into the Earth, from, or thro' the Bottom of the
                    Hollow, and that it had Communication with
                    another Cave further in, where we heard the
                    Voices of several of the wild Folks calling and
                    talking to one another.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When we came thus far we had a great Mind
                    to get at them, and <hi rend="italic">William</hi> desired, that three
                    Men might be given him with Hand-Grenadoes,
                    and he promised to go down first, and boldly he
                     did so; for <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, give him his due, had the 
                    Heart of a Lion.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They had Pistols in their Hands, and Swords
                     by their Sides; but, as they had taught the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> before, by their Stink-Pots, the <hi
                            rend="italic">Indians</hi> returned them in their own Kind, for they made
                    such a Smoke come up out of the Entrance into
                     the Cave or Hollow, that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> and his three Men, 
                    were glad to come running out of the Cave, and
                    out of the Tree too, for mere want of Breath,
                    and indeed they were almost stifled.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Never was a Fortification so well defended, or
                    Assailants so many ways defeated; we were
                    now for giving it over, and particularly I called
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, and told him, I could not but laugh to 
                    see us spinning out our Time here for nothing;
                    that I could not imagine what we were doing,
                    that it was certain the Rogues that were in it
                    were cunning to the last Degree, and it would
                    vex any Body to be so baulked by a few naked
                    ignorant Fellows; but still it was not worth our
                    while to push it any further, nor was there any
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02790">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(261)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    thing that I knew of to be got by the Conquest
                    when it was made, so that I thought it high time
                    to give it over.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> acknowledged, that what I said was 
                    just, and that there was nothing but our Curiosity to be gratified in this Attempt; and tho',
                     as <hi rend="italic">he said</hi>, he was very desirous to have 
                    searched into the Thing, yet he would not insist
                    upon it, so we resolved to quit it, and come
                     away, which we did. However, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> said, 
                    before we went, he would have this Satisfaction
                     of them, <hi rend="italic">viz</hi>. that he burnt down the Tree and 
                    stopt up the Entrance into the Cave. While he
                    was doing this, the Gunner told him, he would
                    have one Satisfaction of the Rogues, and this
                    was, that he would make a Mine of it, and see
                    which way it had Vent: Upon this he fetches
                    two Barrels of Powder out of the Ships, and
                    placed them in the Inside of the hollow Cave, as
                    far in as he durst go to carry them, and then
                    filling up the Mouth of the Cave where the Tree
                    stood, and ramming it sufficiently hard, leaving
                    only a Pipe or Touch-hole, he gave Fire to it,
                    and stood at a Distance to see which way it
                    would operate, when, on the sudden, he found
                    the Force of the Powder burst its way out among
                    some Bushes on the other Side the little Hill I
                    mentioned, and that it came roaring out there
                    as out of the Mouth of a Cannon; immediately running thither we saw the Effects of the
                    Powder.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     First, We saw that <hi rend="italic">there</hi> was the other Mouth 
                    of the Cave, which the Powder had so torn and
                    open'd, that the loose Earth was so fallen in
                    again, that nothing of Shape could be discerned;
                    but there we saw what was become of the Garri-
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02800">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(262)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     son of <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi> too, who had given us all this 
                    Trouble; for some of them had no Arms, some
                    no Legs, some no Head, some lay half buried
                    in the Rubbish of the Mine, that is to say, in
                    the loose Earth that fell in; and, in short,
                    there was a miserable Havock made of them
                    all, for we had good Reason to believe, not one
                    of them that were in the Inside could escape,
                    but rather were shot out of the Mouth of the
                    Cave like a Bullet out of a Gun.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We had now our full Satisfaction of the <hi rend="italic">Indians</hi>, but, in short, this was a losing Voyage, for 
                    we had two Men killed, one quite crippled,
                    five more wounded; we spent two Barrels of
                    Powder, and eleven Days Time, and all to get
                     the Understanding how to make an <hi rend="italic">Indian</hi> Mine, 
                    or how to keep Garrison in a hollow Tree, and
                    with this Wit bought at this dear Price, we
                    came away, having taken in some fresh Water,
                    but got no fresh Provisions.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We then considered what we should do to get
                     back again to <hi rend="italic">Madagascar</hi>; we were much about 
                     the Latitude of the <hi rend="italic">Cape of Good Hope</hi>, but had 
                    such a very long Run, and were neither sure
                    of meeting with fair Winds, or with any
                    Land in the Way, that we knew not what to
                     think of it. <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was our last Resort in this 
                    Case again, and he was very plain with us.
                     Friend, <hi rend="italic">said he</hi>, to <hi rend="italic">CAPT.
                            WILMOT</hi>, what Occasion hast thou to run the Venture of starving,
                    merely for the Pleasure of saying, thou hast
                    been where no Body ever was before; there are
                    a great many Places nearer home, of which thou
                    mayest say the same thing, at a less Expence; I
                    see no Occasion thou hast of keeping thus far
                    South, any longer than till you are sure you are
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02810">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="catch">(263)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     to the West End of <hi rend="italic">Java</hi> and <hi rend="italic"
                            >Sumatra</hi>, and then 
                     thou may'st stand away North towards <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, 
                     and the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Coromandel</hi> and <hi rend="italic"
                            >Maderas</hi>, where 
                    thou may'st get both fresh Water, and fresh
                    Provisions, and to that Part it's likely we may
                    hold out well enough with the Stores that we have
                    already.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This was wholesome Advice, and such as was
                    not to be slighted, so we stood away to the West,
                    keeping between the Latitude of 31, and 35, and
                    had very good Weather and fair Winds for about
                    ten Days Sail, by which Time, by our Reckoning,
                    we were clear of the Isles, and might run away
                    to the North; and, if we did not fall in with
                        <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, we should at least go into the great deep 
                    Bay of <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But we were out in our Reckoning a great
                    deal, for when we had stood due North for
                    about fifteen or sixteen Degrees, we met with
                    Land again on our Star-board Bow, about three
                    Leagues Distance, so we came to an Anchor
                    about half a League from it, and Manned out
                    our Boats to see what sort of a Country it was:
                    We found it a very good one, fresh Water easy
                    to come at, but no Cattle, that we could see, or
                    Inhabitants, and we were very shye of searching
                    too far after them, lest we should make such
                    another Journey as we did last; so that we let
                    rambling alone, and chose rather to take what
                    we could find, which was only a few wild Mangoes, and some Plants of several Kinds, which
                    we knew not the Names of.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We made no Stay here, but put to Sea again
                    N. W. by N. but had little Wind for a Fortnight
                    more, when we made Land again, and standing
                    in with the Shore, we were surprized to find
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02820">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(264)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     our selves on the South Shore of <hi rend="italic">Java</hi>; and just 
                    as we were coming to an Anchor, we saw a Boat
                     carrying <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> Colours, sailing along Shore. We 
                    were not sollicitous to speak with them, or any
                    other of their Nation, but left it indifferent to
                    our People, when they went on Shore, to see
                     the <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi>, or not to see them; our Business 
                    was to get Provisions, which indeed by this time
                    were very short with us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We resolved to go on Shore with our Boats in
                    the most convenient Place we could find, and to
                    look out a proper Harbour to bring the Ship
                    into, leaving it to our Fate, whether we should
                    meet with Friends or Enemies, resolving however, not to stay any considerable Time, at least,
                    not long enough to have Expresses sent cross the
                     Island to <hi rend="italic">Batavia</hi>, and for Ships to come round 
                    from thence to attack us.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We found, according to our Desire, a very
                    good Harbour, where we rode in seven Fathom
                    Water, well defended from the Weather, whatever might happen, and here we got fresh Provisions, such as good Hogs, and some Cows; and
                    that we might lay in a little Store, we kill'd
                    sixteen Cows, and pickled and barrelled up the
                    Flesh as well as we could be supposed to do in the
                    Latitude of eight Degrees from the Line.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We did all this in about five Days, and filled
                    our Casks with Water, and the last Boat was
                    coming off with Herbs and Roots, we being unmoor'd, and our Fore Top-Sail loose for sailing,
                    when we spy'd a large Ship to the Northward,
                    bearing down directly upon us; we knew not what
                    she might be, but concluded the worst, and made
                    all possible Haste to get our Anchor up, and get
                    under Sail, that we might be in a Readiness to
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02830">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(265)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    see what she had to say to us, for we were under no great Concern for one Ship; but our Notion was, that we should be attack'd by three or
                    four together.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    By the time we had got up our Anchor, and
                    the Boat was stow'd, the Ship was within a League
                    of us, and, as we thought, bore down to engage
                    us; so we spread our black Flag or Ancient on
                    the Poop, and the bloody Flag at the Top-mast
                    Head, and having made a clear Ship, we stretcht
                    away to the Westward, to get the Wind of him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They had, it seems, quite mistaken us before,
                    expecting nothing of an Enemy or a Pyrate in
                    those Seas, and not doubting but we had been
                    one of their own Ships, they seem'd to be in
                    some Confusion when they found their Mistake; so
                    they immediately haul'd up on a-Wind on t'other
                    Tack, and stood edging in for the Shore, towards
                    the Eastermost Part of the Island. Upon this we
                    tack'd, and stood, after him with all the Sail we
                    could, and in two Hours came almost within Gun
                    Shot. Tho' they crowded all the Sail they could
                    lay on, there was no Remedy but to engage us,
                    and they soon saw their Inequality of Force.
                    We fired a Gun for them to bring to, so they
                    Mann'd out their boat, and sent to us with a
                    Flag of Truce. We sent back the Boat, but
                    with this Answer to the Captain, that he had
                    nothing to do, but to strike, and bring his Ship
                    to an Anchor under our Stern, and come on board
                    us himself, when he should know our Demands;
                    but that however, since he had not yet put us
                    to the Trouble of forcing him, which we saw we
                    were able to do, we assured them, that the Captain should return again in Safety, and all his
                    Men; and that supplying us with such things as
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02840">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(266)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    we should demand, his Ship should not be plundered. They went back with this Message, and
                    it was some time after they were on board, before they struck, which made us begin to think
                    they refused it; so we fired a Shot, and in a few
                    Minutes more we perceived their Boat put off;
                    and as soon as the Boat put off, the Ship struck,
                    and came to an Anchor, as was directed.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    When the Captain came on board, we demanded an Account of their Cargo, which was chiefly Bales of Goods from <hi rend="italic">Bengal</hi> for <hi rend="italic"
                            >Bantam</hi>. We 
                    told them our present Want was Provisions,
                    which they had no need of, being just at the
                    End of their Voyage; and that if they would
                    send their Boat on Shore with ours, and procure us six and twenty Head of black Cattel,
                    threescore Hogs, a Quantity of Brandy and Arrack, and three Hundred Bushels of Rice, we
                    would let them go free.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    As to the Rice, they gave us six Hundred
                    Bushels, which they had actually on board, together with a Parcel Shipt upon Freight. Also
                    they gave us thirty middling Casks of very good
                    Arrack, but Beef and Pork they had none. However, they went on Shore with our Men, and
                    bought eleven Bullocks and fifty Hogs, which
                    were pickled up for our Occasion, and upon the
                    Supplies of Provision from Shore, we dismiss'd
                    them and their Ship.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We lay here seven Days before we could furnish our selves with the Provisions agreed for,
                     and some of the Men fancied the <hi rend="italic">Dutchmen</hi> were 
                    contriving our Destruction; but they were very
                    honest, and did what they could to furnish the
                    Black Cattel, but found it impossible to supply
                    so many. So they came and told us ingenuously,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02850">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(267)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that unless we could stay a while longer, they
                    could get no more Oxen or Cows than those
                    Eleven, with which we were obliged to be satisfied, taking the Value of them in other things,
                    rather than stay longer there. On our Side we
                    were punctual with them in observing the Conditions we had agreed on, nor would we let any
                    of' our Men so much as go on board them, or
                    suffer any of their Men to come on board us;
                    for had any of our Men gone on board, no body
                    could have answer'd for their Behaviour, any
                    more than if they had been on Shore in an
                    Enemy's Country.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We were now Victualled for our Voyage, and
                    as we matter'd not Purchase, we went merrily
                     on for the Coast of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, where we intended 
                    to touch to get fresh Water again, and more
                    Provisions; and we had nothing material offer'd
                    in this Part of the Voyage, only that we met
                    with contrary Winds, and were above a Month
                    in the Passage.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We put in upon the South Coast of the Island,
                     desiring to have as little to do with the <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>
                    as we could; and as the Dutch were Lords of
                    the Country as to Commerce, so they are more
                    so of the Sea Coast, where they have several
                    Forts, and in particular, have all the Cinnamon,
                    which is the Trade of that Island.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    We took in fresh Water here, and some Provisions, but did not much trouble our selves
                    about laying in any Stores, our Beef and Hogs
                     which we got at <hi rend="italic">Iava</hi> being not yet all gone by 
                    a good deal. We had a little Skirmish on Shore
                    here with some of the People of the Island, some
                    of our Men having been a little too familiar with
                     the <hi rend="italic">Homely Ladies</hi> of the Country; for Homely
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02860">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(268)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    indeed they were, to such a Degree, that if our
                    Men had not had good Stomachs that Way, they
                    would scarce have touch'd any of them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I could never fully get it out of our Men what
                    they did, they were so true to one another in
                    their Wickedness; but I understood in the main,
                    that it was some barbarous thing they had done,
                    and that they had like to have paid dear for
                    it; for the Men resented it to the last Degree,
                    and gathered in such Numbers about them, that
                    had not sixteen more of our Men, in another
                    Boat, come all in the Nick of Time, just to rescue our first Men, who were but Eleven, and
                    so fetch them off by main Force, they had been
                    all cut of, the Inhabitants being no less than two
                    or three Hundred, armed with Darts and Launces, the usual Weapons of the Country, and
                    which they are very dexterous at the throwing,
                    even so dexterous, that it was scarce credible:
                    And had our Men stood to fight them, as some
                    of them were bold enough to talk of, they had
                    been all overwhelmed and kill'd. As it was,
                    Seventeen of our Men were wounded, and some
                    of them very dangerously. But they were more
                    frighted than hurt too; for every one of them
                    gave themselves over for dead Men, believing
                     the Launces were poisoned. But <hi rend="italic">William</hi> was our 
                    Comfort here too; for when two of our Surgeons were of the same Opinion, and told the Men
                     foolishly enough, that they would die, <hi rend="italic">William</hi>
                    chearfully went to Work with them, and cured
                    them all but one, who rather died by drinking
                    some Arrack Punch, than of his Wound, the
                    Excess of Drinking throwing him into a Fever.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     We had enough of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, tho' some of our 
                    People were for going ashore again, sixty or
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02870">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(269)</fw>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    </div>
                    seventy Men together, to be revenged; but
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> perswaded them against it, and his Reputation was so great among the Men, as well as
                    with us that were Commanders, that he could
                    influence them more than any of us.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    They were mighty warm upon their Revenge,
                    and they would go on Shore, and destroy five
                     Hundred of them. Well, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, and suppose you do, what are you the better? Why
                    then, says one of them, speaking for the rest,
                    we shall have our Satisfaction. Well, and what
                     will you be the better for that, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>? 
                    They could then say nothing to that. Then,
                     says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, if I mistake not, your Business is 
                    Money: Now I desire to know, if you conquer
                    and kill two or three Thousand of these poor
                    Creatures, they have no Money, pray what will
                    you get? They are poor naked Wretches, what
                     shall you gain by them? But then said <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, 
                    perhaps, in doing this, you may chance to lose
                    Half a Score of your own Company, as 'tis
                    very probable you may, pray, what Gain is in
                    it, and what Account can you give the Captain
                     for his lost Men? In short, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> argued so 
                    effectually, that he convinc'd them that it was
                    mere Murther, to do so; and that the Men had a
                    Right to their own, and that they had no Right
                    to take them away: That it was destroying
                    innocent Men, who had acted no otherwise than
                    as the Laws of Nature dictated; and that it
                    would be as much Murther to do so, as to meet
                    a Man on the High-way, and kill him, for the
                    mere sake of it, in cold Blood, not regarding whether he had done any Wrong to us or no.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    These Reasons prevailed with them at last, and
                    they were content to go away, and leave them
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02880">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(270)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    as they found them. In the first Skirmish they
                    killed between sixty and seventy Men, and
                    wounded a great many more, but they had nothing, and our People got nothing by it, but the
                    Loss of one Man's Life, and the Wounding sixteen
                    more, as above.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But another Accident brought us to a Necessity
                    of further Business with these People, and indeed
                     we had like to have put an End to our Lives and Adventures all at once among them; for, about three
                    Days after our Putting out to Sea, from the Place
                    where we had that Skirmish, we were attack'd
                    by a violent Storm of Wind from the South, or
                    rather a Hurricane of Wind from all the Points
                    Southward, for it blew in a most desperate and
                    furious Manner, from the S. E. to the S. W.
                    one Minute at one Point, and then instantly turning about again to another Point, but with the
                    same Violence; nor were we able to work the
                    Ship in that Condition: So that the Ship I was
                    in split three Topsails, and at last brought the
                    Main Top-mast by the Board; and in a Word,
                    we were once or twice driven right ashore; and
                    one time, had not the Wind shifted the very
                    Moment it did, we had been dash'd in a Thousand Pieces upon a great Ledge of Rocks, which
                    lay off about Half a League from the Shore; but,
                    as I have said, the Wind shifting very often, and
                    at that time coming to the E. S. E. we stretcht
                    off, and got above a League more Sea-room in
                    Half an Hour. After that, it blew with some
                    Fury S. W. by S. then S. W. by W. and put us
                    back again a great Way to the Eastward of the
                    Ledge of Rocks, where we found a fair Opening
                    between the Rocks and the Land, and endeavoured to come to an Anchor there; but we
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02890">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(271)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    found there was no Ground fit to Anchor in, and
                    that we should lose our Anchors, there being nothing but Rocks. We stood thro' the Opening,
                    which held about four Leagues; the Storm continued, and now we found a dreadful foul Shore,
                    and knew not what Course to take. We look'd
                    out very narrowly for some River, or Creek, or
                    Bay, where we might run in, and come to an
                    Anchor, but found none a great while. At length
                    we saw a great Head-Land lye out far South into
                     the Sea, and that to such a Length, that, in short, 
                    we saw plainly, that if the Wind held where it
                    was, we could not Weather it; so we run in as
                    much under the Lee of the Point as we could,
                    and came to an Anchor in about twelve Fathom
                    Water.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But the Wind veering again in the Night, and
                    blowing exceeding hard, our Anchors came home,
                    and the Ship drove till the Rudder struck against
                    the Ground; and had the Ship gone Half her
                    Length further, she had been lost, and every one
                    of us with her. But our Sheet Anchor held its
                    own, and we heaved in some of the Cable, to get
                    clear of the Ground we had struck upon. It was
                    by this only Cable that we rode it out all Night,
                    and towards Morning we thought the Wind abated a little, and it was well for us that it was so; 
                    for in spite of what our Sheet Anchor did for us,
                    we found the Ship fast a-ground in the Morning,
                    to our very great Surprize and Amazement.
                    When the Tide was out, tho' the Water here
                    ebb'd away, the Ship lay almost dry upon a
                    Bank of hard Sand, which never, I suppose, had
                    any Ship upon it before; the People of the Country came down in great Numbers, to look at us,
                    and gaze, not knowing what we were, but gaping
                    </p>
                </div>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02900">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(272)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    at us as at a great Sight or Wonder, at which
                    they were surpriz'd, and knew not what to do.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I have Reason to believe, that upon the Sight
                    they immediately sent an Account of a Ship being
                    there, and of the Condition we were in; for the
                    next Day there appeared a great Man, whether
                    it was their King or no, I knew not, but he had
                    Abundance of Men with him, and some with long
                    Javelins in their Hands, as long as Half Pikes;
                    and these came all down to the Water's Edge, and
                    drew up in very good Order just in our View.
                    They stood near an Hour without making any
                    Motion, and then there came near twenty of
                    them with a Man before them, carrying a white
                    Flag before them. They came forward into the
                    Water as high as their Wastes, the Sea not going
                    so high as before, for the Wind was abated, and
                    blew off Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    The Man made a long Oration to us, as we
                    could see by his Gestures, and we sometimes heard
                     his Voice, but knew not a Word he said. <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, 
                    who was always useful to us, I believe, was here
                    again the Saving of all our Lives. The Case was
                    this. The Fellow, or what I might call him,
                    when his Speech was done, gave three great
                    Screams, for I know not what else to say they
                    were, then lower'd his white Flag three times,
                    and then made three Motions to us with his Arm,
                    to come to him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I acknowledge, that I was for Manning out the
                     Boat, and going to them; but <hi rend="italic">William</hi> would 
                    by no means allow me: He told me, we ought
                    to trust no Body; that if they were the Barbarians, and under their own Government, we might
                    be sure to be all murthered; and if they were
                    Christians, we should not fare much better, if
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02910">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(273)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    they knew who we were that it was the Custom
                     of the <hi rend="italic">Malabars</hi>, to betray all People that they 
                    could get into their Hands; and that these were
                    some of the same People; and that if we had
                    any Regard to our own Safety, we should not
                    go to them by any means. I opposed him a great
                    while, and told him, I thought he used to be
                    always right, but that now I thought he was not;
                    that I was no more for running needless Risques,
                    than he, or any one else; but I thought all Nations in the World, even the most savage People,
                    when they held out a Flag of Peace, kept the
                    Offer of Peace made by that Signal, very sacredly, and I gave him several Examples of it in my
                     History of my <hi rend="italic">African</hi> Travels, which I have here 
                    gone thro' in the Beginning of this Work; and
                    that I could not think these People worse than
                    some of them. And besides, I told him, our
                    Case seem'd to be such, that we must fall into
                    some body's Hands or other, and that we had
                    better fall into their Hands by a friendly Treaty,
                    than by a forced Submission; nay, tho' they had
                    indeed a trearherous Design; and therefore I was
                    for a Parley with them.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Well, Friend, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi> very gravely, if thou 
                    wilt go, I cannot help it; I shall only desire to
                    take my last Leave of thee at Parting, for depend
                    upon it, thou wilt never see us again: Whether
                    we in the Ship may come off any better at last, I
                     cannot resolve thee; but this I will answer for, that 
                    we will not give up our Lives idly, and in cool
                    Blood, as thou art going to do; we will at least
                    preserve our selves as long as we can, and die at
                    last like Men, not like Fools trapann'd by the
                    Wiles of a few Barbarians.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02920">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(274)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> spoke this with so much Warmth, and 
                    yet with so much Assurance of our Fate, that I
                    began to think a little of the Risque I was going to run. I had no more Mind to be murthered than he; and yet I could not for my Life be
                    so faint-hearted in the thing, as he. Upon which
                    I asked him, if he had any Knowledge of the
                     Place, or had ever been here? He said, <hi rend="italic">No</hi>. Then 
                    I asked him, if he had heard or read any thing
                    about the People of this Island, and of their Way
                    of treating any Christians that had fallen into
                    their Hands? And he told me, he had heard of
                    one, and he would tell me the Story afterward.
                     His Name, he said, was <hi rend="italic">Knox</hi>, Commander of an
                        <hi rend="italic">East India</hi> Ship, who was driven on Shore, just as 
                     we were, upon this Island of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>, tho' he could 
                    not say it was at the same Place, or whereabouts:
                    That he was beguiled by the Barbarians, and inticed to come on Shore, just as we were invited to
                    do at that time; and that when they had him,
                    they surrounded him and eighteen or twenty of
                    his Men, and never suffered them to return, but
                    kept them Prisoners, or murthered them, he
                    could not well tell which; but they were carried
                    away up into the Country, separated from one
                    another, and never heard of afterwards, except
                    the Captain's Son, who miraculously made his
                    Escape after twenty Years Slavery.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    I had no Time then to ask him to give the
                     full Story of this <hi rend="italic">Knox</hi>, much less to hear him 
                    tell it me; but as it is usual in such Cases, when
                    one begins to be a little touch'd, I turn'd short
                     with him, Why then, Friend <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, said I, 
                    what would you have us do? You see what
                    Condition we are in, and what is before us; something must be done, and that immediately. Why,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02930">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(275)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                     says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, I'll tell thee what thou shalt do:
                        First 
                    cause a white Flag to be hang'd out, as they do
                    to us, and Man out the Long-Boat and Pinnace
                    with as many Men as they can well stow, to handle their Arms, and let me go with them, and
                    thou shalt see what we will do. If miscarry, thou
                     may'st be safe; and I will also tell thee, that if I 
                    do miscarry, it shall be my own Fault, and thou
                    shalt learn Wit by my Folly.
                    I knew not what to reply to him at first; but
                     after some Pause, I said, <hi rend="italic">William, William</hi>, I am 
                    as loath you should be lost, as you are that I
                    should; and if there be any Danger, I desire you
                    may no more fall into it than I. Therefore, if
                    you will, let us all keep in the Ship, fare alike,
                    and take our Fate together.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     No, no, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, there's no Danger in the 
                    Method I propose; thou shalt go with me, if
                    thou thinkest fit. If thou pleasest but to follow
                    the Measures that I shall resolve on, depend upon
                     it, tho' we will go off from the Ships, we will not a 
                    Man of us go any nearer them than within Call
                    to talk with them. Thou seest they have no
                    Boats to come off to us; but, says he, I rather
                    desire thou wouldst take my Advice, and manage
                     the Ship, as I shall give the Signal from the Boat, 
                    and let us concert that Matter together before we
                    go off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Well, I found <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had his Measures in his 
                    Head all laid before-hand, and was not at a Loss
                    what to do at all; so I told him he should be Captain for this Voyage, and we would be all of us
                    under his Orders, which I would see observed to
                    a Tittle.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Upon this Conclusion of our Debates, he ordered four and Twenty Men into the Long-Boat,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02940">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(276)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and twelve Men into the Pinnace, and the Sea
                    being now pretty smooth, they went off, being
                    all very well arm'd. Also he ordered, that all
                    the Guns of the great Ship, on the Side which
                    lay next the Shore, should be loaded with Musquet Balls, old Nails, Stubbs, and such like Pieces 
                    of old Iron, Lead, and any thing that came to
                    Hand; and that we should prepare to fire as soon
                    as ever he saw us lower the white Flag, and hoist
                    up a red one in the Pinnace.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    With these Measures fix'd between us, they
                     went off towards the Shore, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> in the Pinnace with twelve Men, and the Long-Boat coming
                    after him with four and twenty more, all stout,
                    resolute Fellows, and very well arm'd. They
                    row'd so near the Shore, as that they might speak
                    to one another, carrying a white Flag as the other
                     did, and offerring a <hi rend="italic">Parle</hi>. The Brutes, for such 
                    they were, shewed themselves very courteous, but
                    finding we could not understand them, they
                     fetch'd an old <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>, who had been their 
                    Prisoner many Years, and let him to speak to us.
                    The Sum and Substance of his Speech was, That
                    the King of the Country had sent his General
                    down to know who we were, and what our Business was? <hi rend="italic">William</hi> stood up in the Stern, of the 
                    Pinnace, and told him, That as to that, he that
                     was an <hi rend="italic">European</hi> by his Language and Voice, might 
                    easily know what we were, and our Condition;
                    the Ship being a-ground upon the Sand, would
                    also tell him, that our Business there was that of
                     a Ship in Distress; so <hi rend="italic">William</hi> desired to know 
                    what they came down for with such a Multitude,
                    and with Arms and Weapons, as if they came to
                    War with us.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02950">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(277)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    He answered, they might have good Reason
                    to come down to the Shore, the Country being
                    alarmed with the Appearance of Ships of Strangers upon the Coast; and as our Vessels were full
                    of Men, and that we had Guns and Weapons, the
                    King had sent Part of his military Men, that, in
                    Case of any Invasion upon the Country, they
                    might be ready to defend themselves, whatsoever might be the Occasion.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    But, says he, as you are Men in Distress, the
                    King has ordered his General who is here also, to
                    give you all the Assistance he can, and to invite
                    you on Shore, to receive you with all possible
                     Courtesy. Says <hi rend="italic">William</hi> very quick upon him, 
                    before I give thee an Answer to that, I desire
                    thee to tell me what thou art; for by thy Speech
                     thou art an <hi rend="italic">European</hi>. He answered presently 
                     he was a <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>. That I know well, says <hi
                            rend="italic">William</hi>, by thy Speech; but art thou a Native <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> of <hi rend="italic">Holland</hi>, or a Native of
                        this Country, that 
                     has learnt <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi> by conversing among the <hi
                            rend="italic">Hollanders</hi>, who we know are settled upon this Island. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     No, <hi rend="italic">says the Old Man</hi>, I am a Native of <hi
                            rend="italic">Delft</hi>
                     in the Province of <hi rend="italic">Holland</hi> in <hi rend="italic"
                            >Europe</hi>. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Well, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi> immediately, but art thou 
                    a Christian or a Heathen, or what we call a
                    Renegado?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     I am, <hi rend="italic">says he</hi>, a Christian, and so they went on 
                    in a short Dialogue, as follows.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou art a <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>, and
                        a Christian, 
                    thou sayest; pray, art thou a Freeman or a
                    Servant?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I am a Servant to the King here, and 
                    in his Army.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. But art thou a Voluntier, or a Prisoner? 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02960">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(278)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">      
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Indeed I was a Prisoner at first, but am 
                    at Liberty now, and so am a Voluntier.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. That is to say, being first a Prisoner thou 
                    hast Liberty to serve them; but art thou so at
                    Liberty, that thou mayest go away, if thou pleasest, to thine own Countrymen?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. No, I do not say so; my Countrymen live a great Way off, on the North and East
                     Parts of the Island, and there is no going to them, 
                    without the King's express Licence.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Well, and why dost not thou get a Licence to go away?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I have never ask'd for it. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. And I suppose, if thou didst, thou knowst 
                    thou couldst not obtain it.
                </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I cannot say much as to that, but why 
                    do you ask me all these Questions?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Why, my Reason is good; if thou art a 
                    Christian and a Prisoner, how canst thou consent
                    to be made an Instrument to there Barbarians, to
                    betray us into their Hands, who are thy Countrymen and Fellow-Christians? Is it not a barbarous
                    thing in thee to do so?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. How do I go about to betray you? Do 
                    I not give you an Account, how the King invites
                    you to come on Shore, and has ordered you to
                    be treated courteously, and assisted?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. As thou art a Christian, tho' I doubt it 
                    much, dost thou believe the King or the General,
                    as thou callest it, means one Word of what he
                    says?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. He promises you by the Mouth of his 
                    Great General.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. I don't ask thee what he promises, or by 
                    whom; but I ask thee this: Canst thou say, that
                    thou believest he intends to perform it?
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02970">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(279)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. How can I answer that? How can I tell 
                    what he intends?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou canst tell what thou believest. 
                    </p>
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I cannot say but he will perform it; I 
                    believe he may.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou art but a double-tongu'd Christian, 
                    I doubt: Come, I'll ask thee another Question:
                    Wilt thou say, that thou believest it; and that
                    thou wouldst advise me to believe it, and put our
                    Lives into their Hands upon these Promises?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I am not to be your Adviser. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou art perhaps afraid to speak thy 
                    Mind, because thou art in their Power: Pray,
                    do any of them understand what thou and I say?
                    Can they speak <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>?
                </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">    
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. No, not one of them, I have no Apprehensions upon that Account at all.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">   
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Why then answer me plainly, if thou art 
                     a Christian: Is it safe for us to venture upon their 
                    Words, to put our selves into their Hands, and
                    come on Shore?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. You put it very home to me: Pray 
                    let me ask you another Question: Are you in
                    any Likelihood of getting your Ship off, if you
                    refuse it?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Yes, yes, we shall get off the Ship, now 
                    the Storm is over, we don't fear it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Then I cannot say it is best for you to 
                    trust them.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Well, it is honestly said. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. But what shall I say to them?
                </p>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">        
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Give them good Words, as they give us.
                        </p>
                    </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. What good Words?
                    </p>
                </div>
                        <div type="paragraph">
                            <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Why let them tell the King, that we are 
                    Strangers, who were driven on his Coast by a
                    great Storm; that we thank him very kindly for
                            </p>
                        </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02980">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(280)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    his Offer of Civility to us, which, if we are farther distress'd, we will accept thankfully; but
                    that at present we have no Occasion to come on
                    Shore: And besides, that we cannot safely leave
                    the Ship in the present Condition she is in, but
                    that we are obliged to take Care of her, in order
                    to get her off, and expect in a Tide or two more,
                    to get her quite clear, and at an Anchor.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. But he will expect you to come on 
                    Shore then to visit him, and make him some
                    Present for his Civility.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. When we have got our Ship clear, and 
                    stopp'd the Leaks, we will pay our Respects to
                    him.
                   </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Nay, you may as well come to him 
                    now as then.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Nay, hold Friend, I did not say we would 
                    come to him then: You talk'd of making him a
                    Present; that is, to pay our Respects to him, is
                    it not?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Well, but I will tell him, that you 
                    will come on Shore to him when your Ship is got
                    off?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. I have nothing to say to that, you may 
                    tell him what you think fit.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. But he will be in a great Rage, if I 
                    do not.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Who will he be in a great Rage at? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. At you.
                    </p>
                    </div>
                        <div type="paragraph">
                            <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. What Occasion have we to value that? 
                            </p>
                        </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Why, he will send all his Army down 
                    against you.
                        </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. And what if they were all here just now? 
                    What dost thou suppose they could do to us?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. He would expect they should burn 
                    your Ships, and bring you all to him.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="02990">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(281)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Tell him, if he try, he may catch a 
                    <hi rend="italic">Tartar</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. He has a World of Men. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Has he any Ships?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. No, he has no Ships.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Nor Boats?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. No, nor Boats.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Why, what then do you think we care 
                    for his Men? What canst thou do now to us, if
                    thou hadst a Hundred Thousand with thee?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. O! they might set you on Fire. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. <hi rend="italic">Set us a Firing</hi> thou
                        mean'st: That they 
                     might indeed; but <hi rend="italic">Set us on Fire</hi>, they shall not; 
                    they may try at their Peril, and we shall make
                    mad Work with your Hundred Thousand Men,
                    if they come within Reach of our Guns, I assure
                    thee.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. But what if the King give you Hostages for your Safety?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Whom can he give but mere Slaves and 
                    Servants like thy self, whose Lives he no more
                     values, than we an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Hound?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Whom do you demand for Hostages? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Himself and your Worship. 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. What would you do with him? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Do with him, as he would do with us, 
                    cut his Head off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. And what would you do to me? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Do with thee? We would carry thee 
                    home into thine own Country; and tho' thou
                    deservest the Gallows, we would make a Man
                    and a Christian of thee again, and not do by
                    thee as thou wouldst have done by us, betray
                    thee to a Parcel of merciless, savage Pagans, that
                    know no God, nor how to shew Mercy to Man.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03000">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(282)</fw>
                </div>
                    <div type="paragraph">
                        <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. You put a Thought, in my Head that 
                    I will speak to you about to Morrow.
                        </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     Thus they went away, and <hi rend="italic">William</hi> came on 
                    board, and gave us a full Account of his Parley
                     with the old <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>, which was very diverting, and to me instructing, for I had Abundance
                     of Reason to acknowledge <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had made a 
                    better Judgment of things than I.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    It was our good Fortune to get our Ship off
                    that very Night, and to bring her to an Anchor
                    at about a Mile and a Half further out, and in
                    deep Water, to our great Satisfaction; so that
                     we had ro need to fear the <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>'s King with 
                    his Hundred Thousand Men; and indeed we had
                    some Sport with them the next Day, when they
                    came down, a vast prodigious Multitude of them,
                    very few less in Number, in our Imagination,
                    than a Hundred Thousand, with some Elephants;
                    tho' if it had been an Army of Elephants, they
                    could have done us no Harm, for we were fairly
                    at our Anchor now, and out of their Reach; and
                    indeed we thought our selves more out of their
                    Reach, than we really were; and it was ten
                    Thousand to One, that we had not been fast
                    a-ground again; for the Wind blowing off Shore,
                    tho' it made the Water smooth where we lay,
                    yet it blew the Ebb further out than usual, and
                    we could easily perceive the Sand which we
                    touch'd upon before, lay in the Shape of a Half
                    Moon, and surrounded us with two Horns of it;
                    so that we lay in the Middle or Center of it, as
                    in a round Bay, safe just as we were, and in deep
                    Water; but present Death, as it were, on the
                    right Hand, and on the left, for the two Horns,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03010">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(283)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    or Points of the Sand, reach'd out beyond where
                    our Ship lay near two Miles.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    On that Part of the Sand which lay on our East
                    Side, this misguided Multitude extended themselves; and being most of them not above their
                    Knees, or most of them not above Ancle deep
                    in the Water, they, as it were, surrounded us on
                    that Side, and on the Side of the main Land,
                    and a little Way on the other Side of the Sand,
                    standing in a Half Circle, or rather three Fifths
                    of a Circle, for about six Miles in length; the
                    other Horn, or Point of the Sand which lay on
                    our West Side being not quite so shallow, they
                    could not extend themselves upon it so far.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    They little thought what Service they had
                    done us, and how unwillingly, and by the greatest Ignorance, they had made themselves Pilots to
                    us, while we having not sounded the Place, might
                    have been lost, before we were aware. It is true,
                    we might have sounded our new Harbour, before
                    we had ventured out; but I cannot say for certain, whether we should or not; for I, for my
                    Part, had not the least Suspicion of what our real
                    Case was. However, I say, perhaps before we
                    had weigh'd, we Should have look'd about us a
                    little. I am sure we ought to have done it; for
                    besides these Armies of human Furies, we had a
                    very leaky Ship, and all our Pumps could hardly
                    keep the Water from growing upon us, and our
                    Carpenters were over-board working to find out,
                    and stop the Wounds we had received, heeling
                    her first on one Side, and then on the other; and
                    it was very diverting to see how, when our Men
                    heel'd the Ship over to the Side next the wild
                    Army that stood on the East Horn of the Sand,
                    they were so amazed between Fright and Joy,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03020">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(284)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    that it put them into a kind of Confusion, calling
                    to one another, hallooing and skreeking in a
                    Manner as it is imposlible to describe.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    While we were doing this, for we were in a
                    great Hurry, you may be sure, and all Hands at
                    Work, as well at the stopping our Leaks, as repairing our Rigging and Sails, which had receiv'd
                    a great deal of Damage, and also in rigging a
                    new Main-Top-Mast, and the like: I say, while
                    we were doing all this, we perceived a Body of
                    Men, of near a Thousand, move from that Part
                    of the Army of the Barbarians, that lay at the
                    Bottom of the sandy Bay, and came all along the
                    Water's Edge, round the Sand, till they stood just
                     on our Broadside <hi rend="italic">East</hi>, and were within about 
                     Half a Mile of us. Then we saw the <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>
                    come forward nearer to us, and all alone, with
                     his white Flag and all his Motions, just as before, 
                    and there he stood.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Our Men had but just brought the Ship to
                    Rights again, as they came up to our Broadside,
                    and we had very happily found out and stopp'd
                    the worst and most dangerous Leak that we had,
                    to our very great Satisfaction; so I ordered the
                    Boats to be haul'd up, and Mann'd as they were
                     the Day before, and <hi rend="italic">William</hi> to go as Plenipotentiary. I would have gone my self, if I had understood <hi rend="italic">Dutch</hi>; but as I did not, it was to no Purpose, for I should be able to know nothing of
                    what was said, but from him at second Hand,
                    which might be done as well afterwards. All the
                     Instructions I pretended to give <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, was, if 
                     possible, to get the old <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> away, and, if 
                    he could, to make him come on board.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     Well, <hi rend="italic">William</hi> went just as before and when 
                    he came within about sixty or seventy Yards of
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03030">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(285)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    the Shore, he held up his white Flag, as the
                    
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> did, and turning the Boat's Broaside to 
                    the Shore, and his Men lying upon their Oars,
                    the Parley or Dialogue began again thus.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Well, Friend, what do'st thou say to us now?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I come of the same mild Errand as I 
                    did yesterday.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. What do'st thou pretend to come of a 
                    mild Errand, with all these People at thy Back,
                    and all the foolish Weapons of War they bring
                    with them? Prithee, what dost thou mean?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. The King hastens us to invite the Captain and all his Men, to come on Shore, and has
                    ordered all his Men to shew them all the Civility
                    they can.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Well, and are all those Men come to 
                    invite us ashore?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. They will do you no Hurt, if you 
                    will come on Shore peaceably.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Well, and what dost thou think they can 
                        <choice>
                            <corr>do</corr>
                            <sic>o</sic>
                        </choice> to us, if we will not?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I would not have them do you any 
                    Hurt then neither.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. But prithee, Friend, do not make thy 
                    self Fool and Knave too: Do'st not thou know
                    that we are out of Fear of all thy Army, and
                    out of Danger of all that they can do? What
                    makes thee act so simply as well as so knavishly?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Why you may think your selves safer 
                    than you are: You do not know what they
                    may do to you. I can assure you they are able to
                    do you a great deal of Harm, and perhaps burn
                    your Ship.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03040">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(286)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Suppose that were true, as I am sure it is 
                    false, you see we have more Ships to carry us
                    off,<note resp="author" place="inline" n="*" anchored="true"><hi rend="italic">N.B.</hi> Just at this
                        Time we discovered the Sloop standing towards us from the East, along the Shore, at about the Distance of two Leagues, which was to our particular Satisfaction, she having been missing thirteen Days.</note> <hi rend="italic">pointing to the Sloop.</hi>
                </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutchm.</hi> We do not value that, if you had ten
                    Ships, you dare not come on Shore with all the Men you have, in a hostile
                    Way; we are too many for you.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou dost not even in that speak as thou, 
                    meanest; and we may give thee a Tryal of Our
                    Hands, when our Friends come up to us; for
                    thou hearest they have
                    
                        
                    
                    discovered us<note resp="author" place="inline" n="+" anchored="true">Just then the Sloop fired five Guns, which was to get News of us, for they did not see us.</note>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                  <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Yes, I hear they fire, but I hope your
                    Ship will not fire again; for if they do, our General will take it for breaking the Truce, and will 
                    make the Army let fly a Shower of Arrows at you
                    in the Boat.
                  </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will.</hi> Thou mayest be sure the Ship will fire, 
                    that the other Ship may hear them, but not with
                    Ball, If thy General knows no better, he may
                    begin when he will; but thou mayest be sure we
                    will return it to his Cost.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. What must I do then? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Do, why go to him, and tell him of it 
                    before-hand then; and let him know, that the
                    Ship firing is not at him, or his Men, and then
                    come again, and tell us what he says.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. No, I will send to him, which will 
                    do as well.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Do as thou wilt; but I believe thou hadst 
                    better go thy self; for if our Men fire first, I
                    suppose he will be in a great Wrath, and it
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03050">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(287)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    may be, at thee; for, as for his Wrath at us, we
                    tell thee before-hand, we value it not.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. You slight them too much, you know 
                    not what they may do.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou makest as if those poor savage 
                    Wretches could do mighty things; prithee let us
                    see what you can all do, we value it not; thou
                    mayest set down thy Flag of Truce when thou
                    pleasest, and begin.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I had rather make a Truce, and have 
                    you all part Friends.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Thou art a deceitful Rogue thy self; for 
                    'tis plain thou knowest these People would only
                    perswade us on Shore, to entrap and surprize us;
                    and yet thou that art a Christian, as thou callest
                    thy self, would have us come on Shore, and put
                    our Lives into their Hands who know nothing
                    that belongs to Compassion, good Usage, or good
                    Manners: How canst thou be such a Villain!
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. How can you call me so? What have 
                    I done to you, and what would you have me do?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Not act like a Traytor, but like one that 
                     was once a Christian, and would have been so still, 
                     if you had not been a <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. I know not what to do not I, I wish I 
                    were from them, they are a bloody People.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. Prithee make no Difficulty of what thou 
                    shouldst do; Canst thou swim?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Yes, I can swim; but if I should attempt to swim off to you, I should have a Thousand Arrows and Javelins flicking in me, before I
                    should get to your Boat.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. I'll bring the Boat close to thee, and take 
                    thee on board, in spite of them all. We will
                    give them but one Volley, and I'll engage they
                    will all run away from thee.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03060">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(288)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. You are mistaken in them, I assure 
                    you; they would immediately come all running
                    down to the Shore, and shoot Fire-Arrows at you,
                    and set your Boat and Ship and all on Fire, about
                    your Ears.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. We will venture that, if thou wilt come 
                    off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Will you use me honourably when 
                    I am among you?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. I'll give thee my Word for it, if thou 
                    provest honest.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">Dutchm</hi>. Will you not make me a Prisoner? 
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">Will</hi>. I will be thy Surety Body for Body, that 
                    thou shalt be a Freeman, and go whither thou
                    wilt, tho' I own to thee thou dost not deserve it.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    Just at this time our Ship fired three Guns, to
                    answer the Sloop, and let her know we saw her,
                    who immediately, we perceived, understood it,
                     and stood directly for the Place; but it is impossible to express the Confusion and filthy vile Noise, 
                    the Hurry and universal Disorder, that was
                    among that vast Multitude of People, upon our
                    Firing of three Guns. They immediately all repaired to their Arms, as I may call it; for, to
                    say they put themselves into Order, would be
                    saying nothing.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    Upon the Word of Command then they advanced all in a Body to the Sea-side, and resolving to give us one Volley of their Fire Arms,
                    for such they were, immediately they saluted
                    us with a Hundred Thousand of their Fire-Arrows, every one carrying a little Bag of Cloath
                    dipt in Brimstone, or some such thing; which
                    flying thro' the Air, had nothing to hinder it taking Fire as it flew, and it generally did so.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03070">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(289)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    I cannot say but this Method of attacking us,
                    by a Way we had no Notion of, might give us at
                    first some little Surprize; for the Number was so
                    great at first, that we were not altogether without Apprehensions that they might unluckily set
                    our Ship on Fire; so that he resolved immediately
                    to row on Board, and perswade us all to weigh,
                    and stand out to Sea; but there was no time for
                    it, for they immediately let fly a Volley at the
                    Boat, and at the Ship from all Parts of the vast
                    Crowd of People which stood near the Shore.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    Nor did they fire, as I may call it, all at once,
                    and so leave off; but their Arrows being soon
                    notch'd upon their Bows, they kept continually
                    shooting, so that the Air was full of Flame.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    I could not say whether they set their Cotton
                    Rag on Fire before they shot the Arrow, for I
                    did not perceive they had Fire with them, which
                    however it seems they had. The Arrow, besides
                    the Fire it carried with it, had a Head, or a Peg,
                    as we call it, of a Bone, and some of sharp Flint
                    Stone; and some few of a Metal, too soft in itself
                    for Metal, but hard enough to cause it to enter,
                    if it were a Plank, so as to stick where it fell.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> and his Men had Notice sufficient to lye 
                    close behind their Waste-boards, which for this
                    very Purpose they had made so high, that they
                    could easily sink themselves behind them, so as to
                    defend themselves from any thing that came Point
                     blank, <hi rend="italic">as we call it</hi>, or upon a Line; but for what 
                    might fall perpendicular out of the Air, they had
                    no Guard, but took the Hazard of that. At first
                    they made as if they would row away, but before they went, they gave a Volley of their
                    small Arms, firing at those which, stood with the <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> but <hi rend="italic">William</hi> ordered them to be sure
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03080">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(290)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    to take their Aim at others so as to miss him,
                    and they did so.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    There was no Calling to them now, for the
                    Noise was so great among them, that they could
                    hear no Body; but our Men boldly row'd in nearer
                     to them, for they were at first driven a little off, 
                    and when they came nearer, they fired a second
                    Volley, which put the Fellows into a great Confusion, and we could see from the Ship, that several of them were killed or wounded.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    We thought this was a very unequal Fight,
                    and therefore we made a Signal to our Men, to
                    row away, that we might have a little of the
                    Sport as well as they; but the Arrows flew so
                    thick upon them, being so near the Shore, that
                    they could not sit to their Oars; so they spread
                    a little of their Sail, thinking they might sail
                    along the Shore, and lye behind their Wasteboards: But the Sail had not been spread six
                    Minutes, but it had five Hundred Fire-Arrows
                    shot into it, and thro' it, and at length set it
                    fairly on Fire; nor were our Men quite out of
                    the Danger of its setting the Boat on Fire, and
                    this made them paddle and shove the Boat away
                    as well as they could, as they lay, to get further
                    off.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    By this time they had left us a fair Mark at the
                    whole Savage Army; and as we had sheer'd the
                    Ship as near to them as we could, we fired among
                    the thickest of them six or seven times, five Guns
                     at a time, which shot old Iron, Musquet Bullets <hi rend="italic">&amp;c</hi>.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    We could easily see that we made Havock of
                    them, and killed and wounded Abundance of
                    them, and that they were in a great Surprize at
                     it; but yet they never offered to stir, and all this 
                    while their Fire-Arrows flew as thick as before.
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03090">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(291)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">    
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    At last, on a sudden their Arrows slopt, and
                     the old <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> came running down to the Water Side, all alone, with his white Flag as before, 
                    waving it as high as he could, and making Signals to our Boat to come to him again.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">  
                        <hi rend="italic">William</hi> did not care at first to go near him, but 
                    the Man continuing to make Signals to him to
                     come, at last <hi rend="italic">William</hi> went, and the <hi
                            rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> told 
                    him, that he had been with the General, who was
                    much mollified by the Slaughter of his Men, and
                    that now he could have any thing of him.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     Any thing, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, what have we to do 
                    with him? Let him go about his Business, and
                    carry his Men out of Gun-Shot: Can't he?
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     Why, says the <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi>, but he dares not stir, 
                    nor see the King's Face; unless some of your
                    Men come on Shore, he will certainly put him to
                    Death.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     Why then, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, he is a dead Man; for 
                    if it were to save his Life, and the Lives of all
                    the Crowd that is with him, he shall never have
                    one of us in his Power.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     But I'll tell thee, said <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, how thou shalt 
                    cheat him, and gain thy own Liberty too, if thou
                    hast any Mind to see thy own Country again, and
                    art not turn'd Savage, and grown fond of living
                    all thy Days among Heathens and Savages.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                    I would be glad to do it with all my Heart,
                    says he; but if I should offer to swim off to you
                    now, tho' they are so far from me, they shoot so,
                    true, that they would kill me before I got half
                    Way.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     But, says <hi rend="italic">William</hi>, I'll tell thee how thou shalt 
                    come with his Consent; go to him, and tell him,
                     I have offer'd to carry you on board, to try if you 
                    could perswade the Captain to come on Shore,
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03100">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(292)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and that I would not hinder him, if he was willing to venture.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)"> 
                     The <hi rend="italic">Dutchman</hi> seem'd in a Rapture at the very 
                    first Word: I'll do it, says he, I am perswaded
                    he will give me Leave to come.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    Away he runs, as if he had a glad Message to
                     carry, and tells the General, that <hi rend="italic">William</hi> had promised, if he would go on board the Ship with me,
                    he would perswade the Captain to return with him.
                    The General was Fool enough to give him Order
                    to go, and charg'd him not to come back without
                    the Captain, which he readily promised, and very honestly might.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    So they took him in, and brought him on board,
                    and he was as good as his Word to them, for he
                    never went back to them any more; and the
                    Sloop being come to the Mouth of the Inlet where
                    we lay, we weighed, and set Sail. But as we
                    went out, being pretty near the Shore, we fired
                    three Guns as it were among them, but without
                    any Shot, for it was of no Use to us, to hurt any
                    more of them. After we had fired, we gave them
                     a Chear, as the Seamen call it; <hi rend="italic">that is to say</hi>, we 
                    halloo'd at them by way of Triumph, and so carried off their Ambassador; how it fared with
                    their General, we know nothing of that.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                    This Passage, when I related it to a Friend of
                    mine, after my Return from those Rambles, agreed
                    so well with his Relation of what happened to one
                     Mr. <hi rend="italic">Knox</hi>, an <hi rend="italic">English</hi> Captain,
                        who some time ago 
                    was decoyed on Shore by those People, that it
                    could not but be very much to my Satisfaction to
                    think what Mischief we had all escaped; and I
                    think it cannot but be very profitable to record
                     the other Story, <hi rend="italic">which is but short</hi>, with my own, 
                     to shew, whoever reads this, what it was I avoided, 
                    </p>
                </div>
            </div>
            <div type="page" n="03110">
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <fw type="pageNum">(293)</fw>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    and prevent their falling into the like, if they
                     have to do with the perfidious People of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi>. 
                    The Relation is as follows.
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     The Island of <hi rend="italic">Ceylon</hi> being inhabited for the 
                    greatest Part by Barbarians, which will not allow
                     any Trade or Commerce with any <hi rend="italic">European</hi> Nation, and inaccessible by any Travellers, it will
                    be convenient to relate the Occasion how the Author of this Story happen'd to go into this
                    Island, and what Opportunities he had of being
                    fully acquainted with the People, their Laws and
                    Customs, that so we may the better depend upon
                    the Account, and value it as it deserves, for the
                    Rarity as well as the Truth of it; and both these
                    the Author gives us a brief Relation of, in this
                    Manner. His Words are as follows.
                    </p>
                </div>
                <div type="paragraph">
                    <p rend="indent(1)first-indent(+2)">
                     In the Year 1657, the <hi rend="italic">Anne</hi> Fregat, of <hi
                            rend="italic">London</hi>, 
                     Captain <hi rend="italic">Robert Knox</hi> Commander, on the 21st of 
                        <hi rend="italic">January</hi>, set Sail out of the <hi rend="italic"
                            >Downes</hi>, in the Service 
                     of the Honourable the <hi rend="italic">East India</hi> Company of 
                        <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, bound for <hi rend="italic">Fort St.
                            George</hi> upon the Coast 
                     of <hi rend="italic">Coromandel</hi>, to trade for one Year from Port 
                     to Port in <hi rend="italic">India</hi>; which having performed, as he 
                     was lading his Goods to return for <hi rend="italic">England</hi>, being in the Road of <hi rend="italic">Matlipatam</hi>, on the 19th of
                         <hi rend="italic">November</hi> 1659, there happen